• Skip to main content
  • Skip to primary sidebar
  • Skip to footer

Delicious Table ® logo

menu icon
go to homepage
  • ALL RECIPES
  • HALLOWEEN PARTY FOOD
  • FALL RECIPES
  • WELCOME TO DT!
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • Pinterest
    • YouTube
  • subscribe
    search icon
    Homepage link
    • ALL RECIPES
    • HALLOWEEN PARTY FOOD
    • FALL RECIPES
    • WELCOME TO DT!
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • Pinterest
    • YouTube
  • ×
    Home » Recipes

    Latest Recipes

    Halloween Deviled Eggs

    [heart_this] · Oct 27, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.

    Last Updated October 3rd, 2023 at 08:57 pm by Lisa

    Halloween Deviled Eggs are spooky party appetizers with dark black crackled egg shells filled with bright orange filling. This classic simple appetizer is great to make ahead and have with Halloween cocktails...

    Halloween Deviled Eggs Recipe

    Deviled Egg Ingredients

    • 6 large eggs hard-boiled eggs
    • 8 drops super black food gel
    • 5 cups water
    • 3 tablespoons mayonnaise
    • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
    • 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon creme fraiche (sub whipped cream cheese or sour cream)
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
    • 10 drops of orange food gel or food coloring
    • 1 teaspoon black sesame seeds for garnish

    How To Make Halloween Deviled Eggs

    First, make hardboiled eggs. Boil eggs on the stove, use an instant pot, or try my easy steam method that makes eggs super easy to peel!

    Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs Recipe
    Steamed hard boiled eggs cook perfectly every time with no green ring. So easy to peel, the eggshells miraculously slip right off in minutes!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.

    In a large bowl, mix water and black food color dye. Hold each egg in a small towel and crack with the back of a spoon all over, then place them down in the black water.

    Cover and chill the eggs in the fridge for at least two hours.

    Peel and slice the boiled eggs in half. Instead of scooping out the yolk with a spoon (that can tear the eggshell), gently push from the back of the egg to pop the yolk out into the bowl.

    In a medium bowl, add the yolks, mayonnaise, Dijon mustard, lemon juice, salt, pepper, cream Fraiche' or soft whipped cream cheese.

    Mash the yolk mixture until well combined with a fork, mix with a spatula or hand mixer. Add about 10 drops of orange food dye to the mixture, mix well, and load into a large zip lock bag fitted with a large star number one tip. It helps to put the tip in the pastry bag, and use a tall glass to hold it while filling it with a spatula.

    Fold down the top of the piping bag. Pipe the filling back into the boiled egg whites, and sprinkle with a few black sesame seeds. Keep refrigerated until ready to serve in a deviled egg carrier box or on a plate.

    Deviled Egg Make-Ahead Tips

    1. Boil the eggs, slice them in half, and keep them covered on a tray.
    2. Fit your ziptop bag with a large star piping tip and your orange deviled egg mixture filling and keep refrigerated.
    3. Swirl the filling into each eggshell and sprinkle with black sesame seeds right at serving time!

    Halloween Deviled Egg Variations

    • Color them green, purple, or black.
    • Place black olives on top to look like spiders, and cut a whole black olive in half. Use one olive half for the body, and cut a thin olive slice for each leg.
    • Top with creme fraiche and a sprinkle of caviar for an elegant twist.
    • Swap in yellow mustard in place of Dijon mustard.
    • Add a teaspoon of garlic powder to add more flavor.
    • Dye-boiled cracked eggs in orange, purple, or green water and make filling in a color you choose.
    • Make Halloween pumpkin eggs, dye whole boiled egg shells in water with orange food coloring and pipe in orange filled, garnish with parsley for the pumpkin stem.
    • Garnish with herbs, pomegranate seeds, or roasted pumpkin seeds.

    Deviled Egg FAQ

    What is the history of deviled eggs?

    Deviled eggs date back to the Roman Empire, and got popular in the 1940s. Everyone loves them. Eggs are hard-boiled, the yolks are whipped with other tasty ingredients and piped back into the shells.

    What are classic deviled egg ingredients?

    boiled eggs
    mayonnaise
    mustard
    paprika
    salt and pepper


    The egg yolks are whipped or mixed with mayonnaise (or sour creme, creme fraiche, or cream cheese), mustard (yellow or Dijon), paprika, salt, and pepper, they are replaced inside the egg white halves and served cold.
    Lots of other flavorings can be added, and that is where deviled eggs are something truly spectacular.

    PRO TIP: Make your deviled eggs, and store them in an inexpensive deviled egg storage box in the fridge. They are easily portable to take to a potluck party or plate up for your event!

    More Deviled Egg Recipes

    Thanksgiving Appetizer Deviled eggs with their gorgeous color that comes from paprika! Are perfect for a Thanksgiving table or buffet.

    Serve Christmas Deviled Eggs with bubbly Champagne or drinks at your holiday party. These Christmas appetizers are gorgeous for the holidays.

    Make these Easter Deviled Eggs decorated to look like little spring Easter baskets complete with grass and flowers.

    • A slice of rustic tree wood with Thanksgiving deviled eggs garnished with fresh herbs.
      Thanksgiving Appetizer Deviled Eggs
    • White platter with Christmas Deviled Eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
      Christmas Deviled Eggs
    • Pretty Easter deviled eggs with green filling and decorated with fresh herbs and edible flowers.
      Easter Deviled Eggs

    Free Halloween Planner!

    A little planning goes a long way, put down all your ideas and things that inspire you in this planner. There are spots for everything from your guest list, to shopping items, ideas for Halloween decorations, how to put a spooky twist on the menu, and more. Happy Halloween!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Food Ideas

    Candy Corn Martinis are perfect for parties, have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make and they taste just like the famous candy!

    200+ of the best Halloween Recipes from inspiring Food Blogger friends! Whether you are having a costume party on Halloween night October 31st or cooking up spooktacular delicious recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family.

    Create a spooktacular Halloween Charcuterie Board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few spooky and sugary treats. Halloween Sandwiches are the perfect savory party food for a crowd. Serve a big sub sandwich with spooky decorations like cheese teeth and edible eyeballs.

    Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks like mini Halloween Pizzas. Decorate with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost! Mix up a batch of these emerald green Witches Brew Midori Sours. Add some spooky bones and magical edible drink glitter with bubbly mixers to enchant your guests!

    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.
      Halloween Charcuterie Board
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour

    Halloween Party Recipe Ideas

    There are over a dozen of the best Halloween Punch Ideas here from making different colors, sherbet punches, creative garnishes, ice rings, and even how to use dry ice for punch. Haunted Gingerbread Houses are a whimsical table centerpiece for your Halloween party or to enjoy in your home all spooky season.

    Everyone loves easy party food! These savory salty-sweet Easy Halloween Snacks are loved by kids and adults. Build a fun snack board tray with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes!

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! A Black Vodka Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends! Make a Halloween Candy Board filled with whimsical classic treats, chocolate candies, lollipops, and slightly gross gummy sweets...

    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A Halloween gingerbread house decorated with royal icing and candy in orange, black, and white candy with a ghost opening the front door.
      Halloween Gingerbread House
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • A Halloween candy board on a black tray loaded with cute candy for a party including pumpkins, licorice, mints, lollipops and gummy candy.
      Halloween Candy Board

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.
    Print

    Halloween Deviled Eggs Recipe

    Halloween Deviled Eggs are spooky party appetizers with dark black crackled egg shells filled with bright orange filling. Add some black sprinkles of sesame seeds and pair with some Halloween cocktails or drinks at your Halloween party.
    Course Appetizer
    Cuisine American
    Keyword deviled eggs, Halloween Appetizer, Halloween deviled eggs, halloween food ideas, Halloween Party, Halloween party food ideas, Halloween Recipes
    Prep Time 30 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 15 minutes minutes
    Total Time 45 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 67kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Americolor Soft Gel Food Color - 6 Colors
    • Deviled Egg Carrier
    • Cake Piping Tips and Pastry Bags

    Ingredients

    • 12 boiled eggs
    • 8 drops super black food gel
    • 5 cups water
    • 3 tablespoons mayonnaise
    • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
    • 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon creme fraiche (sub whipped cream cheese or sour cream)
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground pepper
    • 10 drops orange food gel
    • 1 teaspoon black sesame seeds

    Instructions

    • Make hardboiled eggs. Cook the eggs by boiling, using an instant pot, or use a steam method.
    • In a large bowl, mix water and black food color dye. Hold each egg in a small towel and crack with the back of a spoon all over, then place down in the black water. Cover and chill the eggs for at least two hours.
    • Peel and slice the boiled eggs in half. Instead of scooping out the yolk with a spoon that can tear the egg shell, gently push from the back of the egg to pop the yolk out.
    • In a medium bowl, add the yolks, mayonnaise, Dijon mustard, lemon juice, salt, pepper, creme Fraiche' or soft whipped cream cheese.
    • Mix until well combined with a spatula or hand mixer, add 10 drops of orange gel dye to the mixture, mix well, and load into a large zip lock bag fitted with a large star number one tip. It helps to put the tip in the pastry bag, and use a tall glass to hold it while filling with a spatula.
    • Fold down the top of the piping bag. Pipe the filling back into the boiled eggshell halves, and garnish with a few black sesame seeds. Keep refrigerated until ready to serve in a deviled egg carrier box or on a plate.

    Video

    Notes

    Top Deviled Eggs Tips

    1. Also, you can certainly mix the deviled egg filling with a spoon or whisk, but a hand mixer gives you a creamy fluffy texture that pipes beautifully. 
    2. Simply add a bit more mayo or cream cheese to make it creamy and smooth and easier to pipe.
    3. Use a large gallon zip-top bag and large star tip to pipe the filling into the egg-white shells, it looks gorgeous and professional!
    4. Make-Ahead Tip: Boil the eggs, slice them in half, and keep them covered on a tray. Fill your ziptop bag with a piping tip, and assemble in minutes right before your party!

    Halloween Deviled Egg Variations

    • Color them green, purple, or black.
    • Place black olives on top to look like spiders, cut a whole black olive in half. Use one olive half for the body, and cut a thin olive slice for each leg.
    • Top with creme fraiche and a sprinkle of caviar for an elegant twist.
    • Swap in yellow mustard in place of Dijon mustard.
    • Add a teaspoon of garlic powder to add more flavor.
    • Dye-boiled cracked eggs in orange, purple, or green water and make filling in a color you choose.
    • Make Halloween pumpkin eggs, dye whole boiled egg shells in water with orange food coloring and pipe in orange filled, garnish with parsley for the pumpkin stem.
    • Garnish with herbs, pomegranate seeds, or roasted pumpkin seeds.
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 67kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 6g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 95mg | Sodium: 164mg | Potassium: 39mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 0.4g | Vitamin A: 140IU | Vitamin C: 0.5mg | Calcium: 17mg | Iron: 0.4mg

    Halloween Charcuterie Board

    [heart_this] · Oct 25, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.

    Last Updated August 10th, 2023 at 03:29 pm by Lisa

    Create a spooktacular Halloween charcuterie board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few spooky and sugary Halloween treats.

    A Halloween cheeseboard is so easy to put together for your next Halloween party, as an after-school snack board for kids, or to host a happy hour for friends with simple appetizers and drinks...

    Table of contents

    • How To Build A Halloween Charcuterie Board
    • What Is The Right Board Or Platter?
    • What Can I Use For A Halloween Board?
    • What Are Classic Charcuterie Foods?
    • Creative Charcuterie Board Ideas
    • Easy Charcuterie Board Top Tips
      • Creative Additions
      • Serving Ideas
    • How To Design A Spooky Charcuterie Board
      • Meat Choices
      • Dips & Focal Points
      • Add Texture & Interest
      • Cheese Selections
      • Pretty Embellishments
    • Ways To Cut Cheeses Creatively
    • Ways To Present Sliced Meats
    • How To Make Salami Roses
    • Free Halloween Planner!
    • More Halloween Food Ideas
      • Halloween Party Planning Ideas
      • Halloween Snacks & Desserts
    • Halloween Appetizers & Drinks
    A Halloween charcuterie board loaded with cheese and meat, with some other appetizers.

    How To Build A Halloween Charcuterie Board

    There is something for everyone on this Halloween themed charcuterie board, there are savory bites, crunchy salty snacks, sweet chewy candy, and a few spooky decorations.

    Here are some fun ways to add pizzazz to a festive Halloween charcuterie board...

    • Mini Pumpkins buy real mini orange or white pumpkins, they look so cute, are the perfect size, and can be reused again for a Fall or Thanksgiving Charcuterie Board. You can easily find them at your local grocery store.
    • Halloween Treats like gummy worms, sugared jelly brains, skulls, or bones, ghastly Dracula teeth, and small candy eyeballs are such a fun easy addition!
    • Marinated Mozzarella Balls are super easy, taste delicious, and are a great addition to any classic charcuterie board.
    • Add Fun Halloween Foods for kids and adults, some sweet, salty and treats the whole party will adore. There could be small finger sandwiches, cookies, candy pumpkins, caramel apples, mini pumpkin madeleines, or even Halloween cupcakes or Halloween Candy Bark!

    What Is The Right Board Or Platter?

    A charcuterie platter is the easiest thing to put together! The first thing you will need is to decide how many people you are serving for the size of your board. Choose one based on the number of guests, how much food, and yummy things you plan to serve.

    What Can I Use For A Halloween Board?

    • a large cutting board will work really well, just give it a good clean. They can be round, square, or rectangular in shape.
    • an extra large board is also fun for a party, like a long 4' grazing board to put down the center of a long table.
    • a large tray, use black, orange, purple, or green! I used a round tray with a black metal rim. The sides of this tray helped to hold the stacks of crackers upright and other items, but this is totally optional.

    What Are Classic Charcuterie Foods?

    1. Meats
    2. Cheeses
    3. Crackers & Bread
    4. Fruit, Olives, or Nuts
    5. Sweets

    Creative Charcuterie Board Ideas

    Try some creative unique charcuterie board ideas and different things you see online. Incorporate the fun ideas you want! You can go dark and creepy, or fun and whimsical. I am a scaredy cat, and don't like the super scary stuff, and like to keep it simple. My favorite part is adding the finishing touches with Halloween charcuterie board ideas...

    Easy Charcuterie Board Top Tips

    • Party Planning for the number of guests, and have everything ready to go before your party! You can cut the cheeses the day before, then assemble the spooky board in about 15 minutes.
    • Last year, I made some of the best charcuterie board designs. I kept it tucked in the refrigerator for a few hours before the party. Once the guests arrived, I and pull it out to serve!

    Creative Additions

    • Use 2-3 Small Bowls that are black, orange, or white and round or shaped like pumpkins to serve drippy things like marinated olives or mozzarella balls.
    • Add Real Flowers, snip a few in dark colors like orange or purple daisies, they add a real touch of whimsy, and you can tuck them in at the end.

    Serving Ideas

    • Small Cookie Cutters to cut sliced cheese in shapes like pumpkins, ghosts, coffins, bats, and spider webs. Stack up the cutout cheese, and these are fun for kids.
    • Have a Small Spoon for Dips to make it easier to serve and eat.
    • Put out Small Spreader Knives for dips and cracker spreads.
    • A small container of Appetizer Picks to lift items like marinated mozzarella or olives out of small bowls onto plates.
    • Themed Charcuterie Boards are all the rage, try a Hocus Pocus movie night themed snacks board, so many people made these with the new movie release.
    A pumpkin shape cut out of a wheel of brie for a charcuterie board.
    • Plastic Spiders add that little spooky season touch crawling across.
    • Use a Classic Cheese Board Knife Set including a good cheese knife, slicer, fork, and or dip spreaders are a great way to slice and cut items on your board either ahead of time or let your guests do the honors.
    • Halloween Cookies are a nice addition, I have some pumpkin madeleines on this board, you can buy them at a bakery. Also, beautifully decorated sugar cookies are a nice addition like ones with skulls, Frankenstein, jack-o-lanterns, or mummy cookie designs. These will usually hold days before the party in an airtight container.
    A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.

    How To Design A Spooky Charcuterie Board

    The best charcuterie boards have a neat design and appeal but are simple. There really are no strict rules, and no perfect way to build a board. Here are some top tips I have learned over the years for assembling your gorgeous Halloween-themed board!

    Once you choose the right board, platter, or serving tray here are some easy ways to build your board. First, consider lining the tray or board with some parchment paper to keep stains off your board or tray. I learned this the hard way and got some marks on my long grazing board, oh well!

    PRO TIP: Find a Trader Joe type store to get the best variety and prices on your cheeses and meat products. Cute Halloween candy can be ordered online or found in specialty shops like See's Candies.

    Meat Choices

    Traditional Meat is a star of a perfect charcuterie board. Start with sausages and salami both presliced and whole. Meats like prosciutto, ham, and soppressata are also classic additions.

    You can slice, cube, wrap, fold, stack, or serve meats in many designs like the salami roses you see all over the internet!

    A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.

    Dips & Focal Points

    • Dips or a finger food item are a nice addition! Choose ones that are premade or can be made a day ahead and prepare those first. Try my Graveyard Tombstone Dip, you will want to dig right in!
    • Choose some focal points for larger items and place the larger items like wheels of brie or salami roses on first. Those are your anchor points and work in odd numbers with large focal points.

    Add Texture & Interest

    • Empty Spots can be filled in with small nuts, candies, or crackers.
    • Add Different Textures by trying different kinds of crackers, cheeses, meats nuts and cut them all in various ways.
    • Design Top Tip is to add things in small piles, and add other things in equal parts in various patterns like stacks or neat rows. The variation of textures is pleasing to the eye.
    A round brie with pumpkin shape cut out filled with chopped apricots and surrounded with pistachios.

    Cheese Selections

    • Add 1-2 Hard cheeses sliced into thin triangles, small cubes, broken into chunks, or served in small wedges with cheese knives for people to slice their own. I found one that was a rust Fall color and a tri-color that looked like the colors of candy corn! I got my cheeses from a Southern California Trader Joe's, but most grocery stores carry a nice variety these days.
    • Add 1-2 Semi Soft Cheeses like brie can be transformed into a centerpiece on your board by cutting out the center using a small cookie cutter. I used a pumpkin shape and filled the center with finely diced dried apricots and a good drizzle of honey. Other semi-soft cheeses like goat cheese or camembert are really popular and add a nice variety.

    Pretty Embellishments

    • Fruits & Herbs are great options try some dark color purple grapes or sprinkle some pomegranate seeds on top of a piece of soft cheese like brie. Fresh herbs like rosemary or thyme sprigs can add a lot of dimension and character.
    • Food Safety is important, cheeses get better at room temperature for up to 4 hours, but you will want to rechill meats like sliced salami after 2 hours to keep it food safe. Also, did you know you can freeze leftover charcuterie meats?

    Ways To Cut Cheeses Creatively

    • use a fork and break off rustic chunks, I did this on the English white cheddar
    • thinly slice a triangle wedge of cheese and stack the pieces going in opposite directions, like the rust colored cheese you see here...
    • cut cheese blocks into small square cubes for your Halloween cheese board
    • use small seasonal cookie cutters to get different shapes
    • cut a shape out of a wheel of brie with a cookie cutter and fill the center
    • roll the cutout portion of brie into crushed cracker crumbs, I used cheddar cheese crackers
    • use 3D cookie cutters and cut shapes out of sliced cheese, these 3D cookie cutters will impress a line design too!

    Ways To Present Sliced Meats

    • cut salami into small square cubes
    • make salami roses, they are so easy and such a fun thing on your board!
    • fold sliced meats in half and fold those ends in, then push two on short skewers, you can trim the skewers short for a pretty look
    • fold sliced meats into quarters and stack 3 on a skewer, and cut the excess bamboo skewer off.

    How To Make Salami Roses

    1. Buy good sliced pepperoni or sliced salami.
    2. Use a smaller glass like a wine goblet or champagne flute.
    3. Layer the salami around the edge of the glass pressing and folding them down as you go.
    4. Go round and round adding more layers and pushing them down into the center.
    5. Flip the glass upside down, and place it down on a plate to see your beautiful salami rose! You can make these a day ahead and store them flat in a zip-top bag on a small plate until you are ready to assemble your board.
    What doees the term charcuterie mean?


    A traditional charcuterie board has a combination of meat and cheeses. Charcuterie means cold cooked meats collectively, and charcuteries are a store selling cold cooked meats. A charcuterie board must have meats, and cheeses are quite common but not required. Here are some popular items you will see on a Charcuterie board:

    -Dry Cured Salami made of beef or pork and mostly air dried
    -Prosciutto is an Italian dry-cured ham
    -Sopressata is an Italian dry salami
    -Mortadella is an Italian sausage

    -Hard Cheese like aged cheddar, chunks of parmesan, aged gouda, and asiago.
    -For a firm cheese - use gruyere, Comte, manchego, Colby, cheddar
    -Semi-soft cheeses are a nice addition like havarti, butterkäse, or muenster.
    -Soft cheeses - are easy to spread on crostini and crackers, try burrata, mascarpone, mozzarella, or stracchino.
    -Blue cheeses - gorgonzola, Dunbarton blue, and marbled blue jack

    Looking down on a Halloween charcuterie board with pumpkin shaped brie cheese, stacks of crackers, sliced cheeses, nuts, and spooky Halloween candy.

    Free Halloween Planner!

    A little planning goes a long way, put down all your ideas and things that inspire you in this planner. There are spots for everything from your guest list, to shopping items, ideas for Halloween decorations, how to put a spooky twist on the menu, and more. Happy Halloween!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Food Ideas

    When it comes to Halloween food ideas, there are so many ways to celebrate the Halloween season with everything from a ghoulish treat to cute snacks and appetizers, and of course creepy drinks and cocktails.

    Halloween Party Planning Ideas

    200+ of the best Halloween Recipes from inspiring Food Blogger friends! Whether you are having a spectacular Halloween bash costume party on  October 31st or cooking up spooktacular delicious recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family.

    There are over a dozen of the best Halloween Punch Ideas here from making different colors, sherbet punches, creative garnishes, ice rings, and even how to use dry ice for punch.

    Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks like mini Halloween Pizzas. Decorate with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost!

    Candy Corn Martinis are the perfect Halloween drink for parties, have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make!

    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis

    Halloween Snacks & Desserts

    Build a fun and super easy  Halloween Snack Tray with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes! Bake a spooky Halloween Cake with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate!

    Bake these Halloween Cupcakes topped with fluffy chocolate buttercream frosting that are not too scary and pretty darn cute. Make a Halloween Candy Board filled with whimsical classic treats, chocolate candies, lollipops, and slightly gross gummy sweets.

    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
      Halloween Cupcakes
    • A Halloween candy board on a black tray loaded with cute candy for a party including pumpkins, licorice, mints, lollipops and gummy candy.
      Halloween Candy Board

    Halloween Appetizers & Drinks

    Decorate a spooky cute Halloween Gingerbread House with an easy-to-find premade kit. Use all kinds of candies in different ways, add your own creative details, and try new design ideas with Halloween candy and royal icing.

    Halloween Deviled Eggs are spooky party appetizers with dark black crackled egg shells filled with bright orange filling. This classic simple appetizer is great to make ahead and have with Halloween cocktails like these Black Vodka Martinis! The perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties.

    Halloween Sandwiches are the perfect party food for a crowd. Serve a big sub sandwich with spooky decorations like cheese teeth and edible eyeballs.

    • A Halloween gingerbread house decorated with royal icing and candy in orange, black, and white candy with a ghost opening the front door.
      Halloween Gingerbread House
    • A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.
      Halloween Deviled Eggs
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.
    Print

    Halloween Charcuterie Board Ideas

    Create a spooktacular Halloween charcuterie board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few spooky and sugary Halloween treats. A Halloween cheeseboard is so easy to put together for your next Halloween party, as an after-school snack board for kids, or to host a happy hour for friends with simple appetizers and drinks.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Halloween appetizers, Halloween charcuterie board, Halloween cheeseboard, Halloween party food ideas, Halloween Recipes
    Prep Time 30 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 30 minutes minutes
    Servings 48
    Calories 35kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Cheese Knife Set
    • Halloween Cookie Cutters
    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Small Black Bowls

    Ingredients

    • 1 whole round brie wheel
    • 1 whole soft cheese (goat cheese, camembert)
    • 1 whole hard cheese
    • 1 cup pistachio nuts
    • 1 box assorted crackers
    • 1 package Halloween Gummy Candies
    • 1 package candy corn and candy pumpkins
    • 1 tablespoon candy eyeballs
    • 1 whole baguette sliced for crostini
    • 1 container marinated mozzarella balls
    • 1 container marinated olives
    • Halloween cookies

    Instructions

    • How To Design A Halloween Charcuterie Board Traditional Meat is a star of a perfect charcuterie board. Start with sausages and salami both presliced and whole. Meats like prosciutto, ham, and soppressata are also classic additions. You can slice, cube, wrap, fold, stack, or serve meats in many designs like the salami roses you see all over the internet!
      Dips or a finger food item are a nice addition! Choose ones that are premade or can be made a day ahead and prepare those first. Try my Graveyard Tombstone Dip, you will want to dig right in!
      Choose some focal points for larger items and place the larger items like wheels of brie or salami roses on first. Those are your anchor points and work in odd numbers with large focal points.
      Empty Spots can be filled in with small nuts, candies, or crackers. Add Different Textures by trying different kinds of crackers, cheeses, meats nuts and cut them all in various ways.
      Design Top Tip is to add things in small piles, and add other things in equal parts in various patterns like stacks or neat rows. The variation of textures is pleasing to the eye.
      Add 1-2 Hard cheeses sliced into thin triangles, small cubes, broken into chunks, or served in small wedges with cheese knives for people to slice their own. I found one that was a rust Fall color and a tri-color that looked like the colors of candy corn! I got my cheeses from a Southern California Trader Joe's, but most grocery stores carry a nice variety these days.
      Add 1-2 Semi Soft Cheeses like brie can be transformed into a centerpiece on your board by cutting out the center using a small cookie cutter. I used a pumpkin shape and filled the center with finely diced dried apricots and a good drizzle of honey. Other semi-soft cheeses like goat cheese or camembert are really popular and add a nice variety.
      Fruits & Herbs are great options try some dark color purple grapes or sprinkle some pomegranate seeds on top of a piece of soft cheese like brie. Fresh herbs like rosemary or thyme sprigs can add a lot of dimension and character.
      Food Safety is important, cheeses get better at room temperature for up to 4 hours, but you will want to rechill meats like sliced salami after 2 hours to keep it food safe. Also, did you know you can freeze leftover charcuterie meats? You can pre-cut your cheese and meats the day before and assemble the day before and keep them chilled in small containers. Then put your tray together the morning of your party and pull it out when guest arrive!
    • Different Ways To Slice Charcuterie Meats
      -Cut salami into small square cubes
      -Make salami roses, they are so easy and such a fun thing on your board!
      -Fold sliced meats in half and fold those ends in, then push two on short skewers, you can trim the skewers short for a pretty look
      -Fold sliced meats into quarters and stack 3 on a skewer, and cut the excess bamboo skewer off.
    • Creative Ways To Slice Cheese
      -Use a fork and break off rustic chunks, I did this on the English white cheddar
      -Thinly slice a triangle wedge of cheese and stack the pieces going in opposite directions, or lay all pointing in same direction
      -Cut cheese blocks into small square cubes for your Halloween cheese board
      -Use small seasonal cookie cutters to get different shapes
      -Cut a shape out of a wheel of brie with a cookie cutter and fill the center
      -Roll the cutout portion of brie into crushed cracker crumbs, I used cheddar cheese crackers
      -Use 3D cookie cutters and cut shapes out of sliced cheese, these 3D cookie cutters will impress

    Video

    Notes

    What To Use For Your Board?

    • a large cutting board will work really well, just give it a good clean. They can be round, square, or rectangular in shape.
    • an extra large board is also fun for a party, like a long 4' grazing board to put down the center of a long table.
    • a large tray, use black, orange, purple, or green! I used a round tray with a black metal rim. The sides of this tray helped to hold the stacks of crackers upright and other items, but this is totally optional.

    How To Make Salami Roses

    1. Buy good sliced pepperoni or sliced salami.
    2. Use a smaller glass like a wine goblet or champagne flute.
    3. Layer the salami around the edge of the glass pressing and folding them down as you go.
    4. Go round and round adding more layers and pushing them down into the center.
    5. Flip the glass upside down, and place it down on a plate to see your beautiful salami rose! You can make these a day ahead and store them flat in a zip-top bag on a small plate until you are ready to assemble your board.
    Party Planning for the number of guests, and have everything ready to go before your party! You can cut the cheeses the day before, then assemble the spooky board in about 15 minutes.
    Use 2-3 Small Bowls that are black, orange, or white and round or shaped like pumpkins to serve drippy things like marinated olives or mozzarella balls.Add
    Real Flowers, snip a few in dark colors like orange or purple daisies, they add a real touch of whimsy, and you can tuck them in at the end.
    Small Cookie Cutters to cut sliced cheese in shapes like pumpkins, ghosts, coffins, bats, and spider webs. Stack up the cutout cheese, and these are fun for kids.
    Have a Small Spoon for Dips to make it easier to serve and eat.Put out Small Spreader Knives for dips and cracker spreads.A small container of Appetizer Picks to lift items like marinated mozzarella or olives out of small bowls onto plates.
    Themed Charcuterie Boards are all the rage, try a Hocus Pocus movie night themed snacks board, so many people made these with the new movie release.
    Plastic Spiders add that little spooky season touch crawling across.
    Classic Cheese Board Knife Set including a good cheese knife, slicer, fork, and or dip spreaders are a great way to slice and cut items on your board either ahead of time or let your guests do the honors.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 35kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 0.1mg | Sodium: 33mg | Potassium: 42mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 0.3g | Vitamin A: 11IU | Vitamin C: 0.1mg | Calcium: 5mg | Iron: 0.3mg

    Candy Corn Martinis

    [heart_this] · Oct 22, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.

    Last Updated July 23rd, 2023 at 01:23 pm by Lisa

    A Candy Corn Martini is the ultimate Halloween drink for parties, with simple ingredients that are easy to find.

    Have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make. Fascinate your friends with these bright orange festive cocktails. And Happy Halloween season...

    Candy Corn Martini Recipe

    Most of the recipes for this cocktail have heavy cream or whip cream on top of the martini. And I got to thinking it would be super fun to have the point of the martini glass white in this layered drink, so the first thing you sip is the candy corn flavor! Makes sense right?

    These cocktails don't need a cocktail shaker or simple syrup like most sweet drinks. These are a fun addition to Halloween night or happy hours with friends...

    • 2 ¼ cups of good vodka
    • 9 ounces of candy corn
    • marshmallow cream (marshmallow fluff)
    • yellow gel food coloring
    • granulated sugar
    • sparkling water

    Make Your Own Candy Corn Vodka

    In a glass decanter, a tall glass pitcher, or a large mason jar, add the bag of candy corn and pour the vodka to completely cover the candy.

    Cover the container and let sit overnight, occasionally stirring the mixture. It will be ready in about 12 hours. Keep it chilled in the refrigerator overnight and until ready to serve. You will see the actual candy corn begin to dissolve in about 1-2 hours. There can be some sediment in the bottom which you can easily strain out of your own candy corn-infused vodka.

    1. Yellow Glass Rim Sugar: Buy fine yellow sugar sprinkles or easily make it at home! Simply add ¼ cup of granulated sugar to a zip-top bag, and add 3-5 drops of yellow food color gel. Add more depending on how yellow you want it. Zip the bag closed, and mush it around until all the sugar is evenly colored yellow. You can also mix it in a small bowl.
    2. White Layer: Chill your martini glasses. For the first bottom layer, place a spoonful of marshmallow fluff in the bottom of the glass (martini glass point) using a spoon or small spatula, and push it down into the point or it will float up.
    3. Yellow Sugar Rim: Next, run the rim of the glasses in the marshmallow fluff, pour the yellow sugar on a shallow plate, and dip the rim to coat with yellow sugar all the way around.
    4. Orange Layer: Pour the chilled vodka into the glass, and serve!

    PRO TIP: To make these less strong and or sweet you can top them with more ice, water, sparkling water, or club soda.

    Candy Corn Drinks ~ Variations & Top Tips

    Candy Corn Punch Recipe: Simply mix 1 cup of your homemade candy corn vodka with several cups of juice like orange juice, mango juice, or a cup of pineapple juice, and add some sparkling water or lemon-lime soda, or cream soda.

    Vodka Options: If you like a really sweet drink, try vanilla vodka, whipped cream vodka, or cake vodka.

    How do you dilute a martini?


    You can top the martini with more ice, water, sparkling water, or club soda to make them less potent.

    Free Halloween Planner!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Party Recipes

    Take a look at my collection of 200+ Halloween Party Recipes to be sure your party is legendary. There are lots of menu ideas here from the perfect Halloween drinks to your favorite Halloween recipes. There are ideas for Party Snacks, a cute and creepy Charcuterie Board, Halloween dessert recipes like a Graveyard Cake made from chocolate, and a Sweet Treat Halloween Candy Board. And dinner ideas like easy Pita Pizzas or Monster Sub Sandwiches!

    Spooky Orange Filled Deviled Eggs will be the talk of your party, with a bright orange filling and black cracked shells. Or make a Graveyard Dip that even kids like! There are cute, scary, and gross recipes for the whole family and Halloween parties. This year be sure to decorate a super cute Halloween Gingerbread House, so easy so fun!

    • A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.
      Halloween Deviled Eggs
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A Halloween gingerbread house decorated with royal icing and candy in orange, black, and white candy with a ghost opening the front door.
      Halloween Gingerbread House
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.
      Halloween Charcuterie Board
    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas
    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    More Halloween Cocktails & Drinks

    A Black Vodka Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween cocktail. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails and learn a fun trick using the back of the spoon that bartenders do for a layered effect. All with homemade black vodka!

    Mix up a batch of these Witches Brew cocktails with a vibrant emerald green color and these aren't made with green food coloring! Add some bones and magical edible pearl dust (also called drink glitter) with bubbly mixers to enchant your party guests!

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails are tasty cocktails made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, apple cider, and cinnamon flavored whiskey. Serve these festive cocktails for game days, the holiday season, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day.

    Having a Halloween party? Get over a dozen ideas to serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron for a spooky look as your punch bowl and get all the dry ice tips for your party!

    Halloween Aperol Cocktails are just about the easiest drink for your party. And for a taste of Fall in every sip, these Aperol Spritz Cocktails have cider, Aperol, and fresh citrus juice topped with prosecco or Champagne bubbles for a festive drink... 

    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
      Autumn Aperol Spritz

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
    Print

    Candy Corn Martini Recipe

    A Candy Corn Martini is the perfect Halloween drink for parties, with simple ingredients that are easy to find. Have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make. Fascinate your friends with these bright orange festive cocktails. And Happy Halloween season.
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine Cocktails
    Keyword candy corn drinks, candy corn martini, candy corn martinis, candy corn vodka, Halloween cocktails, Halloween drinks
    Prep Time 3 minutes minutes
    Total Time 3 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 207kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Americolor Soft Gel Food Color - 6 Colors
    • Small Spatula

    Ingredients

    • 2 ¼ cups good vodka
    • 9 ounces candy corn
    • marshmallow cream (marshmallow fluff)
    • yellow gel food coloring
    • granulated sugar
    • sparkling water

    Instructions

    • Buy fine yellow sugar sprinkles or easily make it at home! Simply add ¼ cup of granulated sugar to a zip top bag, add 3-5 drops yellow food color gel. Add more depending on how yellow you want it. Zip the bag closed, and mush it around until all the sugar is evenly colored yellow.
    • In a glass decanter, tall glass pitcher, or large mason jar, add the bag of candy corn and pour the vodka to completely cover the candy. Cover the container and let sit overnight, occasionally stirring the mixture. It will be ready in about 12 hours. Keep it chilled in the refrigerator overnight and until ready to serve. There can be some sediment in the bottom which you can easily strain out. 
    • Chill your martini glasses. Place a spoonful of marshmallow fluff in the bottom of the glass (martini glass point) using a spoon or small spatula, and push it down the point or it will float up. This is the white tip of the candy corn!
    • Next, run the rim of the glasses in the marshmallow fluff, pour the yellow sugar on a shallow plate, and dip the rim to coat with yellow sugar all the way around.
    • Pour the chilled candy corn vodka into the glass, and serve! You can top the martinis with sparkling water.

    Video

    Notes

    Candy Corn Punch Recipe: Simply mix 1 cup of your homemade candy corn vodka with several cups of juice like orange juice, mango juice, or a cup of pineapple juice, and add some sparkling water or lemon-lime soda, or cream soda.
    Vodka Options: If you like a really sweet drink, try vanilla vodka, whipped cream vodka, or cake vodka.
    Dilute The Sweetness and Vodka: You can top the martinis with more ice, water, sparkling water, or club soda to make them less potent.
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 207kcal | Carbohydrates: 26g | Sodium: 57mg | Potassium: 0.5mg | Sugar: 23g | Iron: 0.004mg

    Halloween Black Widow Martinis

    [heart_this] · Oct 20, 2022 · 1 Comment

    Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.

    Last Updated September 26th, 2023 at 01:11 pm by Lisa

    A Black Vodka Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends!

    There are several options to buy or make black vodka and you can mix up either a gin or vodka martini. You will have a lot of fun chilling with these eerie black martini cocktails...

    Black Martini Halloween Drinks

    Some people call this drink a black magic cocktail and also a black widow cocktail recipe because the layers in the drink look like that creepy spider's colors. Eeeeewwww! The layers are a fun bartender skill to master!

    • ¼ cup of vodka (Titos or Absolut)
    • 2 tablespoons maraschino cherry juice syrup
    • garnish: 3 whole maraschino cherries
    1. Strain the cherry syrup from a jar of maraschino cherries, and pour 2 tablespoons into the bottom of a chilled martini glass.
    2. In a tall glass pitcher or large mason jar, pour in 2 cups of vodka. Add 1-2 drops of super black soft gel paste food color into 2 cups of vodka, and stir. Go as dark with your color as you desire, this was dark enough with just two drops. Oh and this dye did not stain or discolor our teeth if you are wondering! Keep it cold until serving time, or add ice cubes to a cocktail shaker, add your black vodka, and this is a great way to chill it rapidly before pouring the drink.
    3. Next, hold a bar spoon or large spoon with the backside of the spoon resting on the far side of the glass just above the cherry syrup, and pour the vodka VERY SLOWLY. The slower you pour, the more obvious the layers in the two liquids.
    4. Put 2-3 cherries on a metal cocktail stick for garnish. Set on the rim of the glass!

    Black Martini Top Tips

    Maraschino Cherries: Buy them at the local grocery store, look for the ones that have bright red cherry juice and not a dark color. This helps the contrast in the drink.

    Chilled Martini Glasses: Use chilled martini glasses, and pop them in the freezer for 30 minutes!

    Layered Drink Tips: Use a long-handled bar spoon (or any large spoon), and pour super slowly to get the layers.

    Black Ice Cubes: Freeze some black ice for your drinks, and use fun ice cube trays like skulls or round cubes for a fun effect!

    Dry Ice: You can add a small piece of dry ice, never touch, chew or ingest it! It is a great way to some pizzazz to Halloween drinks.

    How To Make Black Vodka

    Buy Black Vodka: You might be able to find black vodka at local liquor stores, mine did not have it stocked and it is so easy to make your own. Blavod vodka is the only one on the market as far as I know. It is expensive, hard to find in stores, and it is dyed using natural extracts.

    Make Black Vodka: Use black food coloring, black food gel, or black food dye to color plain vodka. I recommend a good food gel, like the Americolor brand. It will work with any bottle of vodka, with a more expensive traditional vodka like Absolut, or regular vodka like Titos.

    Make Black Gin: There is a black gin on the market, and you could use it to make these martinis, it is from Australia and might be difficult to source in liquor stores.

    Does activated charcoal make drinks black?


    To make a black drink you can add activated charcoal to just about any cocktail recipe and the result is a black cocktail. It is available online in the form of charcoal powder or charcoal capsules.

    Free Halloween Planner!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Cocktails & Drinks

    Take a look at my collection of 200+ Halloween Recipes to be sure your party is legendary and pair your menu with the perfect Halloween drinks! There are tons of ideas from party snacks, Halloween desserts, and dinner ideas, plus, cute, scary, and gross recipes for the family or parties.

    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas
    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    A Candy Corn Martini is the ultimate Halloween drink for parties. Chill out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make!

    Mix up a batch of these Witches Brew cocktails with a vibrant emerald green color. And these aren't made with green food coloring! Add some bones and magical edible pearl dust also called drink glitter with bubbly mixers to enchant your party guests!

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails are made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, apple cider, and cinnamon flavored whiskey. Serve these fireball whisky drinks for game days, the holiday season, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day.

    Having a Halloween party? Get over a dozen ideas to serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch. Serve in a cauldron for a spooky look as your punch bowl. And get all the dry ice tips for your party!

    Halloween Aperol Cocktails are just about the easiest drink for your party. A Black Halloween Martinis is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends

    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
    Print

    Halloween Black Martini Cocktail Recipe

    Black Vodka Martinis are the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious cocktails for your friends! There are several options to buy or make black vodka and you can mix up either a gin or vodka martini. You will have a lot of fun chilling with these eerie cocktails.
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine Cocktails
    Keyword black cocktails, black drinks, black vodka, black vodka martinis, Halloween drinks
    Prep Time 3 minutes minutes
    Total Time 3 minutes minutes
    Servings 1
    Calories 234kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • 1 Long Handle Barspoon
    • 1 Super Black Soft Gel Paste Food Color

    Ingredients

    • ¼ cup good vodka
    • 2 tablespoons maraschino cherry juice syrup
    • 3 whole maraschino cherries

    Instructions

    • Strain the cherry syrup from a jar of maraschino cherries, and pour 2 tablespoons into the bottom of a chilled martini glass.
    • In a tall glass pitcher or large mason jar, pour in 2 cups of vodka. Add 1-2 drops of super black soft gel paste food color into 2 cups of vodka, and stir. Go as dark with your color as you desire, this was dark enough with just two drops. Oh and this dye did not stain or discolor our teeth if you are wondering! Keep it cold until serving time, or add ice cubes to a cocktail shake, add your vodka, and this is a great way to chill it rapidly before pouring the drink.
    • Next, hold a bar spoon or large spoon with the backside of the spoon resting on the far side of the glass just above the cherry syrup, and pour the black vodka VERY SLOWLY. The slower you pour, the more obvious the layers in the two liquids.
    • Put 2-3 cherries on a metal cocktail stick for garnish. Set on the rim of the glass!

    Video

    Notes

    Black Halloween Cocktails Top Tips

    Maraschino Cherries: Buy them at the local grocery store, look for the ones that have bright red cherry juice and not a dark color. This helps the contrast in the drink.
    Chilled Martini Glasses: Use chilled martini glasses, and pop them in the freezer for 30 minutes!
    Layered Drink Tips: Use a long-handled bar spoon (or any large spoon), and pour super slowly to get the layers.
    Black Ice Cubes: Freeze some black ice for your drinks, and use a fun ice cube tray like skulls or round ball cubes.
    Dry Ice: You can add a small piece of dry ice, never touch, chew or ingest it! It is a great way to some pizzazz to Halloween drinks.

    How To Make Black Vodka

    Buy Black Vodka: You might be able to find black vodka at local liquor stores, mine did not have it stocked and it is so easy to make your own. Blavod vodka is the only one on the market as far as I know. It is expensive, hard to find in stores, and it is dyed black using natural extracts.
    Make Black Vodka: Use black food coloring, black food gel, or black food dye to color plain vodka. I recommend a good food gel, like the Americolor brand. It will work with any bottle of vodka, like a more expensive traditional vodka like Absolut, or regular vodka like Titos.
    Make Black Gin: There is a black gin on the market, and you could use it to make martinis, it is from Australia and might be difficult to source in liquor stores.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 234kcal | Carbohydrates: 24g | Protein: 0.01g | Fat: 0.01g | Sodium: 1mg | Potassium: 1mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 24g | Vitamin A: 1IU | Calcium: 2mg | Iron: 0.02mg

    Easy Layered Cheese Appetizers

    [heart_this] · Oct 6, 2022 · 3 Comments

    White round plate filled with cheese appetizers with crackers and garnished with basil.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:52 pm by Lisa

    Gorgeous layered Cheese Appetizers with deli-style sliced cheeses and a creamy filling loaded with chopped nuts and dried fruit. Eat them as a snack or fancy finger food hors d'oeuvres!

    Keep the simple ingredients on hand for any potluck or holiday party, and assemble up to a day ahead. People will be fascinated by the elegant stacks, and they are so pretty on charcuterie boards...

    Easy Layered Cheese Appetizers

    The best part of this recipe is you can make these cream cheese appetizers any way you want with different flavors!

    • 2 packages of deli-style sliced cheese (20 slices total)
    • 8 ounces of cream cheese softened (or buy whipped)
    • ½ teaspoon hot sauce Tabasco
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
    • assorted crackers or pita chips

    Cheddar Cheese + Cherry Almond Filling

    • ¼ cup almonds finely chopped
    • ¼ cup dried cherries finely chopped

    Sliced Cheeses: Buy good quality sliced cheeses for this recipe, try sharp cheddar, Swiss, mozzarella, Colby jack, or even good white cheddar cheese. Sliced gruyere or Monterey jack would also be really good!

    Nuts & Dried Fruit: Try different nuts like walnuts, candy pecans, or macadamia nuts. For the dried fruit try raisins, cranberries, pineapple, or mango. Create a flavor combination just for your party! Be sure to use dry-packed tomatoes, and not the ones packed in olive oil.

    Pepper Jack Cheese + Sun Dried Tomato Pine Nut Filling

    • ¼ cup pine nuts
    • ¼ cup sun dried tomatoes (dry pack, not oil packed)
    1. In a mixing bowl, blend the cream cheese, sea salt, and hot sauce. Use a hand mixer to get it fluffy. Or use whipped cream cheese if you don't have a hand mixer.
    2. Finely chop dried cherries and almonds- important as this helps the mixture spread evenly. Stir in cherries and almonds until well combined or other combinations: sun-dried tomatoes and toasted pine nuts or dried cranberries and pecans etc.
    3. On a 12-inch square piece of foil, place two cheese slices side-by-side. Spread 2-3 tablespoons (very thin layer) of the cream mixture across both slices using a small offset spatula or knife.
    4. Repeat this four more times. Top with two cheese slices.
    5. Carefully fold the foil like a package around the cheese stacks, and seal tightly. Tuck in the fridge overnight or for at least 8 hours to chill and set.
    6. When ready to serve, remove foil, and cut in half lengthwise down the middle of each cheese slice, and then crosswise down in neat ¼ inch slices. Serve chilled with assorted crackers on a platter.

    If you want to learn how to make your own Sun-Dried Tomatoes at home for this recipe, take a look at my entire recipe post on ideas to dry them at home using either an oven or dehydrator.

    How To Make Sun Dried Tomatoes
    Preserve your tomato bounty this Summer! And master how to make Sun Dried Tomatoes with any kind of tomato variety. You can do this in either your home oven or in an inexpensive food dehydrator! Sundried tomatoes are a tasty snack. And add a punch of flavor into cozy beef stews, Italian tuna salad wraps, cold pasta salads, creamy pasta dinners, and so many other recipes. There are 20+ ideas for you to try! The pop of color is so gorgeous, and nothing from a package or jar will taste as sweet and "tomatoey" as this garden candy!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A small clear jar filled with sun dried tomatoes on a table with scattered dried tomatoes all around the table.
    What are the best finger foods?

    Here are some of the most popular finger foods and dips to serve at parties:

    -deviled eggs
    -cold and hot dips
    -salsas
    -chips and crackers
    -sliced cheeses
    -crostini
    -mini quiche
    -crudites
    -canape'
    -jalapeno popper dip
    -sliced meats
    -small sandwiches or sliders
    -hot baked hor d'oeuvres
    -meatballs
    -skewers

    More Finger Foods & Easy Appetizers

    Pick 3-4 party appetizers matched with a signature drink and the party is on! Select recipes you can make ahead or have prepped and ready to go. Hot appetizers are always a hit, so be sure to bake some Brie and Bacon Palmiers or make Jalapeno Popper Dip that is habit-forming. Holiday Deviled Eggs are a classic and so loved by all topped with sparkling pomegranate seeds and festive rosemary sprigs.

    Create a stunning Thanksgiving charcuterie board filled with your favorite sliced meats, different types of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few festive and sugary holiday treats for hungry guests on turkey day or anytime during the holiday season! You can serve a Shrimp Cocktail with champagne, which makes the party one to remember. Take a look at my collection of 33+ Thanksgiving Appetizers, for the big feast.

    You will savor every scoop of this delicious dessert appetizer, Caramel Apple Dip tastes just like caramel apples!

    Set up a Fall Crostini Bar and let guests mix and match flavors on toasted baguette slices (easily done on a baking sheet). Take a crostini toast or two, spread these creamy goat cheese appetizers with a whipped goat or feta cheese, add toppings, and enjoy every scrumptious bite.

    Festive Holiday Cheese Balls will be the talk of your party. There are 4 flavors; White Cheddar Rosemary Pomegranate, Pimento Cheese, Garlic Chives Goat-Cheese, and Cranberry Pecan.

    • A white platter filled with brie and bacon palmier appetizers golden brown and ready to eat.
      Brie and Bacon Palmiers
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • A bountiful Thanksgiving charcuterie cheeseboard fill with colorful meats, cheeses nuts and more for Thanksgiving.
      Thanksgiving Charcuterie Board
    • White platter with Christmas Deviled Eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
      Christmas Deviled Eggs
    • A clear glass plate with shrimp cocktail, cocktail sauce, and two glasses of champagne.
      Shrimp Cocktail
    • A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.
      Jalapeno Popper Dip
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A rustic table with small bowls filled with toppings for a fall appetizer crostini bar.
      Fall Crostini Bar
    • A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.
      36 Thanksgiving Appetizers
    • 4 cheese balls shaped round and topped with curly bows and ornament hooks to serve as Christmas appetizers.
      4 Cheese Ball Recipes
    • Ruffled potato chips on a plate with homemade French onion dip.
      French Onion Dip
    • A cutting board with crudites and dip with bright colored vegetables cut into strips and sticks.
      Crudités With Dip

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    White round plate filled with cheese appetizers with crackers and garnished with basil.
    Print

    Easy Layered Cheese Appetizers

    Gorgeous layered cheese appetizers with deli-style sliced cheeses and a creamy filling loaded with chopped nuts and dried fruit. Eat them as a snack or fancy finger food hors d'oeuvres! Keep the simple ingredients on hand for any potluck or holiday party, and assemble up to a day ahead. People will be fascinated by the elegant stacks, and they are so pretty on charcuterie or cheese boards.
    Course Appetizer
    Cuisine American
    Keyword appetizer, cheese appetizer, cheese appetizer recipe, finger food
    Prep Time 45 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 45 minutes minutes
    Servings 72
    Calories 55kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Offset Icing Spatula

    Ingredients

    • 8 ounces cream cheese softened, or buy whipped cream cheese
    • ½ teaspoon hot sauce Tabasco
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
    • assorted crackers or pita chips

    Cherry, Almond, and Cheddar Cheese

    • 2 ounce packages deli-style sliced cheese 20 slices total
    • ¼ cup almonds finely chopped
    • ¼ cup dried cherries finely chopped

    Sun Dried Tomato, Pine Nuts, and Pepper Jack Cheese

    • ¼ cup pine nuts
    • ¼ cup sun dried tomatoes dry pack, not oil packed

    Instructions

    • In a mixing bowl, blend the cream cheese, sea salt, and hot sauce. Use a hand mixer to get it fluffy. Or use whipped cream cheese if you don't have a hand mixer.
    • Finely chop dried cherries and almonds-this helps the mixture spread evenly. Stir in cherries and almonds until well combined.
      OR
      Finely chop sun-dried tomatoes and toasted pine nuts (toast in a pan until just golden with a sprinkle of sea salt) this helps the mixture spread evenly. Stir in sun-dried tomatoes and pine nuts until well combined.
    • On a 12-inch square piece of foil, place two cheese slices side-by-side. Spread 2-3 tablespoons (very thin layer) of the cream mixture across both cheese slices using a small offset spatula or knife.
    • Repeat this four more times. Top with two cheese slices.
    • Carefully fold the foil like a package around the cheese stacks, and seal tightly. Tuck in the fridge overnight or for at least 8 hours to chill and set.
    • When ready to serve, remove foil, and cut in half lengthwise down the middle of each cheese slice, and then crosswise down in neat ¼ inch slices. Serve chilled with assorted crackers on a platter.

    Video

    Notes

    More Filling Flavor Combinations

    • pecans + dried cranberries
    • dried cherry + almonds
    • sun-dried tomatoes + toasted pine nuts
    • macadamia nuts + dried pineapple
    • dried blueberries + salted cashews
    • dried apricots + pistachios

    sliced cheese

    Use any sliced cheese you prefer. I used cheddar and pepper jack. Most packages have 10 slices, so if you stack 2 sets of 5 cheese slices high, it will cut into 36 cheese appetizers.
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 55kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 14mg | Sodium: 77mg | Potassium: 22mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 178IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 55mg | Iron: 1mg

    36 Thanksgiving Appetizers

    [heart_this] · Oct 3, 2022 · 5 Comments

    A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.

    Last Updated December 1st, 2023 at 01:14 pm by Lisa

    These are the best Thanksgiving Day appetizers for savory snacks, easy appetizers, and a bounty of party ideas for your celebration. Whether you bake up some warm canapes, make easy no cook appetizers like a dip, or create a beautiful holiday charcuterie board, there are dozens of delicious recipes here to put out before your Thanksgiving feast...

    A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.
    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Easy No Cook Thanksgiving Appetizer Recipes

    When oven space is at a premium, make your favorite Thanksgiving Appetizer Recipes that won't need any cooking on the day of your gathering and can be made ahead! Try easy flavorful dips and no bake elegant appetizers to dish up for the Thanksgiving holidays. These easy recipes include deviled eggs, dips, a cheese ball, or a creative Fall Crostini bar...

    Fall Crostini Bar

    One way I love to entertain is a Crostini Bar, arrange a festive table with fall touches 🍂 , and have the guests help themselves. It is the easiest Thanksgiving appetizer, and the best part is the setup and assembly that is so easy. There are recipes for a whipped goat cheese crostini topping and tons of ideas for things to put on top for your party! 🥖🍷🧀

    All these fall flavors and toppings for crostini can be made ahead of time, mixed, and matched for yummy bites while people sip on beverages...

    A rustic table with small bowls filled with toppings for a fall appetizer crostini bar.
    A collage of photos showing a Fall Crostini bar set up with all the toppings, and ideas to set up a party.
    Fall Crostini Bar
    Learn how to set up a crostini bar with topper ideas to entertain for Fall, Friendsgiving, or Thanksgiving. Elegant no-fuss Fall party food to serve at your gathering. Take a crostini toast, spread either the whipped goat cheese or feta, and add toppings you love.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A rustic table with small bowls filled with toppings for a fall appetizer crostini bar.

    Thanksgiving Charcuterie Board

    Create a stunning Thanksgiving Charcuterie Board filled with your favorite sliced meats, different types of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few festive and sugary holiday treats for hungry guests on turkey day or anytime during the holiday season! 🥖🍂🍇🧀

    A bountiful Thanksgiving charcuterie cheeseboard fill with colorful meats, cheeses nuts and more for Thanksgiving.
    Thanksgiving Charcuterie Board
    Create a gorgeous easy Thanksgiving charcuterie board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few and sugary treats. A Fall cheeseboard is so easy to put together for Thanksgiving, Friendsgiving or Fall gatherings. Make for an after-school snack board for kids, or to host a happy hour for friends with simple appetizers and drinks.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A bountiful Thanksgiving charcuterie cheeseboard fill with colorful meats, cheeses nuts and more for Thanksgiving.

    Easy Everything Bagel Cheeseball

    Make a “pumpkin-shaped” 🎃 Everything Bagel Cheeseball for your gathering, it’s the perfect appetizer to make ahead and is always a hit! An easy 15 minute recipe to take to a Fall gatherings. Arrange on a plate with crackers, bagel chips, or pita chips.

    Every time I make this easy cream cheese dip, people just go crazy and want the recipe. Oh, and this recipe shows you an easy way to get a real pumpkin stem and how to create that cute pumpkin shape…

    A white and burgandy vintage French plate with pumpkin shaped cheese ball on top, and drinks and snack in the background.
    Everything Bagel Cheese Ball
    Serve a pumpkin-shaped Everything Bagel Cheese Ball Fall appetizer for your next party, it's always a hit! Easy to make-ahead in 15 minutes, chill, and take to a party. This cheeseball makes a wonderful Thanksgiving appetizer!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.

    Cheese Appetizer

    Try this gorgeous finger food Cheese Appetizer 🧀 with layers of deli-style sliced cheddar cheese, a cream filling loaded with chopped nuts, and dried fruit like dried cherries or tart cranberries.

    Grab a few ingredients, and make this recipe the night before your party. You can even use nuts or dried fruit you have on hand. It's a fun party food idea for cheese boards or charcuterie boards too...

    White round plate filled with finger food cheese appetizers with crackers and garnished with basil.
    Easy Layered Cheese Appetizers
    Gorgeous layered cheese appetizers with deli-style sliced cheeses and a creamy filling loaded with chopped nuts and dried fruit. Eat them as a snack or fancy finger food hors d'oeuvres! Keep the simple ingredients on hand for any potluck or holiday party, and assemble up to a day ahead. People will be fascinated by the elegant stacks, and they are so pretty on charcuterie or cheese boards.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    White round plate filled with cheese appetizers with crackers and garnished with basil.

    Salted Caramel Apple Dip

    Easy to make, this Salted Caramel Apple Dip 🍏 has green crisp apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. Prep this ahead and keep the apples bright and fresh with a little lemon juice. Always a crowd pleaser and party hit with just a few ingredients.

    People will ask you for this recipe…I promise.

    A large silver platter with green apple slices layed into a circular pattern around a white dish holding a sweet caramel apple dip for dessert topped with crushed Heath candy bars.
    Caramel Apple Dip Recipe
    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved recipe for potlucks, holiday parties, Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through the Autumn apple season.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.

    Caramel Apple Brie Skewers

    Need a fast easy appetizer for Halloween or Thanksgiving? Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers come together in minutes, and they are always wildly popular at Fall parties!

    If you like caramel apples, then you will love this scrumptious combination with creamy brie, the crunch of macadamia nuts, and tart-sweet dried cranberries. It is addictive...

    Close up of green apple brie skewers drizzled with caramel sauce on a platter with drinks nearby.
    Caramel Apple And Brie Skewers
    Need a fast easy appetizer for Halloween or Thanksgiving? Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers come together in minutes, and they are always wildly popular at Fall parties! If you like caramel apples, then you will love this scrumptious combination with creamy brie, the crunch of macadamia nuts, and tart-sweet dried cranberries. It is addictive.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white platter filled with apple brie skewers for Thanksgiving appetizers.

    Holiday Cheeseballs (4 Flavors)

    These four Festive🎄🎅🏻 Holiday Cheeseballs are the best appetizers to serve all season long and are shaped like ornaments...

    • White Cheddar Rosemary Pomegranate
    • Cheddar Pimiento
    • Garlic Chive Goat Cheese
    • Blue Cheese Cranberry Pecan

    The holiday season is upon us, and I am here to make it a little bit easier for you with some perfect holiday appetizers. You just can’t go wrong with cheese balls, so which one will you make?

    Four bright colored cheese balls decorated to look like tree ornaments with crackers on a white platter.
    4 Cheese Balls
    Make Cheese Balls for holiday appetizers this year. There are four flavors of these Christmas appetizers to serve for party food all season.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    4 cheese balls shaped round and topped with curly bows and ornament hooks to serve as Christmas appetizers.

    Meyer Lemon Tapenade

    Delightfully fresh Meyer Lemon Tapenade🍋🍃🫒 is one of the fastest appetizer recipes, and has many other uses in your cooking! Scoop this healthy appetizer up with mini yellow, orange, and red peppers cut in half for "chips" for a clean low carb option. Or serve with good crackers or toasted baguette slices. It is loaded with good olive oil, Meyer lemon, green and kalamata olives.

    A rustic ceramic bowl filled with vegan olive tapenade, by red grapes and crostini.
    Meyer Lemon Olive Tapenade (Anchovy Free)
    Delightfully fresh Meyer Lemon Olive Tapenade is an anchovy free recipe. Perfect addition to cheese boards with crackers and crostini toasts!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A vintage French ceramic bowl filled with freshly made meyer lemon olive tapenade with a silver spoon and sliced baguette to eat as an appetizer.

    Marinated Mozzarella Balls

    Everyone loves cheese appetizers, and there is nothing easier than Marinated Mozzarella Balls  🌿🧀on a gorgeous Charcuterie Board with some crackers, crusty bread, and drinks to get the party going...

    Fall Snack Mix

    Addictively sweet and salty Fall Snack Mix 🦃🧡 will disappear at your Thanksgiving feast! The salty nutty flavor is so good with the sweet M&Ms and candy corn. Great for movie nights or to give as a gift.

    Ya only need 4 ingredients. So good to put out for a happy hour. Nothing could be simpler, try not eating it all…

    A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.
    Fall Snack Mix
    This Fall Snack Mix will disappear at your Fall, Halloween Party, or at your Thanksgiving feast. Just 4 ingredients are amazing together. Kids and adults love these treats.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.

    Easy Onion Dip

    Sour Cream Onion Dip 🥣🧅 (aka California Dip or Sour Cream Dip) one of my go to easy dips! It has just 2 ingredients. Made in minutes, serve with potato chips and assorted cut veggies.

    A lady dipping a potato chip into onion dip.
    Sour Cream Onion Dip Recipe
    Onion Dip aka California or Sour Cream Dip is the easiest recipe ever, with only 2 ingredients! Made in minutes, serve with a large bowl of your favorite potato chips and assorted fresh-cut veggies. This is a classic iconic American party food dip that has earned a respected place in many people's hearts with its savory onion flavor.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A lady dipping a potato chip into onion dip.

    Crudites With Dip

    Crudités with Green Goddess Dip 🥒🥕🥦 is a fun way to serve a fancier "veggie tray" with your dip in cups, and a purple cabbage "bowl" for a unique relish tray at your party.

    A board of crudites with dip by a blue swimming pool.
    Crudités and Green Goddess Dip
    Crudités with Green Goddess Dip is an easy appetizer. Serve veggie cups and a purple cabbage "bowl" for a unique relish tray at your party!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A cutting board with crudites and dip with bright colored vegetables cut into strips and sticks.

    Autumn Deviled Eggs

    Who doesn't love deviled eggs? A famous holiday and party appetizer, these Autumn Deviled Eggs 🦃🍁 simply take a classic deviled egg recipe and add a couple of Fall twists...

    The full recipe card is below with lots of deviled egg tips for your party.

    A rustic piece of tree cut into a platter with Thanksgiving deviled eggs filled with rust colored filling and garnished with herbs.
    Thanksgiving Deviled Eggs Recipe
    Thanksgiving Deviled Eggs are an easy appetizer party food idea. Gorgeous Fall color, garnished with sage and thyme to celebrate the season.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A slice of rustic tree wood with Thanksgiving deviled eggs garnished with fresh herbs.

    Holiday Deviled Eggs

    This EASY Holiday Deviled Eggs 🎅🏻🎄🥚 recipe is festive and MAKE-AHEAD Oh Yesssssss!!! Just a few simple ingredients, sip with bubbly or drinks at your holiday party.

    Festive Holiday Deviled Eggs on a white platter garnished with fresh herbs like rosemary and pomegranate seeds look so pretty, and they are tasty. Learn the Easiest Way To Seed A Pomegranate plus my tips to open pomegranates. ❤️💎

    A platter of holiday Christmas deviled eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
    Christmas Deviled Eggs Recipe
    Serve Christmas Deviled Eggs as festive appetizers with bubbly Champagne or drinks at your holiday party. Whip these together in a matter of minutes for a perfect holiday appetizer or a first course. Sprinkle a few sparkling ruby red pomegranate seeds that look like holly berries, with sprigs of rosemary, and celebrate the holiday season with creamy deviled eggs.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    White platter with Christmas Deviled Eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
    Pomegranates: Seed, Juice, and Recipe Ideas
    Get Pomegranate Seeds out the easy way. Learn the simple trick to open, seed, and juice pomegranate arils in step-by-step instructions.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white ceramic dish with pomegranate seeds ready to use in a recipe.

    Hot Appetizers, Dips, & Soups

    Be sure to have some hot delicious food before the main event. Put out a pot of hot soup served in mugs, to warm people up and hold them over till dinner is on. Or bake up a melty hot dip and serve with chips or bake a tray of savory palmiers.

    Jalapeno Popper Soup

    Creamy Jalapeño Popper Soup 🌶🍲tastes just like the cheesy jalapeño poppers we love. The spicy heat of the peppers is mild as this original recipe uses canned jalapenos and green chiles and melty cheeses for just the right kick and level of heat.

    Two silver spoons next to a white handled soup bowl filled with jalapeno popper soup.
    Jalapeno Popper Soup Recipe
    Creamy Jalapeño Popper Soup tastes just like the cheesy jalapeño poppers we love. The spicy heat of the peppers is mild as this original recipe uses canned jalapenos and green chiles for just the right kick and level of heat. On chilly Fall or Winter nights, make a hot pot of soup filled with spicy jalapeños and a mixture of cheeses.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Two bowls of creamy jalapeno popper soup in white handled soup bowls garnished with thin sliced jalapenos and cheese.

    Spicy Candied Pecans

    Sweet and Spicy Candied Pecans 🍂🌰 flavored with pumpkin pie spice are crunchy sweet with a kick of heat! They make a wonderful holiday homemade food gift, wrap in mason jars with cute gift tags, and a bow…

    A white bowl of spicy candied pecans with two decorated gift jar nearby being filled.
    Candied Pecans Recipe
    Candied Pecans with pumpkin pie spice flavors are crunchy and sweet with cinnamon-sugar, and a kick of heat. Use as a holiday or Fall appetizer on a grazing table, or charcuterie cheeseboard, or pack up as a homemade holiday food gift. These easy candy pecans are egg-free, gluten-free, and great for snacks. Wrap in pretty decorated mason jars, and add gift tags. Someone will be delighted.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white bowl with candied pecans and a few on the table with jars filled with them nearby.

    Jalapeno Popper Dip

    Habit-forming oven-baked Jalapeno Popper Dip 🌶 is a 7 ingredient hot appetizer that is always a party hit! A melty hot dip that is scrumptious dipped with corn chips, tortilla chips, or crackers.

    For more than 12 people, I would double this recipe and grab a couple of bags of corn or tortilla chips. Have fun serving this at your next party or gathering and watch it disappear right before your eyes.

    Scooping out a bite of hot dip from a white dish of freshly baked jalapeno popper dip.
    Jalapeno Popper Dip Recipe
    Jalapeno Popper Dip is always a hit! Make this melty hot appetizer for parties with simple pantry ingredients and scoop up with large corn chips. Double this recipe for large groups, it goes fast! It's so easy, and all the ingredients combine into utter flavor deliciousness!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.

    Parmesan Cheese Croutons

    Serve buttery Parmesan Croutons 🥖🧀 with hot soup, chilled salad, as a snack, or on a cheeseboard, these croutons are made in minutes with baguette, melted butter, spices, and parmesan cheese.

    Warning, these are addictive...

    Close up of crouton shards with melted parmesan cheese on top.
    Croutons ~ Plus Leftover Baguette Recipes
    Serve with hot soup, chilled salad, as a snack, or on a cheese board, these croutons are made in minutes with baguette, butter, spices and parmesan cheese.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Cheese topped croutons on a parchment lined baking sheet.

    Firecracker Shrimp

    Firecracker Shrimp 🔥🍤 is a popular appetizer recipe you can oven bake or deep fry, then dip into a creamy spicy sriracha dipping sauce.

    A pile of cooked spicy Chinese firecracker shrimp with sauces in background.
    Firecracker Shrimp with Sriracha Dipping Sauce
    Firecracker Shrimp is a popular appetizer recipe you can oven bake or deep fry. Then dip them into a creamy spicy sriracha dipping sauce!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A firecracker shrimp recipe with two dipping sauces on a black platter.

    Brie and Bacon Palmiers

    Brie and Bacon Palmiers 🥓🥟 baked in 15 minutes with 3 ingredients. You will need store-bought puff pastry, crisp crumbled bacon, and some brie. An easy last-minute appetizer packed with bacony goodness and that classic brie taste…

    Brie and Bacon Palmier Appetizer Recipe
    Brie and Bacon Palmiers baked in 15 minutes with 3 ingredients. You will need store-bought puff pastry, crisp crumbled bacon, and some brie. An easy last-minute appetizer packed with bacony goodness, golden puff pastry, and that classic brie taste...
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white platter filled with brie and bacon palmier appetizers golden brown and ready to eat.

    Filet Mignon Steak Appetizers

    Bacon-wrapped Filet Mignon Steak Appetizers 🥩🥓 are an elegant special appetizer for parties or special occasions. Pair these tasty bites with a cool creamy balsamic horseradish sauce for dipping. It has a touch of spicy horseradish and a savory depth of flavor from the balsamic.

    Looking down on a white platter filled with bacon wrapped filet mignon appetizers and a bowl of white horseradish sauce.
    Filet Steak Appetizer With Horseradish Cream
    Bacon-wrapped filet mignon steak appetizer paired with a creamy balsamic horseradish sauce for dipping. These will be a hit at your party!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A glass bowl filled with horseradish dipping sauce with bacon wrapped filet mignon appetizers on toothpicks.

    Beef Wellington Puff Pastry Appetizers

    These Beef Wellington Appetizers 🥩🧀🥟 are a modern take on the classic English dish made easy with golden brown edges of flaky puff pastry, juicy filet mignon, and a creamy mushroom filling.

    Lady holding a freshly baked beef wellington appetizer made from puff pastry.
    wellington
    Bake delicious hors d'oeuvres of individual servings of beef wellington appetizers, they are so fancy to pass around at a party. These beef wellington appetizers are a modern take on the classic English dish made easy with golden brown edges of flaky puff pastry, juicy filet mignon, and a creamy mushroom filling.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Five freshly baked puff pastry beef wellington appetizers on a rectangle white platter.

    Fried Green Tomatoes

    These are the best Fried Green Tomatoes 💚🍅 and one of the most famous Southern recipes of all time. Each slice has a crunchy crust to dip into a creamy remoulade, buttermilk ranch dressing, or comeback sauce.

    A white long plate with a stack of fried green tomatoes with remoulade and buttermilk ranch dressing.
    Fried Green Tomatoes With 3 Dipping Sauce Recipes
    These are the best Fried Green Tomatoes, and one of the most famous Southern recipes of all time. Each slice has a crunchy crust to dip into a creamy remoulade, buttermilk ranch dressing, or comeback sauce. There are a few secrets to frying them perfectly golden crisp, and the three dipping sauces take these right over the top.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white long plate with a stack of fried green tomatoes with remoulade and buttermilk ranch dressing.

    Tomato Basil Soup

    Tomato Soup with Basil Dumplings 🍅🪴🍲 can be rich and chunky or creamy smooth and is loaded with a veggie rainbow. Serve in mugs at your party with crouton shards.

    A white cup with tomato soup and basil dumplings.
    Tomato Soup With Basil Dumplings
    Tomato Soup with Basil Dumplings can be rich and chunky or creamy smooth and is loaded with a veggie rainbow for a hearty lunch or dinner. What makes this hearty soup recipe so good, are the fluffy basil dumplings! Total comfort food in a bowl, as they soak up the hot creamy homemade tomato soup.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A bowl of tomato soup and cup of soup in a white cup garnished with fresh basil.

    Cheese Soup

    A classic famous Cheese Soup 🧀🍲 with simple ingredients and extraordinary deep rich flavors. You can also have small hot mugs of soup before the main course of your Thanksgiving meal.

    A large cheese crouton on a bowl of cheese soup.
    Cheese Soup Recipe
    An easy classic famous Cheese Soup Recipe that is so creamy, has simple ingredients, and extraordinarily deep rich flavors. Serve with croutons. Serve with crispy croutons. Famously served at The Driskill Hotel in Austin, Texas in the 1886 Bakery and Cafe.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    White bowl filled with cheese soup and a homemade crouton on top.

    Buffalo Cauliflower "Wings"

    Buffalo Cauliflower 🧡🌿 is a healthy appetizer that tastes like "Buffalo Chicken Wings" these are baked, full of flavor, and have absolutely NO guilt. Dip these Cauliflower Wings in blue cheese or ranch dressing...

    A lady holding a piece of buffalo cauliflower "wing" over a bowl of ranch dip in the background.
    Buffalo Cauliflower Wings Recipe
    Buffalo Cauliflower Wings are a healthy appetizer that taste and look just like chicken wings. Baked full of zesty flavor, vegetarian, gluten free, and absolutely no guilt of extra calories. Created in a Southern California pub, dunk these buffalo wings into your favorite dipping sauces like blue cheese dressing or buttermilk ranch for the perfect game-day snack with a cold beer.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Baked Buffalo Cauliflower on a plate with ranch dip sprinkled with fresh herbs.
    Homemade Buttermilk Ranch Dressing Recipe
    Buttermilk Ranch Dressing from scratch uses real fresh ingredients, and it tastes so much better than bottled products. Get the secret mixing tip with 20+ creative ways to use it in recipes all week long.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A large Mason jar filled with ranch dressing made at home with a small serving bowl and spoon.

    Crunchy Roasted Pumpkin Seeds

    Crunchy Pumpkin Seeds 🎃 are a perfect snack and add just the right crunch to a Thanksgiving salad.

    Roasting pumpkin seeds is a Fall family tradition. Try this delicious recipe, I hope it becomes a Fall tradition for your family too.

    A ceramic bowl filled with seasoned roast pumpkin seeds.
    Roasted Pumpkin Seeds Recipe ~ Low Carb Keto Snack Idea
    Save the seeds from Jack-o-lantern pumpkin carving! Roasted Pumpkin Seeds are great to top soups and sprinkle on salads. And they are a perfect low-carb keto snack idea. Roasting pumpkin seeds with buttery crunchy goodness is a simple recipe to make every Fall, and quite a fun tradition.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.

    Tater Tot Nachos "Totchos"

    Make these Tater Tot Nachos "Totchos" 🥔🥑 with Pulled Pork and a creamy Tomatillo Sauce for relaxed weekends at home, parties, on game day, or even a simple dinner!

    An oval cast iron pan with tater tot nachos (aka Totchos) topped with avocado, creamy sauce, and green onions.
    Tachos Tater Tot Nachos Recipe
    Tachos are a delicious modern twist on the classic nachos appetizer! Tater tot nachos have layers of golden crispy tater tots in place of tortilla chips loaded with juicy pulled pork or rotisserie chicken, creamy tomatillo sauce, lots of melted cheese, and other scrumptious favorite nacho toppings. Tater Tatchos are an easy comfort food dish that can be put together quickly for snacks, cozy game day football food, or heck why can't this be dinner...
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A close up of a oval cast iron pan with tater tots, pulled pork, cut avocado, and drizzled with white sauce.

    French Onion Dip

    French Onion Dip 🧅 is an easy appetizer with caramelized onions and fresh ingredients. This party appetizer tastes even better if made ahead.

    Whip up this homemade onion dip, and take a look at all the creative ways to use up leftovers (if there are any)...

    Ruffled potato chips on a plate with homemade French onion dip.
    French Onion Dip Recipe
    French onion dip is an easy appetizer with rich flavor from caramelized onions and fresh simple ingredients. This party appetizer tastes even better if you make it a day or so ahead! This an easy dip recipe for parties, and holidays, and a classic to serve on exciting big game days with a big bag of potato chips. Whip up this homemade onion dip, and take a look at all the creative ways to use up the leftovers of this creamy dip if there are any!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Ruffled potato chips on a plate with homemade French onion dip.

    Buffalo Chicken Appetizer

    Whip up this Buffalo Chicken Appetizer 🧡🐔 made with tortilla chips, buffalo wing sauce, blue cheese, and crisp celery. It comes together in 20 minutes with just simple 6 ingredients. It takes a nod to hot wings, and is so easy!

    Close up of buffalo chicken baked in tortilla chips garnished with celery.
    Buffalo Chicken Appetizer
    Buffalo Chicken Appetizer made with tortilla chips, buffalo wing sauce, blue cheese, and crisp celery made in 20 minutes with 6 ingredients.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Loaded plate of hot appetizers of Buffalo Chicken on tortilla chips ready for game day food

    Zucchini Chips

    Bake a batch of low-calorie Zucchini Chips 🍋 to scoop into a garden-fresh Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip. This clean recipe is a healthy appetizer snack idea. What a great way to use up summer squash when it is popping up faster than you can pick it.

    The crisp crunchy coating is so unexpected, and the dip is guilt-free...

    A large white platter with zucchini chips on it and a small bowl of yogurt dip garnished with lemon and dill.
    Baked Zucchini Chips Recipe
    Make a batch of low-calorie Baked Zucchini Chips and scoop them into a lemon-dill yogurt dip. What a great way to use up summer squash when it is popping up faster than you can pick it!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A lady dipping a zucchini chip into a lemon dill yogurt dip.

    Shrimp Cocktail

    An easy appetizer and party food, Shrimp Cocktail 🍤 is made by oven-roasting large shrimp, then dipping them in the fresh homemade cocktail sauce!

    This recipe is one of my favorite things to serve for happy hours, holidays, and celebrations. Roasting shrimp is the way to go versus traditional boiling, it's so much easier, and the roasting adds deep rich flavor...

    A clear glass platter full of cooked shrimp for shrimp cocktail with cocktail sauce nearby.
    Shrimp Cocktail Recipe
    The best Shrimp Cocktail (prawn cocktail) is made by oven-roasting, then dipping them in homemade shrimp cocktail sauce! The shrimp cooks in just 15 minutes and is such an easy appetizer for the holiday season, New Year's Eve, or party food for special occasions and celebrations. Roasting is a great way to go versus dealing with a large pot of boiling water, a sheet pan is so much easier with less cleanup, and the roasting adds deep rich, delicious shrimpy flavor.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A clear glass plate with shrimp cocktail, cocktail sauce, and two glasses of champagne.

    Sweet Treats, Cocktails, & Sippers

    Pumpkin Bread

    Pumpkin Bread 🧡🍫 baked with pumpkin puree, pumpkin pie spice, cinnamon, orange juice, and milk chocolate chips. Dense, moist, delicious, and so chocolaty.

    Thick sliced loaf of pumpkin bread on a marble cutting board.
    Pumpkin Bread Recipe
    A rich delicious Pumpkin Bread scratch recipe with warm Fall spices, fresh orange juice, and loaded with milk chocolate chips. This quick bread recipe comes together in minutes, with just a spatula and a bowl! Bake this as a classic pumpkin bread recipe or add nuts like pecans or walnuts and bake.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s

    Palmiers

    Palmiers 🥟☕️ are airy flaky crisp French cookies with only 2 ingredients. This sweet treat easy dessert bake is divine any time of day, and are so good with a cozy coffee drink.

    A white heart shaped dish filled with fresh baked palmiers.
    Palmiers
    Palmiers are airy flaky crisp French cookies with only 2 ingredients. This sweet treat easy dessert bake is divine any time of day!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A pile of freshly baked palmier cookies on a decorative white heart plate.

    Pumpkin Spiced Latte

    A Pumpkin Spice Latte 🎃☕️ made with fresh pumpkin, pumpkin pie spice, milk, and strong hot coffee. Create a coffee house in your own kitchen...

    A glass coffee cup filled with Pumpkin Spice Latte topped with sprinkles.
    Pumpkin Spice Latte
    Whip up a Pumpkin Spice Latte made with real fresh ingredients, and cozy Fall spices. Top your PSL with decadent toppings like whip cream and Fall sprinkles. You can swap in the plant-based milk you love, and add some good strong hot coffee or a shot of espresso.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A glass mug filled with Pumpkin Spice Latte with whip cream and sprinkles.

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails 🧡🔥🍹are made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, apple cider, and cinnamon flavored whiskey. Serve these fireball whisky drinks for game days, the holiday season, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day.

    Two tall glasses of Fireball Whisky Cocktails garnished with orange peel wrapped cinnamon sticks.
    “Fireball” Whisky Cocktails
    "Red Hot" Fireball Whisky Cocktails made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, and apple cider. Serve fireball drinks for Fall parties, brunch, and Thanksgiving Day!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.

    Fireball Punch

    Fireball Punch 🧡🍎🔥🍊 "big batch cocktails" are made with orange juice, apple cider, and Fireball whisky that tastes like cinnamon red hot candies. Besides, could it just be the prettiest bowl of Thanksgiving punch? Even the guys love this party punch, warning it is strong!

    A large bowl of Fireball punch made with orange juice, Fireball whisky, apple cider to serve as a Thanksgiving cocktail.
    Fireball Thanksgiving Punch "Batch Cocktails"
    Fireball Thanksgiving Punch with orange, apple cider, and Fireball whisky. Serve Fall "big batch cocktails" for Friendsgiving & Thanksgiving.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.

    Party Ideas For Thanksgiving Appetizers

    People really enjoy a bite here and there before (and even after) a Friendsgiving or Thanksgiving dinner party. And for most big day gatherings, it's an all-day or week-long feast so having lots of snacks and munchies is a must!

    We all enjoy the classic Thanksgiving menu with turkey, side dishes like mashed potatoes, dessert pies, and all the fixings like stuffing, sweet potato casserole, and sweet cranberry sauce. But everyone loves those tasty appetizers while they wait! Here are some Thanksgiving party ideas and tips to set up for your event.

    1. Plan an area for all your appetizers. A nice long table, a dinner table, or a kitchen counter space all work great. Just plan for your number of party guests, and space to walk around the table.
    2. Use serving pieces you have, look high and low for the thing you have-trust me you have great pieces to use.
    3. Use sticky notes and decide ahead where dishes will go so guests can help you set up.
    Looking down on a table filled with toppings and crostini toasts at a party.

    Simple Home Gathering

    1. Arrange Thanksgiving appetizers on large round trays or cheeseboards right on your coffee table. I love to entertain casually this way. Watch silly Christmas movies or Football and just relax all day and night.
    2. With 2-3 appetizers, that is a party! 🎉 I usually make 1-2 hot ones, and the rest are ones I prepare ahead and or are cold dips or snack mixes and easy things to pull from the fridge. Arrange a bag of chips and crackers on the platter and you are ready.

    Serving Inside Or Outside?

    Plan for the weather, I have found that by the time Fall rolls around most of us will be entertaining indoors because the weather is so unpredictable.

    But you can set it up outside or inside, and I have lots of ideas for you in my Fall Crostini Bar recipe post. This is an easy beautiful way to entertain in Autumn.

    Use what you have to create different heights and to keep people moving around trying different appetizers. Try to set up a scene with levels, and place things up high, low, and spilling out of baskets. Here are a few things you might need.

    • Cheese Boards
    • Trays
    • Small Bowls
    • Small Serving Spoons
    • Cheese Knives
    • Napkins
    • Utensils
    • Small Plates
    • Spreader Knives

    Thanksgiving Centerpieces

    Use fresh pumpkins, flowers, succulents, herbs, and Fall decor pieces you love. For more inspiration, take a look at my DIY tutorials on Succulent Pumpkins and Pumpkin Flower Arrangements!

    The succulent pumpkins are so easy and will last all through Fall. Everyone loves them, and you can give them to guests as they head home...

    A collage of 9 different succulent pumpkins in different colors and top with succulents.
    Succulent Pumpkins
    A Thanksgiving table set with real pumpkins carved out and filled with flower as centerpieces.
    Pumpkin Flower Arrangments

    Delicious Thanksgiving Appetizers FAQ

    What are some of the most popular Thanksgiving appetizers?

    Finger foods and dips like meatballs, wings, spinach dip, goat cheese bites, feta dip, buffalo chicken dip, easy hummus, stuffed mushrooms, cheese boards with favorite meats and cheeses, antipasto skewers, cranberry brie bites, pigs in a blanket, and artichoke dip.

    The most popular appetizers are hot and cold dips, crostini, shrimp cocktail, potato skins, cocktail meatballs, bruschetta, and stuffed mushrooms.

    What are appetizers?

    Appetizers are grouped into three types; cocktails, canapés, and hors d'oeuvres and are a simple starter or snack to stimulate the appetite. They can be elegant and fancy or casual like simple cheese and crackers. Drinks containing alcohol are also considered appetizers before dinner.

    How do you serve Thanksgiving appetizers?

    For appetizer parties, pick a couple of hot cooked appetizer recipes and several cold dips or maybe a crudites platter. It's nice to serve a couple of things hot out of the kitchen during the party, and have other dishes ready to go, so you can dive into the yumminess.

    More Fall Appetizers & Party Food

    This Apple Crisp Recipe is a classic Fall dessert in America and is wonderful for the holidays or Thanksgiving. It comes together faster than a pie made from scratch!

    Dutch Apple Pie is also known as Apple Crumble Pie baked with a homemade filling, a foolproof flaky crust, and a crumble topping.

    There are 200+ Halloween Recipes including snacks, spooky Halloween treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy Halloween desserts, and fun Halloween Snacks.

    • Apple Crisp in a red bowl with a silver spoon, ice cream, and drizzled with caramel sauce.
      Apple Crisp
    • A white pie dish with a slice of apple crumble pie, also known as a dutch apple pie with a crumbled topping and green apples in the background in a wood bowl.
      Dutch Apple Pie
    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.
    Print

    Thanksgiving Appetizer Recipes ~ Plus Autumn Deviled Eggs

    These are 37 of the best Thanksgiving Day appetizers for savory snacks, easy appetizers, and a bounty of party ideas for your celebration. Whether you bake up some warm canapes, make easy no cook appetizers like a dip, or create a beautiful holiday charcuterie board, there are dozens of delicious recipes here to put out before your Thanksgiving feast.
    Course Appetizer
    Cuisine American
    Keyword deviled eggs, thanksgiving appetizers, Thanksgiving Day appetizers, Thanksgiving deviled eggs
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 61kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board
    • Chef Knife

    Ingredients

    deviled eggs

    • 6 boiled eggs
    • 2 tablespoons mayonnaise
    • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
    • 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon creme fraiche or sub soft cream cheese or sour cream
    • 2 tablespoons smoked paprika not the hot one!
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground pepper

    garnish decoration

    • sprigs fresh sage leaves garnish
    • sprigs fresh thyme leaves garnish

    Instructions

    hard boiled eggs

    • Make hardboild eggs: Boil, Instant Pot, or Steam method.
    • Peel and slice the boiled eggs, slice in half.

    deviled eggs

    • PRO TIP: Instead of scooping out the yolk with a spoon (which can tear the egg) gently push from the back of the egg and pop the yolk out!
    • In a bowl, add the yolks, mayonnaise, Dijon mustard, lemon juice, salt, pepper, smoked paprika, cream Fraiche' (or soft cream cheese).
    • Mix until well combined with a hand mixer, and load into a large zip log back fitted with a large star tip.
    • Pipe the filling back into the boiled eggshells, and garnish with a few fresh tiny sprigs of sage and thyme.

    Video

    Notes

    Deviled Eggs Top Tips

    • Instead of scooping out the yolk with a spoon (which can tear the egg) gently push from the back of the egg and pop the yolk out.
    • You can certainly mix the deviled egg filling with a spoon or whisk, but a hand mixer gives you a creamy fluffy texture that pipes beautifully.
    • Use a large gallon zip-top bag and large star tip to pipe the filling into the egg white shells, it looks gorgeous and professional.
    • Make-Ahead Tip: Boil the eggs, slice in half, and keep covered on a tray. Fill your ziptop bag with a piping tip, and have your tiny sage and thyme pieces and ready to go, then assemble in minutes right before your party.

    Thanksgiving Appetizer Party Tips

    1. Use serving pieces you have, look high and low for the thing you have-trust me you have great pieces to use.
    2. Plan an area for all your appetizers. A nice long table, the dinner table, or a kitchen counter space all work great. Just plan for your number of guests, and space to walk around the table.
    Use what you have to create different heights and to keep people moving around trying different appetizers. 
    Try to set up a scene with levels, and place things up high, low, and spilling out of baskets.
    • Cheese Boards
    • Trays
    • Small Bowls
    • Small Serving Spoons
    • Cheese Knives
    • Napkins
    • Utensils
    • Small Plates
    • Spreader Knives

    Nutrition

    Serving: 12g | Calories: 61kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 95mg | Sodium: 159mg | Potassium: 58mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 711IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 16mg | Iron: 1mg

    Autumn Aperol Spritz

    [heart_this] · Oct 2, 2022 · 1 Comment

    Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.

    Last Updated April 25th, 2024 at 12:56 pm by Lisa

    A taste of Fall in every sip, these Aperol Spritz cocktails have cider, Aperol, and fresh citrus juice topped with prosecco or Champagne bubbles. These refreshing drinks are great for brunch, happy hours, Friendsgiving, and Thanksgiving.

    The sweet blood orange and apple cider add a nice counterbalance to the natural bitter flavors of the Aperol, creating these gorgeous ruby-red sippers...

    Autumn Aperol Cocktail Recipe

    A classic Aperol spritz recipe has just Aperol, prosecco, and a splash of soda. These Italian cocktails are sipped on hot days in the late-afternoon as an aperitivo pre-dinner drink as the sunsets. This recipe adds all the Fall feels and makes them change their color just like the falling leaves...

    • 2 ounces blood orange juice (you can use regular oranges, the drink color is lighter)
    • 2 ounces apple cider
    • 1 ounce Aperol
    • 1 splash of club soda
    • optional: Add 3 ounces of Prosecco, Champagne, or any sparkling wine
    • garnish: 1-2 slices of blood orange
    1. First, juice a couple of blood oranges, and slice one for garnish. The more blood orange juice you add the pinker the cocktail gets!
    2. Place ice in a large wine glass or tall glass, Aperol, blood orange juice, apple cider, a splash of soda water, and garnish with sliced blood orange. Cheers!
    3. Optional: Pour Prosecco, Champagne, or sparkling wine instead of club soda.
    4. Garnish with blood orange slices.

    Variation Ideas

    If you like your cocktails sweeter, and can't find blood oranges, you can swap in pineapple juice, fresh orange juice, grapefruit juice, fresh lemon juice, lime juice, simple syrup, or try my Limoncello Recipe!.

    In a cocktail shaker add ice, the juice you choose, Aperol, and apple cider, and shake. By the way, shaking any bubby soda water, or champagne is not a good idea, it will be everywhere due to the carbonation! Simply stir or blend in a pitcher with ice to keep it simple. Then top with your bubbly additions.

    What is the ratio for a classic Aperol spritz?


    The ratio is part equal parts Aperol to prosecco and soda water.

    2 oz Aperol, 3 oz prosecco, and 1 oz splash of soda over lots of ice. Garnish and serve.

    What Is Aperol?


    Aperol is a bright orange color Italian aperitif liqueur made famous in Italy and a popular bartenders staple around the world. First introduced in 1919, it was named from a French slang word for an aperitif, which is apero. The alcohol by volume (abv) is 11 percent except it has a higher alcohol content in Germany.

    What does Aperol taste like?


    Aperol has a slight bitterness with a faint sweet orange flavor and citrus floral notes. It is made from both sweet and bitter oranges, gentian root-a blue flowering plant, rhubarb, and cinchona-a pink flowering plant.

    What is a spritz Veneziano?

    A spritz Veneziano or Aperol spritz also called just Spritz, is an Italian wine-based cocktail, commonly served as an apéritif in Northeast Italy. It consists of prosecco, Aperol, and soda water.

    Can you use Campari in place of Aperol?


    Aperol has more sweetness than Campari, with bitter orange and gentian and cinchona flowers.

    Campari is stronger and makes bittersweet beverages with hints of rhubarb, berries, and a floral bouquet of potent herbs.

    An icy cold glass of Aperol Spritz cocktail with round ice and blood orange garnish.

    How To Host An Appetizer & Cocktail Party

    Host a Fall appetizer party with an Autumn-colored palate. Have 1 signature cocktail, water, and a non alcoholic drink for guests with plenty of glasses and ice. Pick a good spot and set up a long table indoors or outside depending on the weather. Borrow one or use what you have, you can even rent from a party store.

    Place a large Fall colored tablecloth in red, orange, brown, or yellow colors. Again, use what you have, a couple of linens together can look great in layers.

    Use fresh fruit like apples, pumpkins, pomegranates, small flower arrangements, or vases with herbs. For texture, add silk flowers or a garland of leaves for this table, isn't it gorgeous?

    My amazing dear friend Lidy at French Garden House set up this serving area in her gorgeous garden with different heights using books, baskets, bowls, and containers to add texture and interest.

    What To Serve With Aperol Cocktails?

    Serve 2-3 seasonal appetizers and snacks using season Fall ingredients like apples, a Salted Caramel Apple Dip it's addictively yummy, and a darling pumpkin-shaped Everything Bagel Cheeseball is what we served!

    Take a look at the 30+ Best Thanksgiving Appetizers for your next Fall gathering, so many delicious recipes...

    Thanksgiving Appetizer Recipes ~ Plus Autumn Deviled Eggs
    These are 37 of the best Thanksgiving Day appetizers for savory snacks, easy appetizers, and a bounty of party ideas for your celebration. Whether you bake up some warm canapes, make easy no cook appetizers like a dip, or create a beautiful holiday charcuterie board, there are dozens of delicious recipes here to put out before your Thanksgiving feast.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.
    A gorgeous Fall table with French printed red linens and bright colored appetizers featuring and caramel apple dip, pumpkin shaped everything bagel cheese ball, and aperol cocktails at a Fall appetizer outdoor party.

    More Fall Cocktail Recipes

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails are made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, apple cider, and cinnamon flavored whiskey. 

    Fireball Punch "big batch cocktails" are made with orange juice, apple cider, and Fireball whisky that tastes like cinnamon red hot candies. It's just the right sweetness and tastes like Fall with crisp apples, fresh oranges, and spicy cinnamon.

    Candy Corn Jello shots have 3 colors in these boozy adult shooters, just like the famous seasonal Fall candy! Batches of jello shots are known as a college party classic. But who doesn't love a layered shot that actually tastes great for a bit of mischief-making?

    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.
      Fireball Punch
    • Close up of a candy corn Jello shot that is half sipped and others in plastic cups at a party with candy corn in the background.
      Candy Corn Jello Shots

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
    Print

    Aperol Spritz Fall Cocktail Recipe

    A taste of Fall in every sip, these Aperol Spritz cocktails have cider, Aperol, and fresh citrus juice topped with prosecco or Champagne bubbles. These refreshing drinks are great for brunch, happy hours, Friendsgiving, and Thanksgiving.
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine American
    Keyword aperol, aperol cocktails, aperol spritz, fall cocktail
    Prep Time 2 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 2 minutes minutes
    Servings 1
    Calories 165kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Lemon/Lime Juicer
    • Small Serrated Knife

    Ingredients

    • ½ cup ice
    • 3 ounces Aperol
    • 2 ounces blood orange juice
    • 2 ounces Apple Cider
    • 1 splash soda water or Prosecco, Champagne

    optional

    • 3 ounces Prosecco Champagne, or any sparkling wine
    • 1 slice blood orange - garnish

    Instructions

    • First, juice a couple of blood oranges, and slice one for garnish.
    • Place ice in a tall glass, Aperol, blood orange juice, apple cider, a splash of soda water, and garnish with sliced blood orange. Cheers!
    • Optional: Pour Prosecco, Champagne or sparkling wine instead of club soda.
    • Garnish with blood orange slices.

    Video

    Notes

    blood orange juice

    The more blood orange juice you add, the darker red the Aperol Spritz will become!

    add sparkling bubbles

    Optional to add to either club soda, Champagne or Prosecco. 

    Sweet Variation Ideas

    If you like your cocktails sweeter, and can't find blood oranges, you can swap in pineapple juice, fresh orange juice, grapefruit juice, fresh lemon juice, lime juice, simple syrup, or limoncello.
    In a cocktail shaker add ice, the juice you choose, Aperol, and apple cider, and shake. By the way, shaking any bubby soda water, or champagne is not a good idea, it will be everywhere due to the carbonation! Simply stir or blend in a pitcher with ice to keep it simple. Then top with your bubbly additions.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1g | Calories: 165kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 15mg | Potassium: 246mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 113IU | Vitamin C: 36mg | Iron: 1mg
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.
      Fireball Punch
    • Close up of a candy corn Jello shot that is half sipped and others in plastic cups at a party with candy corn in the background.
      Candy Corn Jello Shots

    More Fall Halloween Cocktails

    A Candy Corn Martini is the ultimate Fall cocktail and Halloween drink for parties, with simple ingredients that are easy to find. Have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make. Fascinate your friends with these bright orange festive cocktails.

    Serve Halloween Aperol Cocktails to your thirsty party guests with black sugar rims and eyeballs in these easy Halloween drinks. Spooky-cute and just about the easiest drink for your party.

    Mix up a batch of these chartreuse green Witches Brew Midori Sours. Add some spooky bones and magical edible drink glitter with bubbly mixers to enchant your guests!

    A Black Halloween Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends!

    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
    Print

    Aperol Spritz Fall Cocktail Recipe

    A taste of Fall in every sip, these Aperol Spritz cocktails have cider, Aperol, and fresh citrus juice topped with prosecco or Champagne bubbles. These refreshing drinks are great for brunch, happy hours, Friendsgiving, and Thanksgiving.
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine American
    Keyword aperol, aperol cocktails, aperol spritz, fall cocktail
    Prep Time 2 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 2 minutes minutes
    Servings 1
    Calories 165kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Lemon/Lime Juicer
    • Small Serrated Knife

    Ingredients

    • ½ cup ice
    • 3 ounces Aperol
    • 2 ounces blood orange juice
    • 2 ounces Apple Cider
    • 1 splash soda water or Prosecco, Champagne

    optional

    • 3 ounces Prosecco Champagne, or any sparkling wine
    • 1 slice blood orange - garnish

    Instructions

    • First, juice a couple of blood oranges, and slice one for garnish.
    • Place ice in a tall glass, Aperol, blood orange juice, apple cider, a splash of soda water, and garnish with sliced blood orange. Cheers!
    • Optional: Pour Prosecco, Champagne or sparkling wine instead of club soda.
    • Garnish with blood orange slices.

    Video

    Notes

    blood orange juice

    The more blood orange juice you add, the darker red the Aperol Spritz will become!

    add sparkling bubbles

    Optional to add to either club soda, Champagne or Prosecco. 

    Sweet Variation Ideas

    If you like your cocktails sweeter, and can't find blood oranges, you can swap in pineapple juice, fresh orange juice, grapefruit juice, fresh lemon juice, lime juice, simple syrup, or limoncello.
    In a cocktail shaker add ice, the juice you choose, Aperol, and apple cider, and shake. By the way, shaking any bubby soda water, or champagne is not a good idea, it will be everywhere due to the carbonation! Simply stir or blend in a pitcher with ice to keep it simple. Then top with your bubbly additions.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1g | Calories: 165kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 15mg | Potassium: 246mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 113IU | Vitamin C: 36mg | Iron: 1mg

    Pumpkin Bread

    [heart_this] · Sep 28, 2022 · 2 Comments

    A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s

    Last Updated September 1st, 2026 at 04:12 pm by Lisa

    A rich delicious Pumpkin Bread scratch recipe with warm Fall spices, fresh orange juice, and loaded with milk chocolate chips. This quick bread recipe comes together in minutes, with just a spatula and a bowl!

    Bake this as a classic pumpkin bread recipe or add nuts like pecans or walnuts and bake. Slice it and enjoy every bite with a nice cup of hot coffee...

    A baked loaf of pumpkin bread with chocolate chips on a white marble board with a small pumpkin and silver knife nearby.

    Best Pumpkin Bread Recipe

    Most pumpkin bread recipes call for flavorless water, and this one swaps in real fresh orange juice for added sweetness! The melted milk chocolate chips pair so nicely with the warm spices and pumpkin flavors...

    dry ingredients

    • 1 ¾ cups all purpose flour
    • 1 teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
    • ½ teaspoon pumpkin pie spice

    wet ingredients

    • ¾ cup brown sugar
    • ¾ cup granulated sugar
    • ½ cup vegetable oil
    • ¾ cup orange juice
    • 2 large eggs (beaten)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 15-ounce can of pumpkin puree (not pumpkin pie filling)
    • 1 cup milk chocolate chips (optional)
    Ingredients to bake Pumpkin bread with chocolate chips on a table all labeled and measured into bowls.
    An unopened can of pumpkin puree with the baked pumpkin bread recipe in the background and a small pumpkin.

    PRO TIP: Toss chocolate chips or nuts in some flour first to prevent them from sinking into the bottom of the pan while baking.

    How to Make A Pumpkin Quick Bread

    1. In a medium bowl, sift or whisk together the dry ingredients; flour, baking soda, baking powder, sea salt, cinnamon, and pumpkin pie spice.
    2. In a large bowl, with a rubber spatula mix together the wet ingredients; brown sugar, granulated sugar, vegetable oil, beaten eggs, vanilla extract, orange juice, pumpkin puree, 1 cup of chocolate chips, nuts raisins, etc.
    3. Now mix the dry ingredients into the wet and stir until combined with a spatula.
    4. If your pan is non-stick you don't need to prepare it. If it is a regular pan, spray the pan with nonstick coconut oil and coat it with flour before pouring the batter into the pan.
    5. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees. Pour the mix into the 1 lb loaf pan (4.5 x 8.5-inch pan) ⅔ full.
    6. Bake at 350 for 45 minutes, or up to an hour. Check at 45 minutes, if a toothpick or a cake tester comes out clean it is baked.
    7. Cool on a wire rack, remove from the pan by turning over gently and tapping the bottom of the pan until the loaf releases. Slice and enjoy!
    Four images showing the mixing of one bowl pumpkin bread from dry ingredients, adding wet, and batter ready to pour into pan.
    Pumpkin bread batter in a non stick pan ready to bake in the oven.

    Top Pumpkin Bread Tips

    Storage Tips: You can freeze pumpkin bread, by wrapping well in plastic wrap, then some foil, or in a zip-top bag. It helps to slice it first, so it defrosts faster, and use within a couple of months.

    When is it baked? Insert a toothpick or cake tester, if it comes out clean it is done!

    How do you remove it from the bread pan? Nonstick loaf pans are so good these days, that is what I use! No need to spray or dust with flour and the quick bread pops right out. Be sure to spray and flour regular pans, or use a parchment pan liner to help it release. Run a knife gently around the edge, then carefully turn over and tap the back of the pan to get the loaf out.

    Is canned or fresh better? Canned pumpkin is so convenient and tastes just as good as a fresh you roast at home.

    Baked loaves of pumpkin bread on a table one in the pan and one on a marble cutting board.

    Pumpkin Puree FAQ

    Are pumpkin puree and canned pumpkin the same thing?



    When you go to the store, canned pumpkin and pumpkin puree are the same thing. These terms can be confusing to consumers!

    Some cans will say solid-pack, and that is puree. By the way, pumpkin pie filling is a totally different product that is designed for pie baking.

    If you buy organic puree, the only ingredient is pumpkin, with no additives or anything extra.

    Can you make pumpkin puree?

    Cut open the pumpkin or squash into large pieces and either boil, roast, or steam it until cooked. Remove the skin, and mash or blend it into a puree. Use homemade puree in recipes in place of canned.

    Thick sliced loaf of pumpkin bread on a marble cutting board.

    More Pumpkin Recipes

    Once you make your own Roasted Pumpkin Seeds coated in seasoned butter and roasted full of crunchy goodness, you will make these every Fall.

    A Pumpkin Spice Latte made with fresh ingredients, warm spices, and strong hot coffee. Create a coffee house in your own kitchen.

    Pumpkin Pie Spice is popular in so many Fall and Thanksgiving recipes and has warm notes of cinnamon, ginger, allspice, nutmeg, and cloves.

    Serve a "pumpkin-shaped" Everything Bagel Cheese Ball appetizer for your next Fall party, it's always a hit! Easy to make ahead in 15 minutes, chill, and take to a gathering.

    • A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.
      Roasted Pumpkin Seeds
    • A glass mug filled with Pumpkin Spice Latte with whip cream and sprinkles.
      Pumpkin Spice Latte
    • A small glass spice jar filled with pumpkin pie spice made at home.
      Pumpkin Pie Spice
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s
    Print

    Pumpkin Bread Recipe

    A rich delicious Pumpkin Bread scratch recipe with warm Fall spices, fresh orange juice, and loaded with milk chocolate chips. This quick bread recipe comes together in minutes, with just a spatula and a bowl! Bake this as a classic pumpkin bread recipe or add nuts like pecans or walnuts and bake.
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine American
    Keyword pumpkin bread, pumpkin bread recipe, pumpkin quick bread recipe, scratch pumpkin bread recipe
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 45 minutes minutes
    Total Time 55 minutes minutes
    Servings 10
    Calories 3412kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • 1 lb loaf pan - non-stick
    • Spoon Spatula
    • Glass Prep Bowls

    Ingredients

    dry ingredients

    • 1 ¾ cups AP flour
    • 1 teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon cinnamon
    • ½ teaspoon pumpkin pie spice

    wet ingredients

    • ¾ cup brown sugar
    • ¾ cup granulated sugar
    • ½ cup vegetable oil
    • ¾ cup orange juice
    • 2 large eggs (beaten)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 15 ounces canned pumpkin (not pumpkin pie filling)
    • 1 cup milk chocolate chips (optional)

    Instructions

    • In a medium bowl, sift or whisk together the dry ingredients; flour, baking soda, baking powder, sea salt, cinnamon, and pumpkin pie spice.
    • In a large bowl, with a rubber spatula mix together the wet ingredients; brown sugar, granulated sugar, vegetable oil, beaten eggs, vanilla extract, orange juice, pumpkin puree, 1 cup of chocolate chips or nuts. Note: Toss chocolate chips or nuts in some flour first to prevent them from sinking into the bottom of the loaf pan.
    • Now mix the dry ingredients into the wet and stir until combined with a spatula.
    • If your pan is non-stick you don't need to prepare it. If it is a regular pan, spray the pan with nonstick coconut oil and coat it with flour before pouring the batter into the pan.
    • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees. Pour the mix into the 1 lb loaf pan (4.5 x 8.5-inch pan) ⅔ full.
    • Bake at 350 for 45 minutes, or up to an hour. Check at 45 minutes, if a toothpick or a cake tester comes out clean it is baked.
    • Cool on a wire rack, remove from the pan by turning over gently and tapping the bottom of the pan until the loaf releases, if it sticks run a knife gently around the edge.

    Video

    Notes

    Top Pumpkin Bread Tips

    If adding chocolate chips or nuts, toss them in your flour mixture first to prevent them from sinking into the bottom of the pan. Then add to the wet ingredients and stir well to combine.
    Storage: You can freeze pumpkin bread, by wrapping well in plastic wrap, then some foil, or in a zip-top bag. It helps to slice it first, so it defrosts faster, and use within a couple of months.
    When is it baked? Insert a toothpick or cake tester, if it comes out clean it is done!
    How do you remove it from the bread pan? Nonstick loaf pans are so good these days, that is what I use! No need to spray or dust with flour and the quick bread pops right out. Be sure to spray and flour regular pans, or use a parchment pan liner to help it release. Run a knife gently around the edge, then carefully turn over and tap the back of the pan to get the loaf out.
    Is canned or fresh better? Canned is so convenient and tastes just as good as a fresh you roast at home.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 3412kcal | Carbohydrates: 656g | Protein: 50g | Fat: 71g | Saturated Fat: 31g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 18g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 361mg | Sodium: 5338mg | Potassium: 2444mg | Fiber: 23g | Sugar: 425g | Vitamin A: 67033IU | Vitamin C: 111mg | Calcium: 862mg | Iron: 23mg

    Witches Brew Midori Sour

    [heart_this] · Sep 26, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.

    Last Updated October 23rd, 2022 at 11:05 am by Lisa

    Mix up a batch of these emerald green Witches brew Midori sours. Add some spooky bones and magical edible drink glitter with bubbly mixers to enchant your guests!

    These Midori martini drinks will put them under your spell as you stir up a spooky happy hour with friends or serve these at your Halloween party...

    A Halloween party with two green MIdori sour vodka cocktails and garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
    Looking down on two glasses with green Midori vodka drinks garnished with white bones.

    Witches Brew Midori Sour Cocktail Recipe

    The bright green color of Midori cocktails are great for Halloween parties, now the fastest-growing holiday now in the United States. Colorful scary drinks are a must-have and the perfect Midori sour has a balance between the sweet and sour flavors.

    • 1 ounce Midori
    • 1 ounce Vodka
    • 1 squeeze of fresh lime juice
    • 1 squeeze of fresh lemon juice
    • 2 ounces club soda water or lemon sparkling water
    • 1 sprinkle edible drink glitter
    • ice cubes
    • garnish: plastic white bones or lime slices
    1. Put ice cubes in your glass, I used coupe-style cocktail glasses. Martini glasses or highball glasses look great too.
    2. You can mix this in a cocktail shaker or pour it into a glass and stir 1 ounce of Midori, 1 ounce vodka, some fresh-squeezed lemon and lime juice, and top with soda water or lemon sparkling water. You can also use a lemon lime soda like 7Up or Sprite.

    Optional Garnishes: Stir in some edible drink glitter and add white plastic bones for garnish. Or you can add some fresh citrus lime wedges, lemon slices, or maraschino cherries.

    Optional Mixers: You can buy a sour mix or a lemon-lime soda, freshly squeezed citrus, sparkling water, or fresh citrus juice like orange juice. You can also add in an extra shot of absolut vodka for a strong kick, it will be a good Midori sour!

    Ingredients for Midori sours including Midori, ice, lemon, lime, vodka, sparkling water on a table.
    Two tall glasses filled with green drinks for a Halloween party and white bones as a garnish.

    Midori Melon Liqueur FAQ

    Where does Midori come from?


    Midori is a bright green, melon flavored Japanese liqueur. It was first released in 1964 as Hermes Melon Liqueur. When released in the US in 1978, the name was changed to “Midori,” the Japanese word for green. This unique liqueur is known for its super bright color, and it is easy to find in liquor stores and grocery stores.

    What classic cocktails can you make with Midori?


    The most famous cocktails with Midori are the Midori Sour recipe, Japanese Slipper, Midori martini, and Tokyo Tea, which is a Long Island Iced Tea with Midori.
    A Midori splice is a sweet cocktail made with 1 oz of Midori Melon Liqueur, 1 oz Malibu rum, and 3 oz pineapple juice, topped with cream, and garnished with a maraschino cherry on top.

    Does Midori liqueur taste good?


    This is a very strong sweet liqueur that has a delicious melon flavor and is mixed into cocktails.  The liqueur is flavored with muskmelon and Yubari.

    Yubari Melon: A melon similar to a cantaloupe, with smooth skin, this variety is grown in Japan and prized for its sweetness and is known as being one of the world's most expensive fruits.

    Musk Melon: Are a prized melon known for its sweet green flesh of the fruit that inspired Midori's color! The musk melons are used to make Midori and are grown in Japan's Aichi and Shizuoka provinces.

    Looking down on Halloween party with two Witches brew midori sours garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.

    More Bright Green Drinks

    On St. Patrick’s Day, you will definitely want to celebrate with these beautiful green colored cocktails! Mix up some cheeky Tipsy Leprechaun drinks and make these Green Jello Shot and Jigglers for some boozy recipes for your party.

    Tipsy Leprechaun Green Cocktails
    Bring the luck of the Irish on St. Patrick's day with Tipsy Leprechaun Green Cocktails in lucky gold and shamrock sprinkled drinking cups!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Four glasses of green cocktails for St. Patrick's day on a green tray with gold coins.
    Green Jello Shots and Jigglers
    Slurp emerald green Jello Shots or Jell-O jigglers and have some shenanigans with a wee bit of mischief at your St. Patrick's day party!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white rectangle platter with green jello shots and jigglers shaped like shamrocks.

    Free Halloween Planner!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Cocktails & Party Food

    These cocktail recipes are some of the most popular Halloween drinks and cocktails I have with readers, sure one of them will be a hit at your party! Also, take a look at my collection of 200+ Halloween Recipes to be sure your party is legendary!

    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas
    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    Candy Corn Martinis are the perfect Halloween drink for parties, with simple ingredients that are easy to find. A Black Vodka Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends!

    Mix up a batch of these emerald green Witches Brew Midori Sours. Add some spooky bones and magical edible drink glitter with bubbly mixers to enchant your guests!

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails are mixed drinks made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, and apple cider. These will become your favorite cocktails to serve with football food for game days, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day!

    These Aperol Spritz Fall Cocktails are one of my most popular cocktails and have a yummy balance of apple cider, Aperol, prosecco, and blood oranges. Serve for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and Fall gatherings.

    And if you want to serve batch cocktails, take a look at my new recipes for Fireball Punch, these fruity cocktails pack a punch, and even the guys approve! Having a Halloween party? Get over a dozen ideas to serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron to a crowd plus dry ice tips.

    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour
    • A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.
      Fireball Punch
    • Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
      Autumn Aperol Spritz
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
    Print

    Witches Brew Midori Sour

    A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine Cocktails
    Keyword Green Halloween drinks, Midori cocktails, Midori liqueur, Midori vodka cocktails, Witches brew cocktails
    Prep Time 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time 5 minutes minutes
    Servings 1
    Calories 152kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Edible Food & Drink Glitter
    • Plastic Halloween Bones

    Ingredients

    • 1 ounce Midori
    • 1 ounce Absolut Vodka
    • 1 squeeze lime juice
    • 1 squeeze lemon juice
    • 2 ounces soda water or lemon sparkling water
    • 1 sprinkle edible drink glitter
    • ice cubes

    Instructions

    • Put ice cubes in your glass, I used coupe-style cocktail glasses.
    • You can mix this in a cocktail shaker or pour it into a glass and stir 1 ounce of Midori, 1 ounce vodka, a squeeze of fresh lemon and lime juice, and top with soda water or lemon sparkling water. You can also use a lemon lime soda.

    Video

    Notes

    Optional Garnishes

     Stir in some edible drink glitter and add white plastic bones for garnish. Or you can add some fresh citrus lime wedges, lemon slices, or maraschino cherries.

    Optional Mixers

     You can buy a sour mix or a lemon-lime soda, freshly squeezed citrus, sparkling water, or fresh citrus juice like orange juice. You can also add in an extra shot of absolut vodka for a strong kick, it will be a good Midori sour!

    Nutrition

    Calories: 152kcal | Carbohydrates: 21g | Protein: 1g | Sodium: 12mg | Potassium: 3mg | Sugar: 21g | Vitamin A: 1IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 3mg | Iron: 0.01mg

    200+ Best Halloween Recipes

    [heart_this] · Sep 15, 2022 · 2 Comments

    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    Last Updated April 29th, 2024 at 07:36 pm by Lisa

    Boo! Take a peek through 200+ of the best Halloween recipes from inspiring Food Blogger friends! Whether you are having a spectacular Halloween bash costume party on Halloween night October 31st or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family.

    There are dozens and dozens of easy Halloween recipes including snacks, spooky Halloween treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy Halloween desserts, and fun Halloween snacks. Everything you need to plan your entire party is here, download my free planner to get your party started!

    Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks. From scary gross food to adorably clever and cute, beware of all the enchanting recipes...Trick or Treat!

    Each year, I love to see the little ghouls walking around the neighborhood. The homes are dimly lit and decorated with spooky things.

    It starts with little kids out before dark in cute costumes and goes on late until 9 or 10 pm when the last trick-or-treaters head home with their candy treasures. Quickly becoming one of America's favorite fun holidays, here are tons of ghoulish spooky ideas to put on your menu and the best Halloween party ideas.

    Happy Halloween!

    An ice skull floating in a black cauldron of Halloween Punch at a party.

    Adult Halloween Drink & Cocktails

    For all you mad scientist cocktail mixologists, here are a few wicked new potions to mix up for your party...

    • Witches Brew Cocktails by Pizzazzerie
    • Scorpion Venom Punch by Culinary Ginger
    • Candy Corn Martinis by Delicious Table
    • Black Spiked Milkshake Recipe by Cocktails With Class
    • Black Cosmopolitan by XOXO Bella
    • Witches Brew Midori Sours by Delicious Table
    • Bloody Dirty Shirley Floats by An Affair From The Heart
    • Black Magic Rum Cocktail by XOXO Bella
    • Easy Hocus Pocus Cocktail by Our Wabi Sabi Life
    • Fireball Punch by Delicious Table
    • Black Magic Sangria by The Forked Spoon
    • Aperol Spritz by Delicous Table
    • Enchanted Forrest Cocktail by Butternut & Sage
    • Candy Cane Martinis by The Short Order Cook
    • Dracula's Blood Cocktail by The Kitchen Is My Playground
    • Zombie Cocktails by Dish In The Kitchen
    • Black Widow Spider Cocktail by Heart's Content Farmhouse
    • Black Cocktails by A Full Living
    • Vampire Kiss Red Cocktails by Easy Wholesome
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails by Delicious Table
    • Black Martini by Emily Fabulous
    • Spooky Party Punch by Simply Happy Foodie
    • Spiderweb Cocktail by Amanda's Cookin
    • Purple People Eater Cocktails by A Full Living
    • Black Vodka Witches Martini by Alekas Get Together
    • Halloween Black Martinis by Delicious Table
    • Cursed Immortal Rum Cocktail by XOXO Bella
    • Aperol Spooky Cocktails by Delicious Table
    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • A Halloween party with two green cocktails using Midori and garnished the Witches brew midori sours are garnished with white plastic bones for Halloween cocktails.
      Witches Brew Midori Sour
    • A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.
      Fireball Punch
    • Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
      Autumn Aperol Spritz

    Adult Halloween Shots

    Shots, shots, and more shots! What flavor are you going to make for your awesome party?

    • Glow In The Dark Shots by XOXO Bella
    • Candy Corn Shots by The Soccer Mom Blog
    • Shots In Syringes by Trop Rockin
    • Beetlejuice Jello Shots by Simplistically Living
    • Michael Myers Red Jello Shots by Mooshu Jenne
    • Boozy Gummy Snacks by Aspiring Winos
    • Ghastly Green Shooters by Our Crafty Cocktails
    • Jack Skellington Jello Shots by Cocktails With Class
    • Green Jello Shots & Jigglers by Delicious Table
    • Beetlejuice Jello Shots by Trop Rockin
    • Boozy Fruit Snacks by A Paige Of Positivity
    • Witches Brew Jello Shots by Everyday Shortcuts
    • Scream Jello Shots by Everyday Shortcuts
    • Syringe Vodka Jello Shots by XOXO Bella

    Kid's Party Punch & Non-Alcohol Drinks

    Kids will love to slurp every sip of these punch, milkshakes, and hot chocolate drinks...

    • Halloween Punch by Brooklyn Farm Girl
    • Witches Brew Drink Punch by The Gingered Whisk
    • Kid's Halloween Milkshake Bar by Alekas Get Together
    • Halloween Punch Ideas by Delicious Table
    • Harry Potter Polyjuice Potion Punch by Baking Beauty
    • Hocus Pocus Punch by Crayons and Cravings
    • Bloody Red Velvet Hot Chocolate by Mama Loves To Eat
    • Full Moon Marshmallows For Hot Cocoa by Tikkido
    • Pumpkin Spice Latte by Delicious Table
    • Goosebumps Punch With Gummy Worms by Sugar and Soul
    • Non-Alcohol Purple People Eater Punch by Frugal Mom Eh!
    • Black Widow Martini Mocktail by Alway Use Butter
    A black cauldron with dry ice smoke with Halloween Punch being made inside with a ladle.

    Easy Halloween Appetizers

    Dip, scoop and munch away on these creamy dips, snack boards, and chip dip Halloween party appetizers. Some are for scary occasions and you will also find cute easy Halloween treats to make with simple store-bought ingredients at the last minute. Enjoy every delicious bite...

    • Halloween Charcuterie Board by Simply Scrumptious
    • 7 Layer Spiderweb Taco Dip by Your Home Made Healthy
    • Mummy Jalapeno Poppers by Cooked By Julie
    • Caramel Apple Dip by Delicious Table
    • Pumpkin Dip by Love From The Oven
    • Witch Chips & Guacamole by Marathons & Motivation
    • Halloween Charcuterie Cheese Board by Foxes Love Lemons
    • Halloween Snack Board by Your Home Made Healthy
    • Graveyard Tombstone Dip by Delicious Table
    • Frankenstein Monster Guacamole by On My Kids Plate
    • Pumpkin Shaped Everything Bagel Cheeseball by Delicious Table
    • Black Spider Bread Bowl And Dip by House of Nash Eats
    • Spooky Charcuterie Board by Everyday Shortcuts
    • Mummy Wrapped Brie by Cheese Curd In Paradise
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball

    Halloween Treat Bag Ideas

    Bag up some goodies for guests to take home! Tasty snacks are so much fun for a kids Halloween party. Wrap these in cute small treat bags to hand out to party guests. You can tuck in some little toys like creepy-crawly spiders, mini chocolate bars, tootsie rolls, or plastic spiders from a large bowl of Halloween candy...

    • Popcorn Witch Hands by Frugal Mom Eh!
    • Halloween Spider Treat Containers by Simplistically
    • Cauldron Popcorn Treats by Rainy Day Mum
    • Caramel Corn by Valerie's Kitchen
    • White Chocolate Oreo Bark by Whisking Wolf
    • Pumpkin Cookies by Ottawa Mommy Club
    • Eerie Skeleton Cat Cookies by Buttercream Parties
    • Chocolate Popcorn Balls by Maple And Mango
    • Super Easy Airfryer Mini Donuts by Our Crafty Mom
    • Halloween Rocky Road by It's Not Complicated
    • Marshmallow Ghosts, Pumpkins, & Frankstein by The Soccer Mom Blog
    • Homemade Halloween Chocolate Donuts by Healthy Life Trainer
    • Decorating Ideas For Halloween Cookies by Christina's Cucina

    Halloween Dinner Ideas

    These are some of the best main dishes and fun Halloween food ideas for kids!  In the month of October, savory options will be at the top of the menu for some fun dinnertime meals.

    • Mummy Chicken Pot Pies by House of Nash Eats
    • Zombie Meatloaf by Brooklyn Farmgirl
    • Black Crust Spider Pizza (black pizza dough) by XOXO Bella
    • Jack-O-Lantern Stuffed Bell Peppers by Saving Dollars And Cents
    • Spooky Black Pasta With Eyeballs by The Gingered Whisk
    • Jack-O-Lantern Quesadillas by Son Shine Kitchen
    • Mummy Hot Dogs by Mommy Made That
    • Monster Burgers by An Affair Of The Heart
    • Mummy Meatballs by Three Olives Branch
    • Black Spaghetti With Deviled Eyeballs by Our Wabi Sabi Life
    • Pumpkin Alfredo Fettuccini by The Inspiration Edit
    • Creepy Black Bat Wing Dinner by Fun Happy Home
    • Silly Monster Sandwiches by Jordan's Easy Entertaining
    • Black Halloween Pasta Salad by A Magical Mess
    • Spider Spooky Pasta by Three Olives Branch
    • Bloody Bone Bread Sticks by Mom's Dinner
    • Black Spaghetti by Summer Rule
    • Halloween Grill Cheese by The Cagle Diaries
    • Halloween Spider Bagel Bites by Plant Based On A Budget
    • Monster Meatloaf by The Cagle Diaries
    • Halloween Pita Pizza by Delicious Table
    • Shepards Mashed Potato Mummy Meatloaf by Amanda's Cookin'
    • Stuffed Mini Pumpkins by Happy Kitchen
    • Monster Mash Green Mashed Potatoes by Bite On The Side
    • Creepy Eyeballs Pasta With Meatballs by Slow The Cook Down
    • Halloween Mini Pizzas by On My Kids Plate
    • Spooky Skull Potatoes by XOXO Bella
    • Mummy Stromboli by Butter Your Biscuit
    • Puking Pumpkin Taco Board by Maple And Mango
    • Halloween Pumpkin Empanadas by Corrie Cooks
    • Mummy Dogs by Corrie Cooks
    • Mummy In A Coffin Pizza by Fab Food For All
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas
    • A bowl of turkey chili topped with sour cream, grated cheese, and green onions with corn bread muffins.
      Turkey Chili With Black Beans

    Breakfast

    Start the day off with some great fun and make Halloween versions of colorful orange green and purple pancakes or what about black pancakes? Then pour some blood-red syrup all over them. Or have some orange and black toast or gutsy cinnamon rolls!

    • Colorful Halloween Pancakes by XOXO Bella
    • Orange And Black Toast by Fun Happy Home
    • Zombie Guts Cinnamon Rolls by In The Kids Kitchen
    • Ghostly Poptarts by An Affair From The Heart
    • Black Pancakes by Natalie's Health
    • Bloody Guts Cinnamon Rolls by Mom's Dinner

    Cute Halloween Treats

    Take a look at all these cute Halloween food ideas! Tons of sugary treats and party snacks like rice Krispie treat monsters, edible mummies, cute ghosts, and marshmallow pops...

    • Pumpkin Cake Pops by Sweet Mouth Joy
    • Ghost Chocolate Brownies by Love, Em
    • Halloween Cakesicles by Keep Calm And Eat Ice Cream
    • Spooky Mummy Cookies by Cooked By Julie
    • Chocolate Pretzel Spiderwebs by Lanas Cooking
    • Banana Ghosts by Carrie's Experimental Kitchen
    • Peanut Butter Spider Cookies by Simply Well Balanced
    • Halloween Chocolate Covered Strawberries by Partylicious
    • Strawberry Monsters by Veggie Desserts
    • Black Mummy Macarons by Barley & Sage
    • Chocolate Covered Strawberry Pumpkin Patch by Olivias Kitchen
    • Pretzel Pumpkins, Owls, Ghosts & Mummy by The Monday Box
    • Snickers Mummy Treats by XOXO Bella
    • Ghost Chocolate-Covered Strawberries by Love From The Oven
    • Skeleton Gingerbread Men by Crumbs And Corkscrews
    • No Bake Oreo Cookies Bats by The Ashcroft Family Table
    • Witch Hat Cupcakes by Kim Schob
    • Green Apple Caramel Gummy Pops by Your Better Kitchen
    • Full Moon And Bat Cookies by Tikkido
    • Frankenstein Rice Crispy Treats by Urban Bliss Life
    • Nutter Butter Ghost Cookies by Urban Bliss Life

    Special Diets & Healthier Snacks

    These are healthier alternatives to the sugar overload of the Halloween season! Try some of these healthier options and snack treats.

    Healthy foods for a little kids' party can be as simple as tangerine pumpkins with a celery stem, pretzel broomsticks made with cheese sticks, or apple monsters made with peanut butter and sunflower seed teeth!

    Try to add some healthy treats and favorite snacks with a Halloween spin as a great option for a fun night that won't have them bouncing off the walls from sugary treats!

    GF=gluten free NFC=no food coloring V=vegan K=keto AF=allergy free

    • Easy Monster Veggie Tray by Maple & Mango
    • Healthy Snack Ideas For Halloween by The Curly Spoon
    • Gluten Free Ghost Cupcakes (GF, V, AF) by Strength And Sunshine
    • Healthy Zombie Popsicles by Summer Yule
    • 5 Healthy Halloween Kids Snacks (GF) by Meaningful Eats
    • Vegan Butternut Squash Risotto by Someone Feed Seb
    • Vegan Halloween Chocolate Cupcakes by Addicted To Dates
    • Witches' Fingers Cookies (GF & NFC) by Texanerin Baking
    • Witches Brooms by Easy Recipes For Busy Moms
    • Halloween Trail Mix by Luci's Morsels
    • Little Debbie Pumpkin Delights (GF, AF, V) by Strength And Sunshine
    • Roasted Pumpkin Seeds by Delicious Table
    • Candy Corn Fruit Parfait by Suburbia Unwrapped
    • Candy Corn Pumpkin Cupcakes (GF) by Bright Eyed Baker
    • Keto Spider Web Deviled Eggs (K) by Low Carb No Carb

    Easy Halloween Treats

    These are the best Halloween snack ideas for easy snacks and creepy treats the whole family will love...

    • Mummy Brownies by Chisel and Fork
    • Halloween Oreo Cookies Cake Bars by Kim Schob
    • Layered Halloween Jello by House of Nash Eats
    • Halloween White Chocolate Bark by Chenee Today
    • Easy Candy Apples by XOXO Bella
    • Graveyard Chocolate Pudding Cups by Finding Zest
    • Ice Cream Cone Witches Hat Cookies by Our Wabi Sabi Life
    • Witch Ice Cream Sundaes by Nibble And Dine
    • Easy DIY Caramel Apples/Toffee Apples by XOXO Bella
    • Candy Corn Jello Treats by Burlap + Blue
    • Frankenstein Pretzel Rods by Non Screen Activities For Kids
    • Colorful No Churn Halloween Ice Cream by XOXO Bella
    • How To Make Meringue Ghosts by Barley & Sage
    • Pumpkin Chocolate Spiderweb Cupcakes by Bright Eyed Baker
    • Monster Halloween Treats by Organized Island
    • Witch Hat Cookies by The Ashcroft Family Table
    • Gourmet Caramel Apples by House Of Nash Eats
    • Halloween Party Snacks by Foxes Love Lemons
    • Microwave Candy Corn Fudge by Belle Of The Kitchen
    • Monster Mash Party Mix by The Forked Spoon
    • Easy Witches Finger Cookies by The Flour Handprint
    • Sour Cream Sugar Cookies by Saving Talents
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.
      Roasted Pumpkin Seeds
    • A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.
      Fall Snack Mix
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark

    Halloween Desserts

    Bake some amazing creepy cakes, like a spooky graveyard, or how about a bloody brain cake? If you only have a little time make some of these super fast fun Halloween desserts like no churn ice cream, or a dirt cake!

    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
      Halloween Cupcakes
    • A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s
      Pumpkin Bread
    • Goblin Skillet Cookie by Quiche My Grits
    • Jack-O-Lantern Pumpkin Cupcakes by Cooked By Julie
    • Halloween Chocolate Apples by Fab Food For All
    • Black Velvet Cake by A Full Living
    • Spider Web Ice Cream Pie by An Affair From The Heart
    • Easy Monster Cake by Our Wabi Sabi Life
    • Brain Cake by How To Cake It
    • Green Monster Cake by Confessions Of Parenting
    • Zombie Brain Cupcakes by Windy City Dinner Fairy
    • Easy Oreo Dirt Cake by Lemons and Zest
    • Bloody Cupcakes by Living Sweet Moments
    • Halloween Ice Cream Cups by Quiche My Grits
    • Black Cocoa Layer Cake with Ghost Meringues by Baley & Sage
    • Bubbling Cauldron Cupcakes by Jen Around The World
    • Halloween Eyes Dunkaroo Dip by 3 Boys And A Dog
    • Chocolate Ghost Cupcakes by Fun Food For All
    • Halloween Dirt Cake by Sugar and Soul

    Creepy Halloween Food Ideas

    Would anyone like some bloody meat rice crispy treats? Or how about black cupcakes or bloody finger hot dogs...

    • Brain Dip by Alekas Get Together
    • Raw Meat Rice Crispies by Persnickety Plate
    • Zombie Guts Cinnamon Rolls by In The Kids Kitchen
    • Vampire Fang Cookies by Country Girls Life
    • Bloody Finger Hot Dogs by Salty Canary
    • Black Cupcakes (Black Frosting) by One Hot Oven
    • Eyeball Deviled Eggs by Cup Of Zest
    • Creepy Clown Cupcakes (IT Movie) by A Magical Mess
    • Green Witch Fingers by Veggie Desserts
    • Alien Brain Hemmorage by Greedy Gourmet

    Scary Halloween Recipes

    Beware! Here are the very scary sweet treats with fake blood and other gory gross things to eat for dinner and dessert if you dare...

    • Skull and Dagger Cake by Culinary Ginger
    • Jello Bloody Brain Recipe by Simply Happy Foodie
    • Trolls Toes by Christina's Cucina
    • Strawberry & Chocolate Mice by Simple Living Recipes
    • Fork Stabbed Eyeball Cake Pops by This Mamas Life
    • Grotesque Halloween Cupcakes by An Edible Mosaic
    • Pepperoni Skull Cheeseball by Sula and Spice

    Halloween Party Decorating Ideas

    • Change your out porch and inside lights to black light bulbs ⚫️ orange 🟠or green 🟢 or red lights 🔴 for a spooky atmosphere.
    • Let the bushes overgrow, and beside your graveyard tombstones put eerie green or blue lights on the ground for a great dramatic effect.
    • Hang some purple, orange, or green lights around your garage door and switch outdoor lights to spooky flickering candle lights from the hardware store.
    • Get in the haunted spirit, and have spooky Halloween movies running in an area of your home for people to watch during your party or to hear on Halloween night.
    • Put big spooky eyes 👁👁 in the upstairs windows looking out. Or hang a giant scary spider by your front door.
    • Real pumpkins look so good! Prop them up on hay bails with black, purple, or orange flowers in pots and spooky signs.
    • String a big spider web and put a spider over one of your windows
    • For spooky season keep it under budget and use things you already have like stacks of old books or vintage items you have stashed away. Then string some inexpensive spider webs around or stick some bats on the wall in clusters, did you know a group of bats is called a cauldron of bats?
    A pile of different shaped and colored pumpkins and a sign listing the prices.

    Halloween Party Games, Crafts, & Activities

    • How To Make A Spider For Halloween by One Crazy Mom
    • Halloween table centerpieces Upcycled Candy Corn Wine Bottles by Turning The Clock Back.
    • Print Halloween Labels for 2 Liter Soda Bottles by Frugal Coupon Living look so cute on ginger ale and lemon lime soda bottles.
    • Get the best Tips And Ideas for Throwing A Black Light Party by Tikkido
    • Download these Apothecary Halloween Labels by Savvy Mama Lifestyle and decorate bottles.
    • Take turns sharing over 150 Halloween Jokes and Puns for Kids by Growing Family that are ghoulishly funny!
    • Creepy Potion Bottles Tutorial (with free printout!) by Tikkido
    • Make some Oozing Blood Slime with the kids...
    • Decorate real pumpkins with the kids and try these Pumpkin Decorating Ideas: Book Characters by Fluxing Well
    • Decorate with DIY pumpkin decorations, try making these adorable Succulent Topped Pumpkin Centerpieces.
    Succulent Pumpkins ~ Fall or Thanksgiving Centerpieces
    Succulent Pumpkins are easy Fall or Thanksgiving centerpieces to DIY. These will last up to 2 months, and are gorgeous for Autumn decorating.
    Check out this recipe
    A collage of 9 different succulent pumpkins in different colors and top with succulents.

    Halloween Party Food Ideas

    What are some easy inexpensive Halloween party ideas?


    Buy a large piece of inexpensive fabric with a spooky spider web we sold in craft stores, to put on your Halloween table to serve. 🕸🕷

    Use serving pieces you have, black, orange, and purple are great but not necessary. Look high and low for the thing you have-trust me you have great pieces to use. Find trays, baskets, and bowls, or buy inexpensive ones or best yet borrow from a friend or neighbor! 3 tier trays look great with decorated cupcakes.

    Use Halloween cookie cutters to cut out slices of cheese for a cheese board, or to cut bread and melt cheese in the center. 🥖🧀

    Set up a simple Halloween cookie decorating station with sugar cookies, white icing, and tubes of gel black icing, and let your little goblins decorate cookies with googly eyes and sprinkles for some Halloween fun. 🎃🍪

    One of my favorite table runners is just a sheer piece of black muslin cloth! This is a very inexpensive way to get the look without the price. Another great option is to order burlap in beige or black, it will transform your table or black gauze which is inexpensive online. 🖤

    Plan for your number of guests, space to walk around the table, chairs, and places to sit and plenty of Halloween themed cups, plates, napkins, and utensils.

    Plan an area for all the food. Serve cold dishes in large chilled bowls on ice packs with a pretty towel covering the ice packs.  There are also platters that stay chilled for up to two hours, I have a couple and love them.

    A nice long table, a dinner table, or a kitchen counter space all work great. Serve hot food hot, use heated electric trays, cover food, and try to keep any salads or meat items covered.

    It's also so fun to set up a dessert table, and a Halloween party table buffet. And have a pumpkin carving station outside supervised by adults!

    For parties, I make sure to get food back in the fridge after about an hour or so to keep it safe, then take it out later in the day when people get hungry again.

    Have containers to send leftovers home with guests, people love it! I use inexpensive Chinese paper takeout containers or grocery store brands.

    Use what you have to create different heights if possible and to keep people moving around trying different dishes. I sometimes use boxes under tablecloths to create high and low places.

    Free Halloween Planner!

    Download your FREE copy of this planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Fall Party Food Recipes

    Set up a Fall Crostini Bar for Fall with all the toppings, plus get beautiful design inspiration for arranging an easy and relaxed party for Fall gatherings, Friendsgiving, or a way to serve Thanksgiving Appetizers.

    Everyone will love a Dutch Apple Pie which is also known as an Apple Crumble Pie, baked with a Homemade Apple Pie Filling, a foolproof flaky crust, and a crumble topping. And for the easiest appetizer, bake up a golden brown batch of Brie and Bacon Palmiers, so easy and look super fancy!

    • A rustic table with small bowls filled with toppings for a fall appetizer crostini bar.
      Fall Crostini Bar
    • A collection of Thanksgiving appetizers with recipe ideas, and party decorating tips for a Fall party.
      36 Thanksgiving Appetizers
    • A white pie dish with a slice of apple crumble pie, also known as a dutch apple pie with a crumbled topping and green apples in the background in a wood bowl.
      Dutch Apple Pie
    • A white platter filled with brie and bacon palmier appetizers golden brown and ready to eat.
      Brie and Bacon Palmiers

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
    Print

    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas

    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    Course Dinner & Main Dishes
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Halloween Appetizer, Halloween dinner, Halloween pita pizza, Halloween pizza, pita pizza
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 7 minutes minutes
    Total Time 22 minutes minutes
    Servings 6
    Calories 265kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Pizza Wheel
    • Global Kitchen Scissors
    • Mini Basting Brush
    • Large Metal Sheet Pan
    • Wire Baking Rack
    • Halloween Cookie Cutters

    Ingredients

    • 6 pita bread
    • ½ cup pizza sauce homemade or canned
    • 1 cup grated cheese white or cheddar cheeses
    • ¼ cup whole black olives and or green olives
    • ¼ cup pepperoni large or mini
    • 4 whole string cheese
    • 4-6 whole sliced cheese white-ghosts orange-pumpkins
    • 6-12 whole candy eyes
    • optional: mushrooms or bell pepper

    Instructions

    Toast Pita Bread

    • Preheat the oven to 400 degrees. Start preparing all your toppings.
    • Place an oven safe baking rack on a large sheet pan, and each pita bread on the rack. Toast the pitas in the oven for 7 minutes until they are just firm. This gets them slightly crisp before putting toppings on.
    • If you make your pizza sauce at home, mix a small 6 oz can of roasted garlic tomato paste with an 8-ounce can of tomato sauce, and a teaspoon of Italian seasoning.
    • Spread a thin layer of sauce on each pita bread using a small brush or back of a spoon, and decorate for Halloween!

    Halloween Pizza Topping Ideas

    • Mummy: Add some grated white cheese, then lay strips of string cheese in a criss cross pattern, add two slices of black olives for eyes. Add candy eyes inside black olives after it bakes.
      Ghost: Add some grated cheese, then use a ghost cookie cutter and cut one out of sliced white cheese. Add a small circle of black olive for the mouth, and add candy eyes after it bakes.
      Pumpkin: Add some orange shredded cheese then cut round pepperoni with scissors into triangles for eyes and nose, then cut them into smaller triangles for teeth.
      Dracula: Add some shredded white cheese, chopped black olives for hair, green olives with pimentos for eyes, and slice red bell pepper for a mouth and fangs.
      Frankenstein: Sprinkle grated white cheese, add crumbled cooked sausage for hair, mini pepperoni for eyes, green olive on the neck for his bolt, a black olive nose, and red bell pepper for his stitched mouth.
      Monster: Sprinkle on grated cheese, big pepperoni for eyes, then two mushroom caps with small pepperoni on top, a black olive nose, then red bell pepper strips for eyebrows, and small triangle pieces for his teeth.
      NOTE: The candy eyeballs melt in the oven heat, so place them on right after baking!
    • Place decorated Halloween Pita Pizzas on the oven rack over a large sheet pan, and bake for 7 minutes at 400 degrees. After baking and add some candy eyes, and serve warm!

    Video

    Notes

    pita bread
    Purchase a good thin pita bread, and pre-toast the bread in a 400 degree oven for 5-7 minutes or so, this creates a nice crisp crust on your pita pizzas!
    Don't bake directly on a baking sheet, use a wire rack to get the oven heat all around the pizza. 
    If you don't have a wire baking rack then pre toast the pita bread on the oven racks and bake the pizzas on there as well. Place some foil on the rack below to catch any drips!
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1g | Calories: 265kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 24mg | Sodium: 628mg | Potassium: 187mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 305IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 154mg | Iron: 2mg

    Halloween Sandwich Ideas

    [heart_this] · Sep 5, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.

    Last Updated April 25th, 2024 at 11:51 am by Lisa

    Halloween sandwiches are the perfect fun food for a crowd of guests. Serve a big sub sandwich with spooky decorations like cheese teeth and edible eyeballs! Add any deli meat or sandwich filling, sliced cheeses, or toppings you like.

    There are also plenty of options to make this spooky sandwich your way for a healthy snack or lunch, or to have right before Trick-Or-Treating!

    There are lots of super spooky Halloween ideas out there, but this is an easy recipe perfect for Halloween night, not too scary, and totally adorable...

    Halloween Sandwiches

    Healthy Halloween food can also be a lot of fun. These sandwiches are great for lunchbox ideas, after school snacks, or Halloween parties.

    • Bread: Use a large French bread loaf to make this for a big family or party. You can make these with plain slices of bread or English muffins for little kids.
    • Assorted Deli Meats: Make your own, or buy some sliced Smoked Ham, Roast Turkey, salami, Sliced Chicken, or Roast Beef.
    • Sandwich Spread: Dijon mustard, regular mustard, mayonnaise, Horseradish Spread, Remoulade, artichoke spread, or any sandwich spread you like.
    • Pickles: I used little cornichons, Dill Pickles or even sweet bread and butter pickles would be great.
    • Tomato: slice and pat it dry to keep the French bread from getting soggy.
    • Romaine Lettuce: Iceberg lettuce or a spring mix would be great.
    • Large Red Radishes: pick large red radishes, these will be your "bloodshot eyeballs".
    • Green Olives: with red pimentos, these also make your eyeballs pupils.
    • Whole Black Olives: these will become eyeballs with candy eyes inside.
    • Candy Eyes: can be ordered online, and are inexpensive and so much fun for this recipe. They can be used in many creative ways!
    • Pepperoncini's: sliced and pat dry a little.
    • Sliced Cheeses: sliced with a circle cutter wheel makes the "cheese teeth" for your sandwich. Cheddar cheese, pepper jack, Colby, swiss, provolone, or mozzarella all work.

    How To Make A Halloween Sandwich

    Sub Sandwich Ingredients

    • 1 loaf of French bread or sliced bread
    • 6 oz Sliced Turkey
    • 6 oz Roast Beef
    • 3 tablespoons of mayonnaise optional
    • 4 tablespoons Dijon mustard or yellow mustard
    • 3 tablespoons Horseradish Spread optional
    • ¼ cup artichoke spread optional
    • ¼ cup cornichon pickles
    • 1 medium tomato
    • 5 leaves of Romaine lettuce
    • 6 large red radishes
    • 4 large green olives with red pimentos
    • 6-8 whole black olives
    • 12 candy eyeballs
    • ¼ cup pepperoncinis sliced
    • 5 slices of cheddar cheese

    How To Build The Sub Sandwich

    1. Slice the french bread loaf and open so both sides are flat. Use your choice of spread: mayo, Dijon, mustard, horseradish, or artichoke spread. Add lettuce, sliced meats of your choice, tomato, and pickles.
    2. Next, lay the cheddar cheese (or cheese you like) on a board and cut pointed "teeth" using a round circle pizza wheel. Place the pieces of cheese on top of the other sandwich fillings, and place extra pieces of cheese on the lower part of the sandwich for lower teeth.

    How To Make Edible Eyeballs

    1. Bloody Red Radish Eyeballs: Using a vegetable peeler, cut away the red skin in strips without going too deep, it leaves a "bloodshot" eye look to the radish. Work in strips from the front of the eyeball to the back leaving squiggly red lines.
    2. Using a ¼ measuring teaspoon, scoop out a place to put a cut piece of green olive with red pimento. Insert a toothpick, and stick into the top of the sub sandwich, it looks cute and holds your sandwich together! Slice and serve the sandwich cold.
    3. Black Olive Eyeballs: NOTE - Put these together right before serving your sandwich, as the candy does soften and melt in the olives. Push small candy eyeballs into the whole black olives, and insert a toothpick. Put the eyeballs on top of the sandwiches in pairs, or use single ones!

    More Halloween Wraps & Snack Variations

    • Halloween Twist Lunch Box Ideas: Use an edible marker pen to draw on sandwich wraps using green tortilla wraps from the grocery store. Try my popular Italian Tuna Salad wraps, and decorate a fun Frankenstein Halloween monster with hair cut out of cheese, mini pickles for eyebrows, olive slices for eyes, and a stitched mouth made from sliced salami!
    • Ghost Sandwich: Cut each piece of bread (sliced white bread) with a ghost cookie cutter, and for the kiddos make a cheese sandwich, or peanut butter and jelly sandwich. On the top lid of the sandwich make eyes with black icing or stick on candy eyes with a piping bag. Or cute tombstones the same way and write RIP on them.
    • Pumpkin Sandwiches: Or cut tiny pumpkin shapes from sliced bread or colorful tortillas, and make cucumber sandwiches for a Halloween snack idea!
    • Breakfast Sandwiches: Reheat Egg Muffins in the microwave or in a pan over medium heat in a pan. Or pan fry eggs then load them on a breakfast sandwich with cheese, ham, and fried eggs.
    • Sandwich Fillings: Another idea is to use a chicken salad, Egg Salad, or Ham Salad spread! You can add your cheese teeth and eyeballs on the top and outside too!
    • Spider Sandwiches: cut bread with large circle cookie cutters, and use black or white icing to draw a web, and make it into any kind of sandwich you love and add a little plastic spider. Or place stick pretzel sticks in for legs and add candy eyes and candy corn fangs.
    • Cute Pumpkin Wraps: use an orange tortilla, and draw a Jack-O-Lantern pumpkin face on it with an edible black marker!

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Party Ideas

    These easy Halloween Party Food Ideas will last the entire spooky season and are made for all of you who live and breathe this holiday whether going to Halloween events or are staying home watching scary movies!

    This collection of 🎃👻🕷200+ Halloween Recipes & Party Food Ideas comes from the best food bloggers all over the country. You will find adult party Halloween drink ideas, Halloween drinks for kids, creepy scary food, and easy cute food for kids' Halloween celebrations.

    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas
    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    More Halloween Food & Drinks

    These Halloween-themed food ideas for appetizers are some of my most popular recipes. Halloween Punch can be made for kids and has over a dozen different punch ideas, Happy Halloween everyone.

    Serve a "pumpkin-shaped" Everything Bagel Cheese Ball as your Halloween party appetizer, it's always a hit! Easy to make ahead in 15 minutes, chill, and take to a gathering.

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake for your party with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate!  The decorations are so fun to create with melted chocolate chips, I show you every step with a free design template. Or make some Graveyard Halloween Cupcakes with chocolate bones and tombstones.

    A Black Vodka Martini is the perfect frightening Halloween drink for parties. Make these dark mysterious black cocktails for your friends!

    Halloween Bark is an adorable sugary treat dessert to make with candy, Halloween sprinkles, cute candy eyeballs, licorice, and chocolates and would be great to put out on a Halloween theme snack board.

    For a spooky Halloween Dip, make this tombstone in a graveyard and serve it with crackers. Kids and adults love this savory cream cheese dip recipe, it is a great addition to easy Halloween appetizers for a party!

    Everyone loves easy Halloween finger food! These savory salty-sweet Easy Halloween snacks are loved by kids and adults. Build a fun treat snack board tray with your favorite chips, crackers, pretzel sticks, sweet treats like peanut butter cups, and spooky candy eyes! Candy Corn Martinis are the perfect Halloween drink for parties, have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make!

    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • Two Halloween black drinks make with black vodka garnished with 3 red maraschino cherries and a black spider.
      Halloween Black Widow Martinis
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
    Print

    Halloween Food Sandwich Ideas

    Halloween sandwiches are the perfect party food for a crowd. Serve a big sub sandwich with spooky decorations like cheese teeth and edible eyeballs! Add any deli meat or sandwich filling, sliced cheeses, or toppings you like. There are plenty of options to make this sandwich your way for a healthy snack or to have right before Trick-Or-Treating!
    Course Halloween
    Cuisine American
    Keyword halloween food, halloween food ideas, halloween party food, Halloween Sandwich
    Prep Time 25 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 25 minutes minutes
    Servings 8
    Calories 323kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • ¼ Measuring Teaspoon
    • Wood Toothpicks
    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Pizza Wheel
    • Vegetable Peeler

    Ingredients

    • 1 loaf French bread or sliced bread
    • 6 oz sliced turkey
    • 6 oz roast beef
    • 3 tablespoons mayonnaise optional
    • 4 tablespoons dijon mustard or sub yellow mustard
    • 3 tablespoons horseradish spread optional
    • ¼ cup artichoke spread optional
    • ¼ cup cornichon pickles
    • 1 medium tomato
    • 5 leaves romaine lettuce
    • 6 large red radishes
    • 4 large green olives with red pimentos
    • 6-8 whole black olives
    • 12 candy eyeballs
    • ¼ cup pepperoncinis sliced
    • 5 slices cheddar cheese

    Instructions

    Halloween Sandwich

    • Slice the french bread loaf and open so both sides are flat. Use your choice of spread: mayo, Dijon, mustard, horseradish, or artichoke spread. Add lettuce, sliced meats of your choice, tomato, and pickles.
    • Next, lay the cheddar cheese (or cheese you like) on a board and cut pointed "teeth" using a round circle pizza wheel. Place the pieces of cheese on top of the other sandwich fillings, and place extra pieces of cheese on the lower part of the sandwich for lower teeth.

    Edible Eyeballs

    • Bloody Red Radish Eyeballs: Using a vegetable peeler, cut away the red skin in strips without going too deep, it leaves a "bloodshot" eye look to the radish. Work in strips from the front of the eyeball to the back leaving squiggly red lines.
    • Using a ¼ measuring teaspoon, scoop out a place to put a cut piece of green olive with red pimento. Insert a toothpick, and stick into the top of the sub sandwich, it looks cute and holds your sandwich together! Slice and serve the sandwich cold.
    • Black Olive Eyeballs: NOTE - Put these together right before serving your sandwich, as the candy does soften and melt in the olives. Push small candy eyeballs into the whole black olives, and insert a toothpick. Put the eyeballs on top of the sandwiches in pairs, or use single ones!

    Video

    Notes

    Eyeballs

    Put the black olive eyeballs together right before serving your sandwich, as the candy does soften and melts in the olives.

    Halloween Sandwich Ideas

    Healthy Halloween food can also be a lot of fun. These sandwiches are great for lunchbox ideas, after school snacks, or Halloween parties.
    • Bread: Use a large French bread loaf to make this for a big family or party. You can make these with plain slices of bread or English muffins for little kids.
    • Assorted Deli Meats: Make your own, or buy some sliced smoked ham, turkey, salami, sliced chicken, or roast beef.
    • Sandwich Spread: Dijon mustard, regular mustard, mayonnaise, horseradish spread, artichoke spread, or any sandwich spread you like.
    • Pickles: I used little cornichons, dill pickles or even sweet bread and butter pickles would be great.
    • Tomato: slice and pat it dry to keep the French bread from getting soggy.
    • Romaine Lettuce: Iceberg lettuce, or a spring mix would work well.
    • Large Red Radishes: pick large red radishes, these will be your "bloodshot eyeballs".
    • Green Olives: with red pimentos, these also make your eyeballs pupils.
    • Whole Black Olives: these will become eyeballs with candy eyes inside.
    • Candy Eyes: can be ordered online, and are inexpensive and so much fun for this recipe. They can be used in many creative ways!
    • Pepperoncini's: sliced and pat dry a little.
    • Sliced Cheeses: sliced with a circle cutter wheel makes the "cheese teeth" for your sandwich. Cheddar cheese, pepper jack, Colby, swiss, provolone, or mozzarella all work.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8g | Calories: 323kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 20g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 43mg | Sodium: 1197mg | Potassium: 374mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1855IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 231mg | Iron: 3mg

    Halloween Party Punch

    [heart_this] · Sep 4, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.

    Last Updated October 9th, 2026 at 02:59 pm by Lisa

    Boo! Whether you are trick-or-treating on Halloween night with the whole family or having Halloween parties, this holiday is all about the sweet treats, creepy food, and fun Halloween recipes!

    There are over a dozen of the best Halloween punch ideas here from making different colors, sherbet punches, creative garnishes, ice rings, how to use dry ice for punch, and even a big batch of a grown-up adult version.

    Takes just 10 minutes to make. Then pour it in a spooky black cauldron with a wooden witches brew spoon, and smoke, with a skull hiding inside...

    Easy Halloween Punch Recipe

    • Learn exactly what makes a non-alcoholic Halloween punch work, so you can serve a crowd-pleasing drink without any alcohol.
    • Get a recipe you can prepare in 10 minutes, with enough punch to serve 30 guests.
    • Discover practical tips for making the best Halloween punch, from mixing and chilling to spooky presentation.
    • See the key benefits of this punch, including its 79 calories per serving, so you can plan your party menu with confidence.

    There are so many options for this classic Halloween celebration recipe. This is a simple quick punch recipe. Halloween punch recipes for adults are so easy to make and can be a non-alcoholic drink for holidays; take a look at my Christmas Punch for another no booze festive drink with a Christmas Theme!

    Non-Alcoholic Halloween Punch

    • 2 - 64 oz bottles cranberry juice cocktail (chilled)
    • 1 - 12 oz can of frozen lemonade concentrate (thawed)
    • 1 large - 64 oz bottle 7up (chilled)
    • regular ice cubes or large ice skull ice-ring mold

    In a large cauldron or punch bowl, mix the cranberry juice and lemonade concentrate. Slowly add the 7up.

    How To Make Halloween Punch Smoke?

    Party Tip: Add the punch, and skull ice ring into a black plastic cauldron with a wooden ladle. Then just after your guests arrive add the dry ice, it melts within about 10-15 minutes!

    Ideas To Serve Halloween Punch

    • Freeze your skull ice mold at least a couple of days before your party.
    • Fruity Halloween Punch: Some people like non alcoholic punch sweet and add pineapple juice, orange juice, or different fruit juices. These work well for a kid's punch for a sweeter Halloween witches brew.
    • Simple Ingredients: to reduce added sugar, try sparkling water to lower the sugar content.
    • Magic Potion Punch or Hocus Potion Punch looks so cool, serve blue, red, or green punch from science beakers and add a little magic with some small magic wands as stirrers.
    • Frozen Hands: freeze water in clean plastic gloves, remove the gloves, and float "hands" on top of a simple punch, this looks great on a bloody red punch!
    • Sherbet Punch: add any kind of sherbet to this non-alcoholic punch for kids and make it a sherbet punch for a delicious drink.  Try rainbow sherbet, lime sherbet, or orange sherbet. Then add a bottle of ginger ale or 7up. Ice cream also works great in a Halloween punch with dry ice.
    • Create a spooky Halloween punch by adding dry ice just as guests arrive.
    • Scary & Spooky Drink Garnishes: try different garnishes like gummy body parts, oozing eyeballs candy, big candy eyeballs, or gummy worms in your cups of delicious punch. You can also use plastic spiders and spooky drink stir sticks.
    5 stars

    The hardest part about this was finding the dry ice in the grocery store. Tip: Ask at the front. The effect was super cool and the punch is so tasty. ~Annabelle

    So many ideas for making a Halloween punch! ~Sue

    We wanted a Halloween punch non alcoholic version, and there are so many fun ideas to try for kids! ~Julie

    How To Make Colorful Halloween Punches

    Design the perfect Halloween punch your way, and make the color just the way you want for your party theme! These Halloween punch recipe non alcoholic versions are fun for adults and kids.

    • Dark Red Color: pour in cherry juice and or cranberry juice cocktail, lemon lime soda, pineapple juice, frozen lemonade, ginger ale, or lemon-lime soda, and some drops of red food coloring.
    • Green Color Punch: lemon-lime soda, lemonade, lime sherbert, and for the green color use blue raspberry kool aid mix. Optional, you can add drops of green food coloring.
    • Orange Color Punch: use an orange soda and orange food coloring.
    • Dark Purple Color: make a purple punch or purple people eater punch using grape juice, blue Gatorade, lemon-lime soda, lemon or lime juice, and violet food coloring.

    What can I use for a Halloween punch bowl?

    You can find the black cauldron at any party store or online, it works great for a large punch bowl or to serve candy. These are some other festive ways to serve party punch...

    • large plastic pumpkin Jack-O-Lantern
    • large pitcher
    • use a beverage drink server with a tap
    • trifle bowls work great
    • large cauldron punch bowl
    • hollow out a real pumpkin and put an inexpensive tap in it
    • borrow a punch bowl from a friend or neighbor
    • buy a cute inexpensive one at a thrift store or home store

    What can you use for an ice ring?

    Ice rings are so easy to make, you can use a round bundt pan, a small bowl, or buy a mold. Ice skull mold kits are easy to find at local craft stores and online. Freeze plain water with spiders, ghosts, and eyeballs, frozen inside. 

    Grown-Up Adult Version

    To make an adult Halloween punch, simply add a good vodka.

    2 cups (16 oz) for light version and 4 cups (32 oz) for party strength. 

    Halloween Dry Ice Tips

    Can you put dry ice in punch?


    Yes, you can put dry ice in plastic cauldrons and you can put it in a large plastic bowl.

    How do you use dry ice in drinks safely?


    Dry ice is fun to use, but you must follow a few important safety rules if you want to use it in drinks or punch.

    -Do not use it in individual drinks. Use only in large punch bowls for effect. Under no circumstances should it be placed in the mouth, keep it away from kids.
    -Do not touch dry ice directly, if you must handle it, use gloves or newspaper. It has a temperature of -79°C and direct contact can cause freeze burns.
    -Keep in its package at all times. Do not place in airtight containers such as stoppered glass jars, bottles, or other sealed containers as they could explode.
    -Do not store dry ice in refrigerators or freezers. Store in the best-insulated cooler possible.

    Where is dry ice sold?


    You can find it sold in most local grocery stores, it does sell out around Halloween so plan ahead.

    How long does dry ice last?


    In a non-airtight well-insulated cooler, it will last 18-24 hours. Normal freezers cannot keep dry ice frozen.

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Party Food Ideas

    If spooky movies are a big hit in your home, try some of these Halloween party punch recipes, appetizers, Halloween drinks, easy Halloween snacks, and dinner ideas for a movie night or special occasion dinner.

    Then take a look at over 200+ Halloween Party Food Ideas for the spooky season 🎃 for all of you who live and breathe this holiday, check out my collection of 100+ Halloween Party Food Ideas from food bloggers all over the country! It is full of adult party Halloween drink ideas, Halloween mocktails, Halloween drinks for kids, creepy scary food, and easy cute food for kids.

    200+ Halloween Recipes ~ Plus Halloween Pizzas
    200+ of the best Halloween party foods whether you are having a spectacular costume bash or cooking up spooktacular recipes for a creepy food dinner for the family. Browse easy recipes including snacks, spooky treats and appetizers, wicked adult cocktails and shots, main course dinner ideas, easy desserts, and fun snacks!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.

    Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks like mini Halloween Pizzas. Decorate with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost!

    Halloween Deviled Eggs are spooky party appetizers with dark black crackled egg shells filled with bright orange filling. This classic simple appetizer is great to make ahead and have with Halloween cocktails.

    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. Both kids and adults love this easy apple dip, it's a real crowd pleaser and has the addictive flavor of caramel apples in this delicious recipe.

    Serve a "pumpkin-shaped" Everything Bagel Cheese Ball appetizer for your next Fall party, it's always a hit! Easy to make ahead in 15 minutes, chill, and take to a gathering. Build a fun Easy Halloween Snack Board with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes!

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake for your party with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! 

    Halloween Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with candy, Halloween sprinkles, cute candy eyeballs, licorice, and chocolates, and would be great to put out on a Halloween theme snack board.

    For a spooky graveyard Halloween Dip, make this tombstone in a graveyard and serve it with crackers. Kids and adults love this savory cream cheese dip recipe!

    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.
      Halloween Deviled Eggs
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
    Print

    Halloween (Non-Alcoholic) Punch Recipe

    There are over a dozen of the best Halloween punch ideas here, from making different colors, sherbet punches, creative garnishes, ice rings, how to use dry ice for punch, and a grown up adult version. Pour it in a spooky black cauldron with a wooden witch's brew spoon, and smoke thanks to dry ice, with a skull hiding inside.
    Course Beverages
    Cuisine American
    Keyword halloween punch, halloween punch non-alcoholic, Halloween punch recipe
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Total Time 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 30 servings
    Calories 79kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Skull Ice Mold Tray
    • Black Halloween Cauldron

    Ingredients

    • 2 - 64 oz cranberry juice cocktail chilled
    • 12 oz can frozen lemonade concentrate thawed
    • 1 liter 7up (64 oz) chilled or lemon-lime soda or ginger ale
    • optional food color: green or red
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • In a large cauldron or punch bowl, mix the cranberry juice and lemonade concentrate. Slowly add the 7up.
    • Garnish with a skull ice mold and dry ice. Add just as guests arrive, or during the party, as it melts fast!
    • This recipe can be doubled or tripled.

    Video

    Notes

    Skull Ice mold kit and cauldron can be found online and craft or in grocery stores.

    Dry Ice Safety Tips

    1) Do not use it for individual drinks. Use only in a large cauldron or punch bowls for an effect. Under no circumstances should dry ice be placed in the mouth.
    2) Do not touch dry ice directly, use gloves or newspaper to handle it. Keep in its package at all times. It has a temperature of -79°C and direct contact can cause freeze burns.
    3) Do not place in airtight containers such as stoppered glass jars, bottles, or other sealed containers as they could explode.
    4) Do not store dry ice in refrigerators or freezers. Store in the best-insulated cooler possible.

    Grown Up Adult Version

    To make an adult version, add a good vodka.
    2 cups (16 oz) for light version and 4 cups (32 oz) for party strength. 

    Variations: How Can I Make Green Punch?

    If you want to make a green punch, you can add drops of green food coloring until it reaches your desired green shade. Or, if you want an orange Halloween punch, use orange food coloring. Some people also like to add scoops of orange or green sherbet into the punch.
    Substitute any lemon-lime soda or use ginger ale in place of 7up.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 79kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Sodium: 8mg | Potassium: 16mg | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 5IU | Vitamin C: 27.1mg | Calcium: 4mg | Iron: 0.1mg

    Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip

    [heart_this] · Sep 4, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.

    Last Updated September 18th, 2022 at 10:36 am by Lisa

    For some spooky Halloween fun, create your own tombstone in a graveyard Halloween Dip and serve it with assorted crackers. Kids and adults love this cream cheese dip recipe for Halloween parties and will dig right in!

    A Halloween party food idea that comes together in just 20 minutes. It holds well tucked in the fridge overnight and will enchant your friends and family at your Halloween party...

    I have made this now for several Halloween parties, it tastes AMAZING. Yes, there is a lot of cracked black pepper in this recipe. And even the kids absolutely love it!

    Put out a couple of different crackers, and the party is on!

    What You Need Savory Dip

    12 ounces softened cream cheese

    6 ounces goat cheese ~leave out if goat cheese isn't your thing!

    1 teaspoon garlic powder

    ½ teaspoon Lawry’s seasoned salt

    ½ teaspoon celery salt

    ½ teaspoon dried thyme

    1 tablespoon fresh coarse cracked pepper reserve for decoration

    ¼ cup fresh parsley finely chopped

    assorted crackers

    A cracker scooping out some Halloween dip shaped like a tombstone in a white dish.

    Assemble The Halloween Dip Appetizer

    1. Reserve the coarse cracked black pepper for decoration in a small bowl.
    2. In a medium bowl, mix the soft cream cheese, goat cheese, garlic powder, Lawry's seasoned salt, celery salt, and dried thyme in a mixing bowl by hand, a handheld mixer, or mini Cuisinart.
    3. On a small platter, shape the ½ the cracker spread into a tombstone shape, or mold the tombstone in your hands and place it on a small platter. Shape other ½ of the cracker spread into a mound in front of the tombstone.
    4. Using a spoon, sprinkle the "tombstone" with fresh cracked pepper.
    5. With the point of a small paring knife, write “RIP” on the tombstone.
    6. Go back over the letters until you can read them, and make sure the cracker dip isn't too soft to carve the letters.
    7. Sprinkle parsley on the mound for grass.
    8. Surround the grave with assorted crackers and serve.
    How do you make cracked pepper?


    Put whole black peppercorns in a clean coffee grinder that is just used to grind spices, and grind away. You can also use a mortar and pestle and crushed the peppercorns that way.

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Snacks

    Put out party appetizers of Easy Halloween Snacks. And if you LOVE easy cream cheese dips, try my pumpkin-shaped Everything Bagel Cheeseball...how fun is that? Roasted Pumpkin Seeds and Candy Corn Harvest Munch Mix are super easy and fun to munch on for weeks.

    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.
      Roasted Pumpkin Seeds
    • A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.
      Fall Snack Mix

    More Halloween Recipes

    Boo! And Trick Or Treat... Halloween parties are all about serving haunted and creepy food and drinks.

    Halloween Punch works for kids or adults. Serve in a creepy cauldron with dry ice, and get my safety tips! Or if how about an easy Giant Sub Sandwich that looks like a friendly monster!

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake for your party with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate!  Everyone loves easy party food!

    Halloween Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with candy, Halloween sprinkles, cute candy eyeballs, licorice, and chocolates, and would be great to put out on a Halloween theme snack board.

    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
    Print

    Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip

    For some spooky Halloween fun, create your own tombstone in a graveyard Halloween Dip and serve it with assorted crackers. Kids and adults love this cream cheese dip recipe. A Halloween party food idea that comes together in just 20 minutes. It holds well tucked in the fridge overnight and will enchant your friends and family at your Halloween party.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Halloween Appetizer, Halloween Dip, halloween party food, Halloween Recipe
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 15
    Calories 109kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Mini Spatula Set (Silicone)
    • Hand Mixer
    • Cuisinart Food Processor

    Ingredients

    Pepper Cracker Spread

    • 12 ounces softened cream cheese
    • 6 ounces goat cheese
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • ½ teaspoon Lawry’s seasoned salt
    • ½ teaspoon celery salt
    • ½ teaspoon dried thyme
    • 1 tablespoon fresh coarse cracked black pepper (reserve for decoration)

    Make The Tombstone Cracker Spread To Serve

    • ¼ cup fresh parsley finely chopped
    • assorted crackers
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • Reserve the coarse cracked black pepper for decoration in a small bowl.
    • In a medium bowl, mix the soft cream cheese, goat cheese, garlic powder, Lawry's seasoned salt, celery salt, and dried thyme in a mixing bowl by hand, a handheld mixer, or mini Cuisinart.
    • On a small platter, shape the ½ the cracker spread into a tombstone shape or mold tombstone in hands and place on small platter. Shape other ½ of the cracker spread into a mound in front of the tombstone.
    • Using a spoon, sprinkle the "tombstone" with fresh cracked pepper.
    • With the point of a small paring knife, write “RIP” on the tombstone.
    • Go back over the letters until you can read it, make sure the cracker dip isn't too soft to carve the letters.
    • Sprinkle parsley on the mound for grass.
    • Surround the grave with assorted crackers and serve.

    Video

    Notes

    cream cheese

    Soften cream cheese by leaving on the counter for a couple of hours.

    decorating tip

    Carve RIP into the cream cheese when it is not too soft using the tip of a paring knife.

    goat cheese

    If goat cheese isn't your thing, you can leave it out. The recipe works just fine without it!

    Nutrition

    Calories: 109kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Cholesterol: 30mg | Sodium: 270mg | Potassium: 47mg | Vitamin A: 505IU | Vitamin C: 1.3mg | Calcium: 41mg | Iron: 0.5mg

    Halloween Aperol Cocktails

    [heart_this] · Sep 3, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.

    Last Updated September 18th, 2022 at 10:46 am by Lisa

    Serve Halloween Aperol Cocktails to your thirsty party guests with black sugar rims and eyeballs in these easy Halloween drinks.

    "Spooky-cute" and just about the easiest drink for your party...

    How To Make Halloween Aperol Cocktails

    • 1 ounce Aperol
    • 1 tablespoon black sugar
    • 3 ounces Prosecco or sparkling wine
    • 3 ounces sparkling water or club soda
    • 1 slice of orange run around the rim to set black sugar
    • Garnish Ideas: Slices of blood orange, Halloween cocktail stir sticks, Eyeballs
    1. Run an orange slice around the rim of the glass, and dip it in black sugar.
    2. Place ice in the glass, pour prosecco or sparkling wine, and add the Aperol, and a splash of sparkling water. Garnish with an orange slice and some plastic floating eyeballs. Happy Halloween! 🎃
    What Is Aperol?


    Aperol is a classic orange-red Italian aperitif liquor made famous in Italy and now popular around the world. First introduced in 1919, it was named from a French slang word for an aperitif, which is apero.
    It tastes slightly bitter with sweet floral notes. It is made from both regular and blood oranges, Gentian root (a blue flowering plant), rhubarb, and cinchona (a pink flowering plant).

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Cocktails

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails are made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, and apple cider. Serve these fireball whisky drinks for game days, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day!

    Aperol Spritz Fall Cocktails have apple cider, Aperol, prosecco, and blood oranges. Serve for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and Fall gatherings.

    Having a Halloween party? Get over a dozen ideas to serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron to a crowd with both adult and kid options, plus dry ice tips.

    And if you want to serve batch cocktails, take a look at my new recipe for Fireball Punch.

    • Fireball Whisky Cocktails with cinnamon sticks wrapped in orange peel for garnish.
      Fireball Whisky Cocktails
    • Three glasses of Aperol Spritz on a table with appetizers at a Fall party.
      Autumn Aperol Spritz
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A large glass punch bowl filled with Fall and Thanksgiving punch with apples and oranges floating on top.
      Fireball Punch

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
    Print

    Halloween Aperol Cocktail

    Serve Halloween Aperol Cocktails to your thirsty Halloween party guests. Add black sugar to the rim, and float eyeballs to these EASY Halloween drinks!
    Course Drinks & Cocktails
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Aperol cocktail, Halloween cocktail, Halloween drink
    Prep Time 3 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 3 minutes minutes
    Servings 1
    Calories 132kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Plastic Halloween Eyeballs
    • Halloween Cupcake Food Picks

    Ingredients

    • 1 ounces Aperol
    • 1 tablespoon black sugar
    • 3 ounces Prosecco or sparkling wine
    • 3 ounces sparkling water or club soda
    • 1 slice orange run around rim to set black sugar

    Instructions

    • Run an orange slice around the rim of the glass, dip in black sugar.
    • Place ice in the glass, pour prosecco or sparkling wine, add the Aperol, and a splash of sparkling water. Garnish with an orange slice and some plastic floating eyeballs. Happy Halloween!

    Notes

    More Halloween Cocktails

    Fireball Whisky Cocktails made with orange, cinnamon, cloves, and apple cider. Serve these fireball whisky drinks for game days, brunch, Fall parties, and Thanksgiving Day!
    Aperol Spritz Fall Cocktails have apple cider, Aperol, prosecco, and blood oranges. Serve for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and Fall gatherings.
    Having a Halloween party? Serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron to a crowd with both adult and kid options, plus dry ice tips.
    And if you want to serve batch cocktails, take a look at my new recipe for Fireball Punch.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 132kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 24mg | Potassium: 112mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 32IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 19mg | Iron: 1mg

    Halloween Cupcakes

    [heart_this] · Sep 2, 2022 · 2 Comments

    Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.

    Last Updated September 18th, 2022 at 10:48 am by Lisa

    Bake these Halloween Cupcakes topped with fluffy chocolate buttercream frosting that are not too scary and pretty darn cute. Decorate with sweet Halloween treats for your friends, family, kids, or the special trick-o-treaters next door.

    The sugary options are endless. Make some chocolate tombstones, cookie dirt, use colorful sprinkles, gumballs, and spooky candy eyes 🧁🎃👀...

    Easy Halloween Cupcakes

    You can bake or buy prebaked cupcakes, they are often available in grocery store bakeries, just ask. I used a chocolate cake mix and made the homemade frosting. The best part is to use fun Halloween cupcake toppers, like mini candy bars, homemade chocolate work, and mini toys like plastic spiders, fingers, and skulls.

    Chocolate Cupcakes

    • 1 boxed chocolate cake mix
    • 3 eggs(called for your cake mix)
    • ½ cup vegetable oil  (called for on cake mix box)
    • 1 ¼ cups water (called for on cake mix)

    Chocolate Frosting

    • 2 cups salted butter (room temperature 4 sticks)
    • 1 cup vegetable shortening
    • 10 cups powder sugar (confectioners sugar)
    • 1 cup unsweetened cocoa powder
    • 4-6 tablespoons of hot water
    • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
    • ½ teaspoon almond extract (optional but so good)

    Making Buttercream Chocolate Frosting

    1. Gather your ingredients and a wire whisk on a stand mixer or hand mixer.
    2. Beat soft butter and shortening in a mixer on high until creamy for 5 minutes.
    3. At low speed, add 10of cups powder sugar 1 cup at a time until smooth.
    4. On high speed, add hot water, mix until fluffy and smooth. Scrape down the bowl, add more hot water if necessary until the frosting is smooth. Add vanilla extract and almond extract. Add 1 cup cocoa powder, mix well.
    4 steps showing how to make chocolate frosting in a stand mixer from ingredients through to mixing the chocolate buttercream.

    Bake Cupcake Recipe

    1. Mix your cupcake batter according to the box, or make it homemade.
    2. Scoop your cupcake batter with a 2" ice cream scoop into paper liners.
    3. Bake according to the directions on the box. Cupcakes typically bake between 14-19 minutes at 350 degrees. Use a toothpick to see if the batch is baked. Cool on a rack.
    4. Frost each cupcake with an offset spatula, or pipe in a swirl on top.
    A 4 step process collage of baking chocolate cupcakes in a pan with liners and chocolate frosting in a bowl.

    Gather Cupcake Decorating Items

    • Halloween Candy ~ Reeses and Kit Kat Candy
    • Gumballs
    • Candy Corn
    • Crushed Oreos for "dirt"
    • Black Licorice
    • Mini Peanut Butter Cups
    • Use this Tombstones and Bones Mold for your chocolate work, use white chocoate candy melts and semi sweet chocolate chips.
    • Sprinkles - orange, yellow, brown, purple, green, black
    • Mini Chocolate Chips
    • Colored Sugar - orange, black, purple, green, red
    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Colorful Cupcake Wrappers - Jack-O-Lanterns, witches, ghosts
    • Small Halloween Toys - plastic eyeballs, fingers, spiders
    • Decorative Cupcake Picks - skulls, ghosts, pumpkins, black cats

    Halloween Cupcake Decorations

    • Add a couple of colorful paper cupcake liners, to make them look nice. The first one discolors during baking.
    • Decorate right in the cupcake pan to help with cleanup.
    • Slice some candy in half, or use them in the wrapper on top, it looks great!
    • Use crushed Oreos as "dirt" around chocolate tombstones, bones, or skeletons.
    • Try colorful sprinkles, gumballs, candy eyes, and candy corn.
    • Make all the cupcakes unique! Add spider webs on some with melted marshmallows, or ice pumpkins on others. Large gumballs and jawbreakers are so fun too!
    • The tombstones and bones are made with a candy mold from Wilton, using regular chocolate chips melted with a little vegetable oil, filled in the mold, and chilled. The bones are made with white candy melts, filled the mold, and chilled. They easily pop right out of the mold.
    • In place of buttercream frosting, you can use cream cheese frosting, or frosting from the grocery store to make it easy.
    • For kids make cute witch hats with storebought chocolate cookies and unwrapped chocolate kisses on top use chocolate frosting as glue then decorates with sprinkles, then top those on your baked frosted cupcakes.
    What are the best Halloween cupcake ideas?


    Here are some great ideas to bake for Halloween: candy corn cupcakes, bloody red velvet cupcakes, pumpkin spice cupcakes, pumpkin patch cupcakes, spider web cupcakes, Frankenstein cupcakes, and ghost cupcakes. Monster cupcakes, witch cupcakes, mummy cupcakes, witch's hat cupcakes, pumpkin cupcakes, and spider cupcakes are all great ideas!

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Desserts

    Take a look at all of my Halloween Recipes, I have lots of ideas to make your Halloween party spectacular. Bake a spooky Halloween Cake for your party with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! 

    Everyone loves easy party food! These savory salty-sweet Easy Halloween snacks are loved by kids and adults. Build a fun snack board tray with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes!

    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. Both kids and adults love this easy apple dip, it's a real crowd pleaser and has the addictive flavor of caramel apples.

    This Fall Snack Mix will disappear at your Fall, Halloween Party, or at your Thanksgiving feast. It has just 4 ingredients that are magical together. It is almost impossible to stop eating this sweet and salty mix and it will disappear before your eyes.

    Halloween Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with Halloween candy, sprinkles, cute candy eyeballs, licorice, and chocolates and would be great to put out on a Halloween theme snack board.

    Chocolate Frosting is a chocolate buttercream that spreads so beautifully, holds its shape, and tastes amazing on desserts.

    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.
      Fall Snack Mix
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark
    • A chocolate cupcake with swirled chocolate buttercream frosting and sprinkles on a small stand.
      Buttercream Chocolate Frosting

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
    Print

    Halloween Cupcake Ideas

    Bake these Halloween Cupcakes topped with fluffy chocolate buttercream frosting, and that are cute and not too spooky. Decorate these classic Halloween desserts with Halloween treats like candy, sweets, and sprinkles. The options are endless, my favorites are the chocolate tombstones and Oreo dirt, colorful sprinkles, giant gumballs, and the spooky candy eyeballs.
    Course Desserts & Sweets
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Halloween cupcake decorations, Halloween cupcake ideas, Halloween Cupcakes, Halloween Dessert, halloween food ideas
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 18 minutes minutes
    decorating 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 48 minutes minutes
    Servings 24
    Calories 540kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Large Cake/Cupcake Piping Tips
    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Wilton Tombstone Chocolate Mold
    • Halloween Cupcake Food Picks

    Ingredients

    Chocolate Cupcakes

    • 1 boxed chocolate cake mix
    • 3 eggs eggs called for on cake mix box
    • ½ cup vegetable oil vegetable oil called for on cake mix box
    • 1 ¼ cups water water called for on cake mix

    Chocolate Frosting

    • 2 cups salted butter room temperature (4 sticks)
    • 1 cup vegetable shortening
    • 10 cups powder sugar (confectioners sugar)
    • 1 cup unsweetened cocoa powder
    • 4-6 tablespoons hot water
    • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
    • ½ teaspoon almond extract (optional but so good)

    bake cupcakes

    Instructions

    Mix Buttercream Chocolate Frosting

    • Beat soft butter and shortening in a mixer on high until creamy for 5 minutes.
    • At low speed, add 10 cups powder sugar 1 cup at a time until smooth.
    • On high speed, add hot water, mix until fluffy and smooth. Scrape down the bowl, add more hot water if necessary until frosting is smooth.
    • Add vanilla extract and almond extract. Add 1 cup cocoa powder, mix well.

    Bake Cupcakes

    • Mix your cupcake batter according to the box, or make homemade.
    • Scoop your cupcake batter with a 2" scoop into paper liners.
    • Bake in the oven according to the directions on the box. Cupcakes typicalls bake between 14-19 minutes at 350 degrees. Use a toothpick to see if baked. Cool on a rack.

    Decorate

    • Frost your cupcakes with a small offset spatula or pipe your chocolate frosting with a large tip and piping bag.
    • Gather your Halloween candy, sprinkles, gum balls, small toys like plastic eyeballs, crushed Oreos for dirt, or other decorations you love. Decorate your cupcakes and have fun! I made chocolate tombstones and bones with a simple candy mold.

    Video

    Notes

    Cupcake Decorations

    • Halloween Candy ~ Reeses and Kit Kat Candy
    • Gumballs
    • Candy Corn
    • Crushed Oreos for "dirt"
    • Black Licorice
    • Chocolate Tombstones and Bones
    • Chocolate Bones (White Chocolate Candy Melts)
    • Sprinkles - orange, yellow, brown
    • Colored Sugar - Orange, Black, Purple, Green
    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Small Halloween Toys - Big plastic eyeballs, Fingers etc
    • Cupcake Picks - Skulls, Ghosts, Pumpkins, Black Cats

    Nutrition

    Calories: 540kcal | Carbohydrates: 65g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 17g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 61mg | Sodium: 294mg | Potassium: 128mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 56g | Vitamin A: 503IU | Calcium: 40mg | Iron: 1mg

    Halloween Candy Bark

    [heart_this] · Aug 31, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.

    Last Updated April 29th, 2024 at 07:32 pm by Lisa

    Halloween Candy Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with sprinkles, chocolates, candy corn, and black licorice.

    Grab things from the store you and your kids adore or have on hand. Decorate your Halloween chocolate bark with lots of sweets, colorful sprinkles, and spooky eyes...👀🎃

    Halloween bark made from chocolate, candy, and sprinkles with candy eyeballs for a treat.

    Halloween Bark Ingredients

    1. 4 cups semi-sweet chocolate chips
    2. 4 tablespoons vegetable oil
    3. candy eyeballs
    4. black licorice - cut into pieces
    5. Reese's peanut butter cups (cut into bite size pieces, mini Reeses cut in half, or small peanut butter cups cut in half)
    6. Kit Kat Bars
    7. Halloween sprinkles
    8. candy corn
    1. Prepare all the toppings for your bark. Cut the licorice and chocolate candy ahead of time, as you need to work pretty quickly before the chocolate sets up.
    2. Set a heat proof safe bowl over a small saucepan of hot simmering water or use a double boiler. Make sure the water is not boiling. Add the chocolate chips and vegetable oil, they will slowly melt. Be sure to not let water splash into your chocolate or it might seize up. Keep the pan simmering but not to a fast boil.
    3. Stir until the chocolate is glossy, and add a little more vegetable oil to make it smooth.
    4. Set up a large baking sheet pan fitted with parchment paper or a silicone baking mat. Pour the melted chocolate and spread it out evenly with a spatula. Now it's time to decorate, add your eyeballs, chocolates, and sprinkles. Try different layers of chocolate like white chocolate, dark chocolate, or bittersweet chocolate. You can mix those or add Halloween colors to the white chocolate, try orange, purple or green!
    5. Set the sheet pan in the refrigerator to firm up. Then cut with a large Chef knife into shards. Store in an airtight container or on a paper plate in the fridge covered by a zip-top bag.

    PRO TIP: Chocolate bark is great to snack on alone, but even better chopped into pieces with vanilla ice cream!!!

    More Candy Bark Decorations and Toppings

    You can also do different layers of melted white chocolate, dark chocolate swirled, or color the white chocolate orange, purple or green!

    • Brach's candy pumpkins (cut in half)
    • Reese's pieces
    • mini marshmallows
    • M&Ms (orange, yellow, purple, and green)
    • mini candy bars
    • pretzels
    • peanuts
    • crushed Oreos
    • gummy worms
    • salty potato chips
    • assorted chopped nuts

    Chocolate Bark Decorating Tips

    • Plan out your toppings ahead, so they work together in your chocolate bark.
    • Cut the larger pieces of candy into smaller pieces.
    • Use things you have! I had this candy corn, licorice, and sprinkles on hand. And use up extra bits in some spooky Halloween cookies
    • Design your bark with a color theme! 🎃👀🍫 I went with orange, yellow and brown. You could do a purple and green one, or red and black?
    • I recommend the instructions to melt the chocolate on the stove, it's really easy, and not use the microwave. It's so hard to get it all melted at the correct temperature and in enough quantity to pour all at once for candy bark.
    • The spooky sugar eyes really make it look fun, you can order them online in different sizes.
    • Be careful to not splash water into your melting chocolate it can make it seize. Take a peek at my video in the recipe card, the water is simmering at 176 degrees (not 212 boiling) and it takes just a little longer to melt.
    How do you store chocolate bark?


    Cut the bark into large shards carefully with a large knife. Place the chocolate candy bark pieces in an airtight container or on a paper plate covered with a large zip lock bag in the fridge worked best until ready to eat. Otherwise, on hotter days the candy bark can get melty at room temperature.

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Desserts & Party Food Ideas

    Bake a spooky graveyard Halloween Cake! This 9 x 13 sheet cake is marbled inside and has chocolate frosting, and step-by-step decorating tips. Another party hit is a Salted Caramel Apple dessert dip that you can't stop eating.

    Bake these Halloween Cupcakes topped with fluffy buttercream chocolate frosting, and not too spooky. Design and decorate this Halloween dessert with candy and sprinkles. Put together an easy mix of these Easy Halloween Snacks on a tray, and it's a party.

    Boo! Take a peek through 200+ of the best Halloween Party Food Ideas from inspiring Food Blogger friends! Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks like Halloween Pizzas. Decorate with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost! Decorate a spooky cute Halloween Gingerbread House with an easy-to-find premade kit. Use all kinds of candies in different ways, add your own creative details, and try new design ideas with Halloween candy and royal icing.

    Create a spooktacular Halloween Charcuterie Board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few spooky and sugary Halloween treats.

    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
      Halloween Cupcakes
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A Halloween gingerbread house decorated with royal icing and candy in orange, black, and white candy with a ghost opening the front door.
      Halloween Gingerbread House
    • A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.
      Halloween Charcuterie Board

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
    Print

    Halloween Candy Bark Recipe

    Halloween Candy Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with sprinkles, chocolates, candy corn, and black licorice. Grab things from the store you and your kids adore or have on hand. Decorate your Halloween chocolate bark with lots of sweets, colorful sprinkles, and spooky eyes.
    Course Desserts & Sweets
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Halloween bark, Halloween Candy, Halloween candy bark, Halloween chocolate bark, Halloween Dessert
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time 40 minutes minutes
    Servings 24
    Calories 174kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Candy Eyeballs
    • Large Metal Sheet Pan
    • Parchment Paper Sheets
    • Rubbermaid Leak-Proof Food Storage Containers

    Ingredients

    • 4 cups semi-sweet chocolate chips
    • 4 tablespoons vegetable oil
    • candy eyeballs
    • black licorice
    • mini Reeses
    • Kit Kat Bars
    • Halloween sprinkles
    • candy corn

    Instructions

    • Prepare all the toppings for your bark. Cut the licorice and chocolate candy ahead of time, as you need to work pretty quickly before the chocolate sets up.
    • Set a heat proof safe bowl over a pan of hot simmering water or use a double boiler. Make sure the water is not boiling. Add the chocolate chips and vegetable oil, they will slowly melt. Be sure to not let water splash into your chocolate or it might seize up. Keep the pan simmering but not a fast boil.
    • Stir until the chocolate is glossy, add a little more vegetable oil to make it smooth.
    • Set up a large baking sheet pan fitted with parchment paper or a silicone baking mat. Pour the melted chocolate and spread it out evenly with a spatula. Now its time to decorate, add your eyeballs, candys, and sprinkles. NOTE: Try different layers or kinds of chocolate like white chocolate, dark chocolate, or bittersweet chocolate. You can mix those or add Halloween colors to the white chocolate, try orange, purple or green!
    • Set the sheet pan in the refrigerator to firm up. Then cut with a large Chef knife into shards. Store in an airtight container or on a paper plate in the fridge covered by a zip-top bag.
    • Chocolate bark is great to snack on alone, but even better chopped into pieces with vanilla ice cream!!!

    Video

    Notes

    More Chocolate Bark Decorations and Toppings

    You can also do different layers like white chocolate, dark chocolate swirled, or color the white chocolate orange, purple or green!
    • Brach's candy pumpkins (cut in half)
    • Reese's pieces
    • mini marshmallows
    • M&Ms (orange, yellow, purple, and green)
    • mini candy bars
    • pretzels
    • peanuts
    • crushed Oreos
    • gummy worms
    • salty potato chips
    • assorted chopped nuts

    Top Decorating Tips

    • Plan out your toppings ahead.
    • Cut the larger pieces of candy into smaller pieces.
    • Use things you have! I had this candy corn, licorice, and sprinkles on hand. And use up extra bits in some spooky Halloween cookies
    • Design your bark with a color theme! 🎃👀🍫 I went with orange, yellow and brown. You could do a purple and green one, or red and black?
    • I recommend the instructions to melt the chocolate on the stove, it's really easy and not in the microwave. It's so hard to get it all melted at the correct temperature and in enough quantity to pour all at once for candy bark.
    • The spooky sugar eyes really make it look fun, you can order them online in different sizes.
    • Be careful to not splash water into your melting chocolate it can make it seize. Take a peek at my video in the recipe card, the water is simmering at 176 degrees (not 212 boiling) and it takes just a little longer to melt.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 174kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.02g | Cholesterol: 2mg | Sodium: 3mg | Potassium: 170mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 15IU | Calcium: 19mg | Iron: 2mg

    Easy Halloween Snacks

    [heart_this] · Aug 30, 2022 · 2 Comments

    A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.

    Last Updated November 7th, 2023 at 10:21 am by Lisa

    Everyone loves easy party food! These savory salty-sweet Easy Halloween snacks are loved by kids and adults. Build a fun snack board tray with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes!

    Grab bags of things your family and friends love and try a few new ones to mix it up. You can make it healthier with cut veggies and creamy dips too. Salty and sweet snacks are addictively delicious together, they taste so good. Have fun putting your own tray together for Halloween parties...

    Easy Halloween Snack Ideas

    Party food should be fun, easy, and fast! The idea here is to use what you have, grab a tray or a large cheeseboard, some small bowls, or glasses.

    Play with an arrangement of easy treats that look great using different heights. Set it on a spider web tablecloth with a jack-o-lantern and let your party trick-or-treaters dig right in.

    The candy eyeball lollypops and pieces of candy add whimsy, without being too spooky. When your party is over, mix all the snacks together in an airtight container and enjoy through the week. It is hard to stop eating it, trust me.

    First, Gather a Few Things

    • Use a black or orange-themed tray if you have one, a large one in a dark color works well.
    • Try small bowls and or glasses to fill and display your snacks.
    • Order candy eyeballs or lollypops for your tray online.

    Assemble Your Party Tray Snacks

    • Place items in low small bowls like M&Ms, Chex Mix, or Pretzels. Have fun playing with different heights and color contrasts.
    • Place different size candy eyeballs in pairs all over your tray. Or use other fun spook candy like gummy worms or gumball eyeballs. Make it your own and have fun...
    A variety of sweet and salty Halloween Snacks with candy eyeballs.

    Other Party Snack Ideas

    What can you put on a Halloween Snack Board?


    Cheddar Goldfish
    Pretzel Sticks
    Candy Eyeballs Decorations 
    Candy Eyeball Lollypops 
    Brachs Candy Corn
    mini candy bars
    Brachs Candy Corn Pumpkins
    Cheese-Its
    M&Ms
    Chex Mix
    Bugle Horns

    Pretzel sticks piled into a small white bowl with candy eyes for a Halloween Snack.

    Snack Board Additions And Tips

    • Buy a variety of salty and sweet treats for your guests. 🥨🍬
    • Small crackers like Goldfish, pretzel sticks, tortilla chips, peanut butter stuffed pretzels, bugle horns, and Chex mix work well.
    • Use mini candy bars you might have, and buy a bag of colored M&Ms. 🍫
    • Order candy eyes in different sizes, they look great popped into the snacks. 👀 👀 👀
    • Use small bowls you have to arrange the items on your board or tray.
    • You can add some caramel or candy apples to your snack board, or slice them smaller for little kids.
    • Dip some frozen bananas in melted chocolate and decorate them with colorful sprinkles and candy eyes!
    • Try putting some things in piles like candy corn pumpkins or chocolate kisses. 🎃
    • Find spooky vibe lollipops, like eyeballs, spiders, or witches. 🧙🏻👻🕷
    • For a healthier twist add some baby carrots, cucumbers, and celery sticks, and serve some guacamole or sour cream dip.
    • Use orange or black glasses to serve up candy corn or other fun treats...
    A small white bowl with chex mix and two candy eyeballs for a Halloween Snack.

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.

    More Halloween Appetizers, Snacks & Drinks

    Look at all these spooky fun 🎃 Halloween Party Food Ideas!...these are a few of my favorites!

    Are you having a party? Serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron to a crowd with both adult and kid options, plus dry ice tips.

    Halloween (Non-Alcoholic) Punch Recipe
    There are over a dozen of the best Halloween punch ideas here, from making different colors, sherbet punches, creative garnishes, ice rings, how to use dry ice for punch, and a grown up adult version. Pour it in a spooky black cauldron with a wooden witch's brew spoon, and smoke thanks to dry ice, with a skull hiding inside.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.

    Boo! Take a peek through 200+ of the Best Halloween Recipes from inspiring Food Blogger friends and party food ideas from Delicious Table! Halloween parties are all about serving haunted food and creepy drinks like mini Halloween Pizzas. Decorate with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost!

    Create a spooktacular Halloween Charcuterie Board filled with your favorite sliced meats, an assortment of cheeses, crackers, fruit, nuts, and a few spooky and sugary treats.

    A Candy Corn Martini is the ultimate cocktail for Fall parties, with simple ingredients that are easy to find. Have lots of fun chilling out with these, oh and homemade candy corn vodka is super easy to make.

    Serve a "pumpkin-shaped" Everything Bagel Cheese Ball appetizer for your next Fall party, it's always a hit! Easy to make ahead in 15 minutes, chill, and take to a gathering.

    For a spooky Halloween Dip, make this tombstone in a graveyard and serve it with crackers. Kids and adults love this cream cheese dip recipe.

    This Fall Snack Mix will disappear at your Fall, Halloween Party, or at your Thanksgiving feast. It has just 4 ingredients that are magical together. It is almost impossible to stop eating this sweet and salty mix and it will disappear before your eyes. Crackled Black and Orange Deviled Eggs are spooky party appetizers with dark black crackled egg shells filled with bright orange filling. This classic simple appetizer is great to make ahead and have with cocktails..

    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A large Halloween Charcuterie cheeseboard loaded with stacks of crackers, cut and sliced meats, nuts, and Halloween candy for a Halloween party.
      Halloween Charcuterie Board
    • A Halloween party with candy corn martinis and a small black dish of candy corn nearby.
      Candy Corn Martinis
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A large glass jar filled with a Fall Snack Mix with candy corn and M&Ms with a small bowl of it nearby.
      Fall Snack Mix
    • A black platter filled with Halloween deviled eggs sprinkled with black sesame seeds.
      Halloween Deviled Eggs

    More Halloween Desserts

    Bake a spooky Graveyard Chocolate Cake for your party with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate!  Everyone loves easy party food!

    Spooky Chocolate Bark is an adorable dessert treat to make with candy, sprinkles, cute candy eyeballs, licorice, and chocolates and would be great to put out on a Halloween theme snack board. You can drizzle white chocolate, add chocolate chips, some mini marshmallows or different candies.

    Bake these Tombstone Chocolate Cupcakes topped with fluffy chocolate buttercream frosting that are not too scary and pretty darn cute. Decorate with sweet treats for your friends, family, kids, or the special trick-o-treaters next door. Make a Halloween Candy Board filled with whimsical classic treats, chocolate candies, lollipops, and slightly gross gummy sweets

    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark
    • Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
      Halloween Cupcakes
    • A Halloween candy board on a black tray loaded with cute candy for a party including pumpkins, licorice, mints, lollipops and gummy candy.
      Halloween Candy Board

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
    Print

    Easy Halloween Snacks

    Everyone loves easy party food! These savory salty-sweet Easy Halloween snacks are loved by kids and adults. Build a fun snack board tray with your favorite chips, crackers, sweet treats, and spooky candy eyes!
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword Easy Halloween Snacks, Halloween Party Snacks, Halloween Recipes, Halloween Snacks
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 15 minutes minutes
    Servings 30
    Calories 155kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Halloween Serving Tray
    • Candy Eyeballs

    Ingredients

    • 1 cup Cheddar Goldfish
    • 1 cup Pretzel Sticks
    • Candy Eyeballs Decorations various sizes
    • 12 Candy Eyeball Lollypops optional
    • 1 cup Candy Corn
    • 1 cup Candy Corn Pumpkins
    • 1 cup Cheeseits
    • 1 cup M&Ms Halloween colors
    • 1 cup Chex Mix
    • 1 cup Bugle Horns

    Instructions

    gather a few things

    • Use a Halloween themed tray if you have one, a large one in a dark color works well.
    • Try small bowls and or glasses to fill and display your snacks.
    • Order candy eyeballs or lollypops for your tray online.

    Assemble Your Halloween Snacks Party Tray

    • Place items in low small bowls like M&Ms, Chex Mix, or Pretzels. Have fun playing with different heights and color contrasts.
    • Place different size candy eyeballs in pairs all over your tray. Or use other fun spooky Halloween candy like gummy worms or gumball eyeballs. Make it your own and have fun...

    Video

    Notes

    storage

     When your party is over, put all the snacks into one airtight container and enjoy them through the week if they last that long. They are so good mixed together...

    fun tips and ideas

    • Buy a variety of salty and sweet treats for your guests. 🥨🍬
    • Small crackers like Goldfish, pretzel sticks, tortilla chips, peanut butter stuffed pretzels, bugle horns, and Chex mix work well.
    • Use mini candy bars you might have, and buy a bag of colored M&Ms. 🍫
    • Order candy eyes in different sizes, they look great popped into the snacks. 👀 👀 👀
    • Use small bowls you have to arrange the items on your board or tray.
    • You can add some caramel or candy apples to your snack board, or slice them smaller for little kids.
    • Dip some frozen bananas in melted chocolate and decorate them with colorful sprinkles and candy eyes!
    • Try putting some things in piles like candy corn pumpkins or chocolate kisses. 🎃
    • Find spooky vibe lollipops, like eyeballs, spiders, or witches. 🧙🏻👻🕷
    • For a healthier twist add some baby carrots, cucumbers, and celery sticks, and serve some guacamole or sour cream dip.
    • Use orange or black glasses to serve up candy corn or other fun treats...

    Nutrition

    Calories: 155kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 4mg | Sodium: 173mg | Potassium: 13mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 16IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 27mg | Iron: 1mg

    Green Smoothie Recipe

    [heart_this] · Aug 28, 2022 · 6 Comments

    Two glasses of a green smoothie recipe garnished with grapefruit slices and straws.

    Last Updated December 31st, 2022 at 11:07 am by Lisa

    Full of green goodness and healing ingredients to hydrate, detox, and nourish you, this green smoothie recipe will start your day right! Made with sweet ripe pineapple, banana, spinach, tangy ginger, chia seeds, and freshly squeezed grapefruit juice, this is one of the best green smoothies recipes ever.

    Any time of day, blend up green detox smoothies whether you are on a plant-based diet or looking for great options for a clean breakfast or snack. You will love the clean taste and natural sweetness of these delicious smoothies with under 150 calories that make you healthier with every sip...

    Two glasses of a green smoothie recipe garnished with grapefruit slices and straws.

    Green Smoothie Recipe

    Fresh nutritious ingredients like these gorgeous Texas ruby pink grapefruit, are the star of these fruit smoothies. There is a list of ingredients you can add to make healthy smoothie recipes the way you prefer further down in this post.

    • 1 cup fresh pineapple or frozen pineapple chunks
    • ½ frozen banana or fresh banana
    • 2 teaspoons chia seeds
    • 1 cup grapefruit juice (2 whole) or ruby red grapefruit
    • 1 cup of fresh spinach leaves
    • 1 teaspoon grated ginger
    • ice cubes
    1. Juice the pink grapefruits into a bowl using an electric juicer or a hand juicer.
    2. Peel and grate the fresh ginger.
    3. Place pineapple, frozen banana (unfrozen works fine!), chia seeds, spinach leaves, and grated ginger into a high-speed blender.
    4. Pour grapefruit juice into the blender.
    5. Blend until smooth.
    6. Serve in a tall glass with straw and grapefruit wedge garnish and a cute straw and be well!

    What kind of blender do I need?

    Any powerful blender will work just fine, high-speed blenders get smoothies, well....smooth! If you add ice, the powerful blades do a great job of crushing the ice into that smooth texture, but any blender will work just fine. Stick blenders are a quick and inexpensive option to make smoothies. 

    Best Healthy Green Smoothies

    Cut the pineapple into chunks and the bananas, and grate the ginger.

    Juice the pink grapefruits into a bowl using an electric juicer or a hand juicer.

    Place pineapple, banana, chia seeds, spinach leaves, and grated ginger into a blender. Pour grapefruit juice into the blender.

    Blend until smooth.

    Serve in a tall glass with straw and grapefruit wedge garnish.

    Enjoy, and be well!

    Potential Benefits Of Green Smoothies

    Healthy weight loss smoothies can play a big part in your plan when your weight gain needs some attention. During your weight loss journey, a healthy diet can also lower blood sugar for a healthier lifestyle. As an added bonus, a healthy diet with low-calorie foods and well-balanced smoothies can provide essential nutrients for your body.

    • Green smoothies have added health benefits like lower blood pressure
    • Support your digestive system with fresh ginger, and a good way to get essential vitamins.
    • A healthy way to manage your diet with fewer calories, these are a good meal replacement choice.
    • Reduce chronic inflammation with leafy greens and chia seeds.
    • Get added healthy fats with avocado, chia seeds, or flax seeds.
    • A great way to get more vitamin c for a healthy immune system.
    How To Make Pineapple Bowls
    Learn how to cut pineapple bowls or boats the easy way plus how to use the chunks for recipes like shish kabobs, huli huli chicken or sorbet.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A pineapple bowl filled with fresh cut chunks of pineapple ready to eat.

    Healthy Green Smoothie Ingredients

    • Pineapples: Fresh pineapple is also ideal, but frozen is just fine and easy to have on hand. Learn how to cut pineapples into chunks the easy way, and to serve at parties or freeze the pineapple pieces at home.
    • Ginger: Be sure to grate the ginger because the fibers in the ginger don't break down in a blender well. A Microplane works really well to grate fresh ginger. Use either a spoon or vegetable peeler to take the brown skin off, then grate away.
    • Grapefruit: ruby red grapefruit that has a gorgeous jewel-like color, but any variety of grapefruit will work just fine. They are the perfect fruit to cut the sweetness of most tropical fruits.
    • Bananas: Frozen works really well, keep them in the freezer ready to go for smoothies, they are great when you have too many ripe bananas. Peel the bananas, then pop them in the freezer inside a zip-lock bag and they are ready when you want them for banana smoothies. 
    • Chia Seeds: As an alternative to chia seeds, try flax or hemp seeds. Any of these choices add fiber and some protein. 
    • Baby Spinach: You will want to use fresh spinach for your smoothie, frozen won't give the right color and has a different flavor. You can swap out kale or swiss chard, celery, or parsley, for the spinach, but the color and nutrition will vary based on those swaps. 

    Easy Weight Loss Smoothies

    Additions like sweetened fruit juice, peanut butter, coconut milk, almond butter, and orange juice maple syrup are all higher in sugar and calories. So depending on your goals, just be careful to not add hidden calories!

    • Fresh Green Veggies: celery, parsley, Swiss chard, or kale
    • Frozen or Fresh Fruit: green apples, avocados (fresh or frozen, and yes they are technically a fruit!)kiwi, strawberries, blueberries,
    • More Protein Content: pea protein powder, a scoop of protein powder, whey protein powder, flax seeds or hemp seeds all add lots of protein.
    • Misc green veggie powder or coconut water
    • Spices: cinnamon, turmeric, or pumpkin pie spice
    • Creamy Smoothies: unsweetened almond milk is a great addition, coconut milk, oat milk, almond butter, peanut butter, Greek yogurt, or your choice of milk all add some creamy texture.
    What is a green smoothie?


    Bright "green smoothies" have leafy greens like kale, spinach, or Swiss chard mixed with various fruit combinations, like bananas, pineapple, mango, pear, kiwi, avocado, or green apples.

    When is the best time to drink a smoothie?


    -First thing when you wake up in the morning, nourish your body!
    -Right before or post-workout is the best way to rehydrate and fuel.
    -Weight loss smoothie recipes are a healthy lunch choice with lower calories.
    -Drink simple green smoothies when you are unwell, they rehydrate you, soothe the throat and are nutritious.
    -Instead of ice cream, satisfy your craving for a healthy snack and make a smoothie bowl.

    How can I have smoothies ready to make?

    Put all the ingredients to make one smoothie in a zip-top bag and pop in the freezer. Try fresh spinach, bananas, strawberries, blueberries, and pineapple. When you want a smoothie, simply add the ingredients into your blender with either milk, water or coconut water, or nut milk, some ice, and blend away.

    More Healthy Breakfast Recipes

    Healthy Avocado Toast features artisan bread, creamy avocado, sweet heirloom tomatoes, lemon olive oil drizzle, sriracha salt, crushed hemp seeds, and microgreens. Absolutely divine!

    Breakfast food can be so incredibly easy with Egg Muffins! They can be made just the way you want them in a muffin pan with cooked breakfast meats like smoked ham, bacon, or crumbled sausage. Or fill them with a diced confetti of vegetables and top them with different herbs and cheeses.

    For healthy breakfast recipes to have ready anytime, bake a batch of Homemade Granola and make Yogurt Parfaits topped with fresh berries.

    Baked Parmesan Hash Browns are baked in a muffin tin with golden crisp edges and no stovetop mess or added oil.

    • A close up photo of a slice of avocado toast topped with small heirloom tomatoes and microgreens.
      Avocado Toast
    • Small round breakfast egg muffins stacked on a white cake plate for a brunch or breakfast filled with different flavors.
      Breakfast Egg Muffins
    • A handmade ceramic bowl filled with yogurt and topped with granola, raspberries, and black berries.
      Homemade Granola
    • Four small yogurt parfaits made with yogurt, granola and berries.
      Yogurt Parfaits
    • Three golden crispy edged hash browns baked in a muffin tin on cutting board.
      Oven Baked Hash Browns

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Two glasses of a green smoothie recipe garnished with grapefruit slices and straws.
    Print

    Grapefruit Green Smoothie Recipe

    Full of green goodness and healing ingredients to hydrate, detox, and nourish you, this green smoothie recipe will start your day right! Made with sweet ripe pineapple, banana, spinach, tangy ginger, chia seeds, and freshly squeezed grapefruit juice, this is one of the best green smoothies recipes ever.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks, Breakfast & Brunch
    Cuisine American
    Keyword detox smoothies, fruit smoothies, green smoothies
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Total Time 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 2
    Calories 145kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Vitamix Blender
    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board
    • Chef Knife
    • Manual Hand Citrus Juicer
    • Electric Citrus Juicer
    • Microplane Grater

    Ingredients

    • 1 cup fresh pineapple or frozen pineapple chunks
    • ½ frozen banana or fresh banana
    • 2 teaspoons chia seeds
    • 1 cup grapefruit juice (2 grapefruit) or ruby red grapefruit
    • 1 cups fresh spinach leaves
    • 1 teaspoon grated ginger
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • Juice the pink grapefruits into a bowl using an electric juicer or a hand juicer.
    • Place pineapple, banana, chia seeds, spinach leaves, and grated ginger into a high-speed blender.
    • Pour grapefruit juice into the blender.
    • Blend until smooth.
    • Serve in tall glass with straw and grapefruit wedge garnish.
    • Enjoy, and be well!

    Video

    Nutrition

    Calories: 145kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Sodium: 16mg | Potassium: 491mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 25g | Vitamin A: 1484IU | Vitamin C: 78mg | Calcium: 62mg | Iron: 2mg

    Fresh Strawberry Cake

    [heart_this] · Aug 28, 2022 · 5 Comments

    A freshly baked and decorated strawberry cake with real strawberries as decorations.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:53 pm by Lisa

    You can taste the real strawberry flavor in this fresh strawberry scratch cake, as it skips ingredients like food coloring and jello gelatin and uses strawberry jam and real strawberries!

    Use this recipe to bake a strawberry layer cake, a sheet cake, or even cupcakes. Then spread on the strawberry buttercream frosting with its beautiful pink color on every layer, and decorate with sweet juicy strawberries, it's the real deal...

    An easy strawberry cake recipe should have a tender crumb and be a fluffy cake, worthy for a birthday party with some ice cream and whipped cream on top, or to present to Mom on Mother's Day.

    This homemade strawberry cake recipe has a little story. While getting my hair done, a cake was delivered and shared with the customers in the salon.

    My hairdresser friend Tina offered a piece and of course, I said yes! It was delicious, and I came home inspired to bake the best strawberry cake recipe with the most real ingredients possible, like good buttercream. And this happened...

    Scratch Strawberry Cake Recipe

    Fair warning, this is a scratch recipe. In other words, you won't find ingredients like a boxed cake mix, strawberry jello, strawberry gelatin, vegetable oil, strawberry extract, red food coloring, or even pink food coloring! I set out to make a real strawberry cake without any artificial additives and skip the box cake mix.

    But hey, if you can certainly use a strawberry cake mix, go right ahead, it's all good! Try the addition of some strawberry jam, dehydrated strawberries, or strawberry puree to bring up the color and flavor.

    The buttercream is so delicious, and sometimes it's just fine to lick this creamy frosting off a spoon! And I will tell you, this is a sweet frosting that has a wonderful strawberry flavor.

    Cake Pan Choices

    Choose the cake pan you want to bake in, any of these will work!

    • two 9" round cake pans for a 2-layer cake
    • single rectangle pan 9 x 13
    • for a strawberry sheet cake - use a regular large sheet pan
    • 5 small 6" round pans
    • for strawberry cupcakes - silicone muffin pans or paper baking cups

    I chose to do a 5 layer cake because it looks great, and those 5 layers will actually deliver more strawberry buttercream frosting per bite!

    Make the Strawberry Buttercream Frosting

    • 2 cups unsalted butter (room temperature softened)
    • 6 cups powdered sugar (confectioners’ sugar)
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • 4 teaspoons vanilla extract
    • 4 tablespoons heavy cream or milk
    • 1 cup strawberry preserves
    1. In the mixer bowl fitted with the paddle attachment or hand mixer, cream the butter and sift the powdered sugar in on low speed until blended.
    2. Next, increase speed to high speed until light and fluffy for another 3 minutes. Add the sea salt, vanilla extract, and heavy cream and beat for 1 minute. If needed, add a bit more cream to make it smooth and creamy.
    3. Add strawberry jam, for "food" color and delicious strawberry flavor. Keep refrigerated and cool until ready to use.

    PRO TIP: To keep your cake stable while frosting, place some buttercream frosting on your plate or stand first.

    The strawberry frosting is absolutely unbelievable, it is full of fresh strawberry flavor!

    Bake the Strawberry Cake

    • ½ cup of strawberries (mashed and chopped)
    • ½ cup softened unsalted butter
    • 1 ½ cups granulated sugar
    • 2 large eggs
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
    • 2 cups all-purpose flour or cake flour organic preferred
    • 1 teaspoons baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • 1 teaspoon salt
    • ½ cup buttermilk (or sub whole milk)
    • 1 cup strawberry jam
    • 2 baskets of fresh strawberries for decoration
    1. Puree ½ cup strawberries in a blender, or chop very finely. Set the fresh strawberry puree aside in a separate bowl.
    2. Prepare the pans you chose for baking. I used a small 5 layer pan set from a craft store. Lightly coat the pan/s with butter or coconut non-stick spray, dust with flour, and tap out excess. Set aside.
    3. In a large bowl, sift the 2 cups of flour, 1 teaspoon baking powder, ½ teaspoon baking soda, and 1 teaspoon sea salt together. Set aside. 
    4. In a stand mixer, cream the ½ cup of unsalted butter and 1 ½ cups of sugar. Next, slowly add in the 2 eggs and 2 teaspoons of vanilla extract.
    5. With the electric mixer on low, gently add dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and just combine then add the ½ cup buttermilk (or milk) until well combined. Do not overmix.
    6. Add the ½ cup of strawberry puree (the strawberries that were mashed chopped) and the strawberry jam by hand using a rubber spatula to combine.
    7. Pour the cake batter into prepared pans, and spread evenly. The batter is pretty thick. 
    8. Bake 20 minutes at 350, or until toothpick comes out clean. Bake time will depend on the size of your pans. Small 6" pans are baked in 20 minutes, larger pans will take about 24 minutes.
    Strawberry Cake batter in a pan ready to bake in the oven.

    Baking Notes: Frozen strawberries release too much liquid. Use fresh berries for the ½ cup of strawberry puree you make from the chopped strawberries. Alternatively, you can substitute dehydrated strawberries into the cake batter, those add a real punch of flavor!

    Assemble The Cake

    1. Tap the cakes out of pans onto a wire rack to cool. It helps to place some buttercream frosting on you plate to hold the first layer of cake down while frosting. Then add some thin strips of wax paper to keep your plate clean. Spread the cake layers with a thin coat of buttercream frosting.
    2. Once each layer is frosted and stacked. Run your off-set spatula around the side to make it smooth. Chill in the fridge for about 30 minutes. Then spread the final layer of buttercream frosting, and swirl or coat evenly. 
    3. Decorate with the extra strawberries cut in half and about the same size. Press into the buttercream frosting, and put one large berry on top in the center.
    4. Buttercream frosting will melt at room temperature, be sure to keep this cake refrigerated until ready to serve.
    5. Store extra remaining frosting in an airtight container and use in 2-3 months from the freezer.

    PRO TIP: You can freeze your buttercream frosting! Simply store it in a sealed ziplock bag with all the air pushed out. Place on the counter to soften, squish the bag around to get the frosting ready to use and you are ready to add frosting to another dessert!

    How To Get A Smooth Frosted Cake

    Take some frosting out of the main bowl, and place it into a separate container.

    Using an offset spatula spread a thin layer of buttercream frosting on your cake and chill for 30 minutes. This is known as the crumb coat. And now if there are crumbs in your frosting, use the rest of the buttercream without the crumbs in it!

    The final coat of buttercream frosting will go on really nicely, and you avoid lumpy crumbs in your frosting.

    PRO BAKING TIP: Use a crumb coat to get a perfectly smooth frosted cake. Once each layer is frosted and stacked. Run your offset spatula around the side to make it smooth. Chill in the fridge for about 30 minutes. Then spread the final layer of buttercream frosting, and swirl or coat evenly.

    How do you keep strawberries fresh?


    As soon as you get your strawberries home, place them in a bowl and rinse with cool water and a splash of vinegar. The vinegar cleans the berries but doesn't leave any taste.

    Drain and place the strawberries in a clean bowl covered with plastic wrap and store them in the fridge for a day or two.

    Your strawberries are now clean to eat or use in a recipe straight out of the fridge.

    More Homemade Cake Recipes

    The perfect way to celebrate the good times is to bake cakes! Everyone loves birthday cakes and special occasion cakes for the holidays. Here are some of my favorite all-time recipes and some of them have a few surprises!

    Bake a patriotic American Flag Cake topped with red, white, and blue marbled cake inside, bakery-style frosting, and fresh fruit.

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake with orange and chocolate marbled cake hidden inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! And be sure to download my free design template for the enchanting edible decorations, they are so fun to make.

    An adorable coconut vanilla cake, this Easter Bunny Cake is made from two round cakes, vanilla frosting, and decorated with coconut and candy.

    • An American flag cake decorated with blueberries, raspberries, and white frosting with a patriotic star towel.
      American Flag July 4th Cake
    • A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
      Halloween Cake
    • An adorable bunny cake on a hot pink background surrounded with jelly beans.
      Easter Bunny Cake

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A freshly baked and decorated strawberry cake with real strawberries as decorations.
    Print

    Fresh Strawberry Buttercream Cake Recipe

    You can taste the real strawberry flavor in this fresh strawberry scratch cake, as it skips ingredients like food coloring and jello gelatin and uses strawberry jam and real strawberries! Use this recipe to bake a strawberry layer cake, a sheet cake, or even cupcakes. Then spread on the strawberry buttercream frosting with its beautiful pink color on every layer, and decorate with sweet juicy strawberries, it's the real deal.
    Course Desserts & Sweets
    Cuisine American
    Keyword fresh strawberry cake recipe, strawberry buttercream frosting, strawberry cake no jello, strawberry cake recipe, strawberry layer cake
    Prep Time 40 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 1 hour hour
    Servings 12
    Calories 836kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • KitchenAid Mixer
    • Two 9" Non-Stick Cake Pans
    • Flour Sifter
    • Offset Icing Spatula

    Ingredients

    Strawberry Buttercream Frosting

    • 2 cups butter room temperature softened
    • 6 cups powdered sugar sifted
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • 4 teaspoons vanilla extract
    • 4 tablespoons heavy cream
    • 1 cup strawberry jam

    Strawberry Cake

    • ½ cup strawberries for the strawberry puree
    • 2 cups all-purpose flour organic preferred or cake flour
    • 1 teaspoons baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ cup softened unsalted butter
    • 1 ½ cups sugar
    • 2 large eggs
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
    • ½ cup buttermilk or sub whole milk
    • 1 cup strawberry jam
    • 2 baskets fresh strawberries for decoration
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    Make the Strawberry Buttercream

    • In the mixer bowl fitted with the paddle attachment, or hand mixer, cream the butter and sift the powdered sugar in on low-speed until blended.
    • Next, increase speed to high speed until light and fluffy for another 3 minutes. Add the sea salt, vanilla extract, and heavy cream and beat for 1 minute. If needed, add a bit more cream to make it smooth and creamy.
    • Add strawberry jam, for "food" color and delicious strawberry flavor. Keep refrigerated and cool until ready to use.

    Bake The Strawberry Cake

    • Puree ½ cup strawberries in a blender, or chop very finely. Set the fresh strawberry puree aside in a separate bowl.
    • Prepare pans you chose for baking. I used a small 5 layer pan set from a craft store. Lightly coat the pan/s with butter or coconut non-stick spray, dust with flour, and tap out excess. Set aside.
    • In a large bowl, sift the 2 cups of flour, 1 teaspoon baking powder, ½ teapoon baking soda, and 1 teaspoon sea salt together. Set aside. 
    • In a stand mixer, cream the ½ cup of unsalted butter and 1 ½ cups sugar. Next, slowly add in the 2 eggs and 2 teaspoons of vanilla extract.
    • With the electric mixer on low, gently add dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and just combine then add the ½ cup buttermilk (or milk) until well combined. Do not overmix.
    • Add the ½ cup of strawberry puree (the strawberries that were mashed chopped) and the strawberry jam by hand using a rubber spatula to combine.
    • Pour the batter into prepared pans, and spread evenly. The batter is pretty thick. 
    • Bake 20 minutes at 350, or until toothpick comes out clean. Bake time will depend on the size of your pans. Small 6" pans are baked in 20 minutes, larger pans will take about 24 mintues.

    Assemble The Cake

    • Tap the cakes out of pans onto a wire rack to cool. It helps to place some buttercream frosting on your plate to hold the first layer of cake down in place. Then add some thin strips of wax paper to keep your plate clean. Spread the cake layers with a thin coat of buttercream frosting.
    • Once each layer is frosted and stacked. Run your off-set spatula around the side to make it smooth. Chill in the fridge for about 30 minutes. Then spread the final layer of buttercream frosting, and swirl or coat evenly. 
    • Decorate with the extra strawberries cut in half and about the same size. Press into the buttercream frosting, and put one on top of the in the center.
    • Buttercream frosting will melt at room temperature, be sure to keep this cake refrigerated until ready to serve.
    • Store extra remaining frosting in an airtight container and use in 2-3 months from the freezer.

    Notes

    Buttercream Frosting

     Store for up to a week in an airtight container. Before frosting, let come to room temperature and re-whip in the mixer until it is light and creamy again.
    PRO TIP: You can freeze your buttercream frosting! When you are ready to use it for another recipe, simply store it in a sealed ziplock bag with all the air pushed out. Place on the counter to soften, squish the bag around to get the frosting ready to use and you are ready to add frosting to another dessert!
    You can freeze buttercream up to 3 months. Defrost overnight in the fridge, and re-whip in a mixer. Adding powdered sugar will thicken the buttercream. Heavy cream will thin it out and makes it easier to spread.
    Simply store it in a sealed ziplock bag with all the air pushed out. Place on the counter to soften for an hour, squish the bag around to get the frosting ready to use and you are ready to add frosting to another dessert!

    Cake Flour vs. All-Purpose Flour

     The main difference between cake flour and all-purpose (AP) flour is the protein content (which becomes gluten). Cake flour is about 8% protein content, while the protein content of AP flour is about 10-11%. When you're making cakes, use cake flour that's lower in protein and will result in a spongier fluffier crumb.

    Decorating

    Use a crumb coat to get a smoothly frosted cake. 

    1. Using an offset spatula spread a thin layer of buttercream frosting on your cake and chill for 30 minutes
    2. The final coat of buttercream frosting will go on really nicely, and you avoid bumpy crumbs in your frosting!

    Baking Pans

    Small 5-6" pans are bake cakes in 20 minutes, larger pans will take about 24 minutes.
    Choose the cake pan you want to bake in, any of these will work!
    • two 9" round pans for a 2-layer cake
    • single rectangle pan 9 x 13
    • for a strawberry sheet cake - use a regular large sheet pan
    • 5 small 6" round cake pans
    • for strawberry cupcakes - silicone muffin pans or paper baking cups

    Nutrition

    Calories: 836kcal | Carbohydrates: 122g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 42g | Saturated Fat: 26g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 136mg | Sodium: 605mg | Potassium: 136mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 99g | Vitamin A: 1312IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 53mg | Iron: 1mg

    Crispy Smashed Potatoes

    [heart_this] · Aug 27, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A sheet pan of smashed potatoes with fresh herbs baked with crispy golden brown edges.

    Crispy Smashed Potatoes served with melted herb butter are one of the most heavenly potato recipes. These are pure comfort food and a beautiful side dish for family dinners, romantic date nights, holidays, or dinner parties.

    Soft fluffy centers are surrounded by a golden-brown crust on each and every one. And those crunchy edges are simply addictive...

    Smashed Potatoes Ingredients

    A 1.5-pound bag of baby potatoes has about 12 in the bag, approximately 6 adult servings. If using a medium size instead of small baby ones, you will need to bake them for 50-55 minutes, or they won't get as crispy on the edges.

    Garnish with melted herb butter and fresh herbs like fresh parsley, dill, chives, rosemary, fresh thyme, and a little more salt and pepper if you wish.

    Smashed Potatoes

    • 1.5 pounds of baby yellow potatoes
    • good olive oil
    • herb butter

    Herb Butter

    • ½ cup butter
    • ¼ cup fresh herbs - minced thyme, parsley, rosemary, or basil.
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked black pepper

    How To Make Smashed Potatoes

    Step 1: Put the potatoes in a large pot of water, be sure to cover with 1 inch of water. Add 1 teaspoon of sea salt to the water, and turn the heat on high.

    Step 2: Boil baby potatoes for 20 minutes until fork tender.

    Larger potatoes will take longer until fork tender.

    Remove potatoes from the hot water, and place in a colander to drain, let cool down, and steam escape for 5 minutes.

    Step 3: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees. Place them on an ungreased large rimmed baking sheet pan.

    Step 4: Using a potato masher, gently press down until the potato goes flat but not all the way through, and still retains overall shape. Use a fork to help release the potato masher if it sticks into the potato.

    Step 5: After all the potatoes are smashed, let them rest for 5 more minutes to release more steam, this helps them get gorgeous golden color and those crispy edges. The thicker parts will stay soft and fluffy when cooked.

    Step 6: Brush each with olive oil, and sprinkle sea salt and fresh cracked black pepper all over. Pop into the oven for 45 minutes at 400 degrees until the edges are crispy and golden brown.

    Homemade Herb Butter

    You can drizzle regular melted butter or herb butter when they come out of the oven...try this recipe, it is amazing and you can use it on everything from steaks to vegetables.

    Herb Butter Recipe
    Herb Butter is fantastic melted on roasted vegetables, hot pasta, sizzling grilled steaks, warm baguettes, spread on tea sandwiches, or dinner rolls. Flavored butter is an easy condiment to create in your kitchen and will keep for weeks. And when dinner is ready, have it ready to slather on hot food and bread.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Homemade herb butter wrapped in parchment paper on a cutting board with fresh herbs.

    Garnish with lots of fresh chopped herbs...

    A graphic showing a large smashed potato on a sheet pan topped with herb butter.

    Smashed Potatoes Top Tips & Variations

    • Allow the potatoes to rest in the colander for 5 minutes after boiling to release steam, this will help them get crispier golden edges.
    • After smashing them, again allow the steam to release for a few minutes before putting the olive oil on, it helps them get those golden-brown tops.
    • Use a potato masher, a small water glass, or a meat tenderizer mallet. Gently press down, but not all the way through, just until they spread out.
    • Use a fork to release the potato from the masher while smashing.
    • Sprinkle on some more toppings like grated cheddar cheese, and shaved parmesan cheese, and dollop on some sour cream onto each potato.
    What are baby potatoes?


    Baby potatoes are pulled from the soil before they are fully grown into large potatoes. They have thin skins, a sweeter flavor, and a creamy texture. Most importantly, they retain their shape in recipes. You can bake, broil, roast, grill, simmer, steam, sauté or boil them.

    How many baby potatoes in a pound?


    Most baby potatoes are sold in 1.5-pound bags, and there are approximately 12 in the bag.

    What other potatoes work for smashed potatoes?


    Small baby potatoes will get crisp edges. Varieties of smaller potatoes work really well, and so do medium potatoes. Different types of small red potatoes, baby Yukon golds, or any high starch potato make good smashed potatoes. The higher the starch content the more fluffy the inside will be. Waxy potatoes have a creamier and stiffer texture.

    What To Serve With Crisp Potatoes

    These go so well with fancier dishes like Beef Roast, sizzling grilled steaks, Stuffed Chicken Breasts, and Grilled Lamb Chops. And try them with a Baked Corned Beef Brisket, Cheeseburger Meatloaf, or Cherry Balsamic Pork Loin for special family dinners.

    More Potato Recipes

    Bake your Hash Browns in muffin tins and skip the frying on your stovetop altogether. NO MESSY STOVETOP TO CLEAN! This recipe is so popular for holidays and special occasions. Speaking of the holidays, get my wildly popular tips on how to reheat Mashed Potatoes!

    Potato Salad loaded with Red (crispy bacon), White (potato), & Blue (cheese) with crisp celery and green onions. Tater Tot Casserole is an easy breakfast recipe that takes 15 minutes to prep and bakes golden brown in just 50 minutes.

    A BBQ Potato Salad recipe with yummy flavors from your favorite bbq sauce, crumbled bacon, buttermilk ranch, crunchy celery, and cheddar cheese. Made with secret ingredients in place of mayo, this super creamy potato salad is inspired by one of America's favorite recipes, a loaded baked potato!

    • Three golden crispy edged hash browns baked in a muffin tin on cutting board.
      Oven Baked Hash Browns
    • A white casserole dish filled with mashed potatoes and squares of melted butter on top.
      Make-Ahead Mashed Potatoes
    • A small white bowl filled with bacon potato salad garnished with crispy bacon.
      Bacon Potato Salad
    • A vintage silver serving spoon taking out a piece of tater tot casserole just baked.
      Tater Tot Breakfast Casserole
    • A large white bowl of BBQ potato salad garnished with cheddar cheese, bacon, and green onions on a red and white check gingham cloth.
      BBQ Potato Salad

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A sheet pan of smashed potatoes with fresh herbs baked with crispy golden brown edges.
    Print

    Crispy Smashed Potatoes Recipe

    Crispy Smashed Potatoes served with melted herb butter are one of the most heavenly potato recipes. These are pure comfort food and a beautiful side dish for family dinners, romantic date nights, holidays, or dinner parties. Soft fluffy centers are surrounded by a golden-brown crust on each and every one. And those crunchy edges are simply addictive.
    Course Side Dishes & Vegetables
    Cuisine American
    Keyword crispy smash potatoes, smashed potato recipe, smashed potatoes
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 1 hour hour
    Total Time 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 6
    Calories 260kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Potato Masher
    • Large Metal Sheet Pan

    Ingredients

    Smashed Potatoes

    • 1.5 pounds baby yellow potatoes
    • olive oil
    • herb butter

    Herb Butter

    • ½ cup butter
    • ¼ cup fresh herbs - minced thyme parsley, rosemary, basil, and thyme (other herbs to try: sage, dill, chives, tarragon, oregano, or marjoram
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked black pepper
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    Smashed Potatoes

    • Put the potatoes in a large pot of water, be sure to cover with 1 inch of water. Add 1 teaspoon sea salt to the water, and turn heat on high.
    • Boil baby potatoes for 20 minutes until fork tender. Larger potatoes will take longer until fork tender. Remove them from the hot water, and place in a colander to drain, let cool down and steam escape for 5 minutes.
    • Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Place potatoes on an ungreased large rimmed baking sheet pan.
    • Using a potato masher, gently press down until the potato goes flat but not all the way through, and still retains overall shape. Use a fork to help release the potato masher if it sticks into the potato.
    • After all the potatoes are smashed, let them rest 5 more minutes to release more steam, this helps them get the a gorgeous golden color and those crispy edges. The thicker parts will stay soft and fluffy when cooked.
    • Brush each with olive oil, sprinkle sea salt and fresh cracked pepper all over. Pop into the oven for 45 minutes at 400 degrees until the edges are crispy and golden brown.
    • Serve with butter or herb butter while they are hot.

    Herb Butter

    • Leave butter out at room temperature for a few hours to soften. If you cut the cube into little cubes and it will soften faster.
    • Snip fresh herbs in a glass jar with kitchen scissors until the herbs are finely minced or chop on a board. I like to use parsley, rosemary, basil, and thyme.
    • Mix soft butter, 3-4 tablespoons finely chopped herbs, 1 teaspoon salt and 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper. Optional, add finely crushed garlic!
    • Place your herb butter in a small sealed container. Try it on toasted bread, steak, fish, or vegetables.

    Video

    Notes

    baby potatoes

    You can make this recipe using different kinds of potatoes.  I used baby yellow potatoes, a 1.5-pound bag has about 12. The small size of the potato helps them cook faster and get crisper. Large potatoes will be fluffy but not as golden and crisp. 

    butter

    Melt regular butter on the potatoes when done, or make herb butter. If you love garlic, add crushed garlic into the herb butter, it is delicious. 

    reheating

    The best way to eat smashed potatoes is fresh out of the oven, you can reheat the leftover ones on a sheet pan, at 400 degrees for 15-20 minutes until hot. 

    mashers

    If you don't have a potato masher, you can use a meat tenderizer or a large serving fork to press them down.

    Top Tips

    • Allow the potatoes to rest in the colander for 5 minutes after boiling to release steam, this will help them get crispier golden edges.
    • After smashing them, again allow the steam to release for a few minutes before putting the olive oil on, it helps them get those golden-brown tops.
    • A 1.5-pound bag of baby potatoes has about 12 potatoes inside approximately 6 adult servings.
    • Use a potato masher, a small water glass, or a meat tenderizer mallet. Gently press down, not all the way through, just until they spread out.
    • Use a fork to release the potato from the masher while smashing.
    • You can add regular butter or herb butter when they come out of the oven.
    • If using large potatoes instead of baby potatoes, you will need to bake them for 50-55 minutes, and they won't get as crispy.
    • Garnish with fresh herbs like parsley and thyme, and a little more salt and pepper if you wish.
     

     

     
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 260kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 337mg | Potassium: 539mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 479IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 39mg | Iron: 2mg

    Cucumber Gazpacho Soup

    [heart_this] · Aug 27, 2022 · 3 Comments

    Chilled cucumber soup topped with crab meat and grape garnish served in bowls over ice.

    Last Updated April 25th, 2024 at 11:31 am by Lisa

    A chilled cucumber gazpacho recipe is so refreshing in the summer months with yogurt, grapes, and green apples, topped with almonds and lump crab meat. This cold cucumber soup recipe includes lots of other garnish topping ideas for you too.

    Its beautiful color comes from fresh herbs and is a perfect light lunch or a side dish at an alfresco dinner party. White gazpacho is a great way to use summer cucumbers from your garden!

    Delicious cold soups are so refreshing when something light, cool, and nourishing sounds good in the heat of summer. Creamy cucumber gazpacho is one I look forward to making when the temperatures rise...

    Serve your soup outside on the patio in pre-chilled bowls and place them in the freezer a couple of hours in advance. Or use glass iced bowls with soup in one bowl and crushed ice below ...these look so pretty at a party!

    Cold Cucumber Soup Recipe

    Traveling often inspires new recipes, I consider those the best souvenirs! One warm balmy summer evening I dined outdoors on a lovely restaurant patio in Austin Texas.

    I ordered a small bowl of a refreshing simplified version of Spanish gazpacho. This cold white gazpacho paired so nicely with a chilled glass of chardonnay. At that moment, I decided to create my own original best gazpacho recipe to enjoy at home!

    • 6 slices of white bread crusts removed, cut into pieces
    • 2 tablespoons olive oil divide: 1 tablespoon for leeks, 1 tablespoon for the soup
    • 1 cup leeks (white and light-green parts thinly sliced)
    • 2 whole English cucumbers (peeled, quartered, and chopped)
    • 8 green grapes
    • 1 small green apple (cored and cut into chunks)
    • ¼ cup sliced blanched almonds
    • 1 cup Greek yogurt (or sub creme fraiche)
    • 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar
    • 1 ½ cups cold water (or more as needed)
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt 
    • 1 tiny pinch of cayenne pepper
    • ½ teaspoon minced garlic

    Cucumber Gazpacho Soup Garnishes

    • ½ cup lump crab meat
    • ¼ cup sliced almonds
    • ¼ cup thinly sliced grapes
    • 1 tablespoon drizzle of extra-virgin olive oil (try lemon olive oil!)
    1. Place your small serving bowls or small glasses to chill in the freezer, or prepare crushed ice to have ready before serving to add to your iced bowls.
    2. Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Cook and stir leeks until soft, 10 to 15 minutes. Remove to a plate and allow to cool.
    3. In a high-powered blender, food processor or immersion blender, place cooled leeks, cucumbers, grapes, green apples, almonds, Greek yogurt (or creme fraiche), white wine vinegar, water, salt, cayenne, minced garlic, and bread pieces, in the bowl and puree until smooth, about 1 minute. Strain through a fine mesh sieve. Cover and chill for 1 to 2 hours.
    4. Serve garnished with smaller pieces of lump crab meat, sliced almonds, thinly sliced grapes, and a drizzle of lemon olive oil.
    5. Store leftover soup in an airtight container in the refrigerator and eat in 4 days.

    Type of cucumbers: Persian cucumbers, regular cucumbers, or seedless cucumbers all work great.

    Kinds of vinegar: try red wine vinegar or tablespoon sherry vinegar.

    Leeks: you can swap in green onions. If you choose leeks, here is a handy guide on how to clean, cut, and use leeks in your cooking...

    How To Clean, Cut, and Cook Leeks
    Learn how to clean and cut leeks, plus freezer storage tips. Creative recipe ideas to saute and roast them for soups, dinner, and sides.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Bright green leeks held by rubber bands at a Farmers market.

    More Gazpacho Soup Garnish and Toppings 

    • Avocado Slices
    • Diced Tomato
    • Diced Cucumbers
    • Cooked Lobster Chunks
    • Buttery Parmesan Croutons
    • Lobster Chunks
    • Yogurt Drizzle
    • Crispy Bacon Pieces
    • Chopped Cooked Shrimp
    What Is Cold Soup?


    Cold soup is made in cultures all around the world and has been made since ancient times. Originally a savory chilled soup from Spain, traditional gazpacho recipes are vegetable-based and served cold.  There are many theories as to the origin of gazpacho, including one that says it is a soup of bread, olive oil, water, vinegar, and garlic that arrived in Spain with the Romans.
    Vichyssoise is a cold purée of puréed leeks, onions, potatoes, cream, and chicken stock. Often served as an appetizer, it is a thick soup and is traditionally served cold but it can be eaten hot.
    These soups tend to be lighter than hot winter soups and typically contain less fat and meat per serving. Some are purely vegetable-based with ingredients like ripe tomatoes and red bell peppers, but many use light meat, chicken, or fish stocks.

    How To Serve Cold Soup?

    1. Make sure it is good and cold. Chill gazpacho in the refrigerator for a couple of hours.
    2. Serve in individual iced bowls or chilled soup bowls.

    PRO TIP: Be sure to cover and chill your Cucumber Soup for 1 to 2 hours, it even tastes better the next day.

    These family heirloom iced glass servers are from my parents. I can remember these on our Christmas table filled with shrimp cocktail for many years, they are great for cold salads too...

    More Cool Summer Recipes

    Dig your fork into this icy cold Wedge Salad with a Pistachio-Avocado Dressing. The mild flavor compliments sizzling grilled steaks, chicken, or shish kabobs at cookouts or dinner parties.

    A Watermelon Salad recipe with a light citrus dressing, fresh mint, and topped with crumbled feta cheese. Serve this side dish for picnics, potlucks, and BBQ cookouts in a carved-out watermelon for the salad bowl!

    Mango Slaw has green crunchy cabbage, crisp jicama, and a sweet tangy lime vinaigrette made with juicy sweet mangos. A perfect cool summer salad.

    A Broccoli Salad with vibrant colors of crisp green apples, crunchy broccoli, and sweet grapes. Topped with a creamy orange tangy dressing and salty pistachios mixed into this summer salad.

    • Wedge salad with avocado dressing drizzled on top with pistachios on a black slate board.
      Iceberg Wedge Salad
    • Looking down into a scooped out watermelon filled with rounded watermelon balls garnished with mint and feta cheese.
      Watermelon Salad
    • Pouring dressing on a full plate of mango slaw with a gold fork on edge of ceramic plate.
      Mango Jicama Slaw
    • A turquoise salad bowl filled with broccoli salad with colorful grapes and pistachios.
      Broccoli Salad

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Chilled cucumber soup topped with crab meat and grape garnish served in bowls over ice.
    Print

    Cucumber Gazpacho Recipe

    A chilled cucumber gazpacho recipe is so refreshing in the summer months with yogurt, grapes, and green apples, topped with almonds and lump crab meat. This cold cucumber soup recipe includes lots of other garnish topping ideas for you too!
    Course Soup
    Cuisine Lunch
    Keyword cold cucumber soup, cold soup, cucumber gazpacho recipe, cucumber soup, white gazpacho
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 15 minutes minutes
    Chill Time 2 hours hours
    Total Time 30 minutes minutes
    Servings 6
    Calories 253kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Chilled Soup Bowls

    Ingredients

    Soup Ingredients

    • 6 slices white bread  crusts removed/cut into pieces
    • 2 tablespoons olive oil  divide: 1 tablespoon for leeks, 1 tablespoon for the soup
    • 1 cup leeks  white and light-green parts only, thinly sliced
    • 2 whole English cucumbers peeled quartered and chopped
    • 8 green grapes
    • 1 small green apple cored and cut into chunks
    • ¼ cup sliced blanched almonds
    • 1 cup Greek yogurt  or sub creme fraiche
    • 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar
    • 1 ½ cups cold water  or more as needed
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt 
    • 1 pinch cayenne pepper just a tiny pinch!
    • ½ teaspoon minced garlic

    Garnishes For Cucumber Soup

    • ½ cup lump crab meat
    • ¼ cup sliced almonds
    • ¼ cup thinly sliced grapes
    • 1 tablespoon drizzle of olive oil try lemon olive oil!

    Instructions

    • Place your small serving bowls or small glasses to chill in the freezer, or prepare crushed ice to have ready before serving to add to your iced bowls.
    • Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Cook and stir leeks until soft, 10 to 15 minutes. Remove to a plate and allow to cool.
    • In a high-powered blender, food processor or immersion blender, place cooled leeks, cucumbers, grapes, green apples, almonds, Greek yogurt (or creme fraiche), white wine vinegar, water, salt, cayenne, minced garlic, and bread pieces, in the bowl and puree until smooth, about 1 minute. Strain through a fine mesh sieve. Cover and chill for 1 to 2 hours.
    • Serve garnished with smaller pieces of lump crab meat, sliced almonds, thinly sliced grapes, and a drizzle of lemon olive oil.
    • Store leftover soup in an airtight container in the refrigerator and eat in 4 days.

    Notes

    Serving Tips

    You can serve your soup in pre-chilled bowls you place in the fridge for a few hours, or use glass ice bowls that hold the soup in one bowl, with crushed ice in a bowl below.
    If you have them, use an icing bowl to serve your chilled soup! It really looks beautiful and keeps the soup nice and cool on a hot day. 
    Be sure to cover and chill your Cucumber Soup for 1 to 2 hours, and it tastes even better the next day.

    Optional Garnish Topping Ideas

    • Avocado Slices
    • Diced Tomato
    • Cooked Lobster Chunks
    • Diced Cucumbers
    • Buttery Parmesan Croutons
    • Lobster Chunks
    • Yogurt Drizzle
    • Crispy Bacon Pieces
    • Chopped Cooked Shrimp
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 6g | Calories: 253kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 8mg | Sodium: 405mg | Potassium: 275mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 261IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 131mg | Iron: 1mg

    Sour Cream Onion Dip

    [heart_this] · Aug 26, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A lady dipping a potato chip into onion dip.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:53 pm by Lisa

    Onion Dip aka California Dip or Sour Cream Dip is the easiest dip ever, with only 2 ingredients! Made in minutes, serve with a large bowl of your favorite potato chips and assorted fresh-cut veggies.

    This is a classic iconic American party food dip that has earned a respected place in many people's hearts with its savory onion flavor. Okay, this really isn't a recipe. But, people always ask how to make it, so here you go...

    By the way, this glass chip bowl set was from my parents, a wedding gift to them in 1960. I cherish it, and it takes me back to how we ate this back in the 70s in Southern California!

    Sour Cream Homemade Dip Recipe

    Our family loved this sour cream onion dip, and my Mom served it on many Super Bowl game days and parties. She always used Knudsen sour cream, because my Aunt was a Home Economics spokesperson for Knudsen in the 60s and 70s, and they make the very best sour cream in the Los Angeles area.

    Mom's favorite way to serve this onion chip dip was with pantry staples of a bag of Lay's potato chips and celery sticks. Simple, yet divine.

    • 1 package Lipton onion recipe soup and dip mix
    • 2 cups Knudsen sour cream (or brand of choice)

    Mix the sour cream and soup mix in a bowl, that's it! You can make it a day ahead, and then give it a stir before serving.

    Sour Cream: Use a full-fat sour cream or full fat homemade sour cream.

    Onion Soup Mix: Use a generic onion soup mix or one labeled French onion soup mix.

    California Dip History

    As the story goes, in 1954, two years after Lipton introduced its dry onion soup mix, a now-unknown housewife in Southern California stirred a dry soup packet into a pint of sour cream and made a ­savory creamy dip.

    Her ­recipe was reprinted in newspapers countless times, and by the end of the 1950s, this classic onion dip had become a house-party classic, perfectly suited for mid-20th-­century America’s new style of informal entertaining on the patio or in the family room.

    What favorite dippers go with sour cream onion dip?


    The most popular way to eat this dip is with plain potato chips or ruffled potato chips. Some other dippers to try are pita chips, bagel chips, carrot sticks, celery sticks, cut broccoli, cauliflower florets, sliced cucumbers, mini bell peppers, or jicama sticks.

    How do you eat sour cream onion dip?


    Homemade onion dip is often served at room temperature at parties and as a classic holiday party offering with potato chips. It has been described as an American classic. Try this easy dip recipe as a spread on hamburgers, sandwiches, tacos, or top a baked potato.

    More Dips For Parties

    These are my all time favorite easy recipes to serve for party dips. Good dips have fresh ingredients, and there are so many delicious dips to make for celebrations and holidays.

    • Cocktail or New Years Parties Have a few hot appetizers, they go first!
    • Game Days I have lots of recipes for Super Bowl and Football!
    • Holidays - Thanksgiving or Christmas Parties I always double this recipe.
    • Birthdays
    • Graduation Parties
    • Cinco de Mayo The jalapeno zing is so good in this melty hot dip.
    • Halloween Parties With cooler weather, it feeds a hungry crowd!

    Jalapeno Popper Dip is always a hit! Make this melty hot appetizer for parties with simple pantry ingredients and scoop up with large corn chips. This homemade French Onion Dip recipe is an easy appetizer with real fresh onions that are caramelized for a deep rich flavor. This party appetizer tastes even better if made ahead and garnished with fresh chives.

    Drizzle Avocado Salsa is often served on Mexican foods like tacos, burritos, taquitos, or served with tortilla chips. Many people call it Taco Sauce or Salsa de Aguacate.

    Make this easy Caramel Apple Dip that has crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved simple recipe and pot-luck holiday parties for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through Autumn apple season

    • A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.
      Jalapeno Popper Dip
    • Ruffled potato chips on a plate with homemade French onion dip.
      French Onion Dip
    • A wood bowl with green avocado salsa taco sauce and blue corn tortilla chips on the table.
      Avocado Salsa
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip

    For a spooky Halloween dip, make this Tombstone Halloween Dip. A spooky graveyard scene served with crackers loved by both kids and adults. Black pepper is the secret to the gravestone!

    Tomatillo Salsa is made in 20 minutes. A homemade dip like salsa is so good, and just 6 ingredients; chiles, onion, tomatillos, tomato, salt, and garlic. You can use Anaheim, Hatch, or Poblanos peppers with a Jalapeno in this recipe.

    Authentic Guacamole has a little bit of fresh lime juice, grated onion (one of my top original recipe secrets), chopped tomato, hot sauce, and spices. 

    Crudités with Green Goddess Dip is an easy appetizer. Serve veggie cups and a purple cabbage "bowl" for a unique relish tray with celery, cucumber, jicama, and carrots a fun way to serve a dip at your party!

    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A wood bowl with a lady scooping out homemade salsa with a tortilla chip.
      Tomatillo Salsa
    • A blue glass bowl filled with guacamole and a chip stuck inside with a bowl of tortilla chips.
      How To Make Guacamole
    • A cutting board with crudites and dip with bright colored vegetables cut into strips and sticks.
      Crudités With Dip

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A lady dipping a potato chip into onion dip.
    Print

    Sour Cream Onion Dip Recipe

    Onion Dip aka California or Sour Cream Dip is the easiest recipe ever, with only 2 ingredients! Made in minutes, serve with a large bowl of your favorite potato chips and assorted fresh-cut veggies. This is a classic iconic American party food dip that has earned a respected place in many people's hearts with its savory onion flavor.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword easy onion dip, French onion dip recipe, homemade onion dip, party dip, sour cream dip, sour cream onion dip
    Prep Time 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time 5 minutes minutes
    Servings 10
    Calories 91kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Ingredients

    • 1 package Lipton onion soup mix
    • 2 cups Knudsen sour cream (or brand of choice)
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • In large bowl, combine onion soup mix and sour cream. Stir to blend.
    • Cover and chill for at least 30 minutes before serving, but tastes better after a couple of hours. Serve with dippers like potato chips and cut veggies: celery, carrots, mini bell peppers, broccoli, cucumbers, and cauliflower.
    • Store leftover onion dip in a covered container, small bowl with plastic wrap, or an airtight container, and refrigerate and use in 3-4 days.

    Notes

    serve with:

    • potato chips -plain or ruffled
    • carrot sticks
    • celery sticks
    • cut broccoli
    • cauliflower florets
    • sliced cucumbers
    • mini bell peppers
    • jicama sticks

    make ahead:

    You can make this ahead a couple of days, I think it tastes even better! Just give it a stir right before serving. 

    Nutrition

    Calories: 91kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 27mg | Sodium: 22mg | Potassium: 58mg | Fiber: 0.01g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 287IU | Vitamin C: 0.4mg | Calcium: 47mg | Iron: 0.03mg

    Caramel Apple Dip

    [heart_this] · Aug 26, 2022 · 3 Comments

    Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:53 pm by Lisa

    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved recipe for potlucks, holiday parties, Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through the Autumn apple season.

    One of the most beautiful easy dessert recipes that will make every sweet tooth happy. Each bite of tart apples scooped into the sweetness of the dip will make you smile.

    Both kids and adults love this easy apple dip, it's a real crowd pleaser. It has the addictive flavor of caramel apples. The best part is, as people dig in for each bite, they will ask you how you made something so good...

    Homemade Caramel Apple Dip Recipe

    All these ingredients are easy to find in the grocery store, and this delicious caramel apple dip makes a great after school snack, or potluck appetizer everyone will rave about! Serve this creamy caramel dip with some hot caramel apple cider, the full recipe is below.

    • cream cheese room temperature
    • powder sugar
    • milk
    • vanilla extract
    • salted caramel sauce (Smucker's brand)
    • Heath bars
    • fresh lemon
    • Granny Smith Apples

    Heath Bars: are caramel candies in bars coated in melted chocolate. If you can't find this candy, try to use toffee bits and mini chocolate chips.

    Caramel Dip Recipe: you can make your own homemade caramel sauce or buy a really good quality one at the store!

    PRO MAKE AHEAD TIP: If serving next day, for best results keep the dip in the fridge in an airtight container or covered with plastic wrap. Pull out before the party, sprinkle the crushed candy bars over the top of the cream cheese mixture, and arrange the apple slices in a spiral pattern around the dipping bowl right before serving.

    How To Make Easy Caramel Apple Dip

    In a medium-size bowl, beat room temperature soft cream cheese with an electric hand mixer until very smooth about 3 minutes. Add the powder sugar, milk and vanilla, beat until well combined and a creamy perfect consistency.

    Use a good caramel sauce like a salted caramel sauce or make a really tasty homemade caramel sauce.

    In a small serving bowl, spread the dip mixture evenly, then drizzle 4 or so tablespoons of good caramel sauce on top of the cream cheese layer.

    Unwrap the Heath bars and chop them on a cutting board into a small pieces. Then sprinkle the chopped Heath bars on top.

    You can use Granny Smith green apples, or Honeycrisp apples! The best way to keep your apples from turning brown, is to squeeze a little lemon juice into a medium size bowl.

    Use an apple slicer, knife, or melon ball to scoop out the seeds. Slice apples into ½" apple slices. Toss the sliced apples in lemon juice to coat which keeps them white, and will stop the browning.

    PRO TIP: Squeeze the lemon juice in a medium-sized bowl and toss the apples to keep them white and pretty.

    I took this dip to a ladies' gathering the other night, and they went crazy for it...

    AND they cleaned every bit from the dish until the last bit was gone...it really is that good.

    And yes, I got a text for the recipe the next day!

    How To Serve Your Dip

    Place the dip bowl in the center of a round platter, and then arrange the cut fresh apple slices in a spiral around the dip.

    PRO TIP: Arrange the cut apple slices in a spiral around the dip. I used an inexpensive galvanized tray...

    Caramel Apple Dip FAQ

    Does creamy caramel apple dip need to be refrigerated?

    Yes, it has cream cheese and should be chilled until about an hour before serving.

    Can you make caramel dip ahead?

    Yes, make the dip ahead, and chop the toffee candy. Pull out a couple of hours before the party, sprinkle the cut the candy bars on top, and cut and arrange the apple slices right before your event.

    What are dessert dips?


    There are so many recipes for fun dessert dips. They use simple ingredients and are a sweet cremy dip mix usually with cream cheese and paired with dippers like cookies that are so fun for kids and parties. Try some caramel apple nachos, or mix up a smore dip with graham crackers as the dippers. Or try an oreo cookie dip studded with chocolate chips with ginger snaps, animal crackers, or vanilla wafers.

    Can you make your own homemade salted caramel sauce?


    With just four simple ingredients; sugar, butter, heavy cream, and salt you can create a thick caramel sauce using a candy thermometer at home!

    What kind of apples can you use in apple dip?


    You can use any color or kinds of apple for this recipe, I love the way the green apple slices look, but this would be great with red Honeycrisp apples. 

    More Apple Recipes

    When it's that time of year to go apple picking in local orchards or buy store-bought apples from your produce section, here are some of the most delicious treats to try!

    Bake an Apple Crisp dessert with a sweet crust, caramelized apples, and a streusel topping. Bake dessert and top with a big scoop of vanilla ice cream and caramel sauce then dig in!

    Dutch Apple Pie is a Fall favorite, also known as Apple Crumble baked with a homemade filling made with fresh apples, a golden-brown crust with a foolproof flaky crust, and a crumble topping on top of the pie.

    An easy Apple Pie Filling using crisp fresh apples and warm spices that can be made ahead is freezer-friendly, and such an easy recipe. And to prevent soggy bottom pie crusts, you need a really good filling. Get all the secrets to a thicker pie filling with the best apple flavor in every bite of this great recipe.

    Need a fast easy appetizer for Halloween or Thanksgiving? Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers come together in minutes, and they are always wildly popular at Fall parties! If you like caramel apples, then you will love this scrumptious combination with creamy brie, the crunch of macadamia nuts, and tart-sweet dried cranberries. It is addictive...

    • Apple Crisp in a red bowl with a silver spoon, ice cream, and drizzled with caramel sauce.
      Apple Crisp
    • A white pie dish with a slice of apple crumble pie, also known as a dutch apple pie with a crumbled topping and green apples in the background in a wood bowl.
      Dutch Apple Pie
    • A large jar filled with apple pie filling with a lid and bow.
      Apple Pie Recipe Filling
    • A white platter filled with apple brie skewers for Thanksgiving appetizers.
      Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
    Print

    Caramel Apple Dip Recipe

    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved recipe for potlucks, holiday parties, Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through the Autumn apple season.
    Course Appetizer
    Cuisine Dessert
    Keyword apple dip dessert, caramel apple dip, cream cheese apple dip dessert, dessert dip
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 72kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Hand Mixer
    • Melon Baller
    • Chef's Knife
    • Apple Corer Slicer

    Ingredients

    • 1 8 oz cream cheese room temperature
    • ½ cup powder sugar
    • 1 tablespoon milk
    • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 4-5 tablespoons salted caramel sauce (Smuckers brand)
    • 3 bars Heath candy bars
    • ¼ cup fresh lemon
    • 4 medium Granny Smith Apples

    Instructions

    • In a medium-size bowl, beat room temperature soft cream cheese with an electric hand mixer until very smooth about 3 minutes. Add the powder sugar, milk and vanilla, beat until well combined and a creamy perfect consistency.
    • In a small serving bowl, spread the dip mixture evenly, then drizzle 4 or so tablespoons of good caramel sauce on top of the cream cheese layer.
    • Unwrap the Heath bars and chop them on a cutting board into a small pieces. Then sprinkle the chopped Heath bars on top.
    • The best way to keep your apples from turning brown, is to squeeze a little lemon juice into a medium size bowl. Use an apple slicer or a knife or melon ball to scoop out the seeds, slice each apple into ½" apple slices. Toss the sliced apples in lemon juice to coat which keeps them white, and will stop the browning.
    • Place the dip bowl in the center of a round platter, and then arrange the cut apple slices in a spiral around the dip.
    • MAKE AHEAD TIP: If serving next day, for best results keep the dip in the fridge in an airtight container or covered with plastic wrap. Pull out before the party, sprinkle the crushed candy bars over the top of the cream cheese mixture, and arrange the apple slices in a spiral pattern around the dipping bowl right before serving.

    Notes

    apples

    You can use any color or kind of apple for this recipe, I love the way the green apple slices look, but this would be great with red Honeycrisp apples. 

    lemon

    Squeezing the lemon juice in a medium bowl keeps your apples from turning brown as you slice and toss them in the lemon juice. 
     
     
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 72kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 1mg | Sodium: 26mg | Potassium: 77mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 39IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 10mg | Iron: 1mg

    Jalapeno Popper Dip

    [heart_this] · Aug 26, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.

    Last Updated February 27th, 2024 at 05:55 pm by Lisa

    Jalapeno Popper Dip is always a hit! Make this melty hot appetizer for parties with simple pantry ingredients and scoop up with large corn chips.

    Watch it disappear right before your eyes. Double this recipe for large groups, it goes fast! Everyone loves this addictive dip recipe, kids and adults all rave.

    It's so easy, and all the ingredients combine into utter flavor deliciousness! This dip has blown many diets. Any crunchy wide thick corn chip will work to deliver every delicious bite of this creamy spicy dip...

    Scooping out a bite of hot dip from a white dish of freshly baked jalapeno popper dip.

    PRO TIP: This is one of those recipes you love because it can be made ahead and baked right before guests arrive.

    A white casserole dish with jalapeno popper dip garnished with 3 green jalapenos and large corn chips.

    Jalapeño Popper Dip Recipe

    You can keep all the ingredients on hand, and it whips together in 10 minutes.

    The first time I had this dip was at a party many years ago. My long-time gal pal Jill brought a dish of it and said it was easy and very yummy. And oh yes, she is right, I have made it many times for many years...

    • 8 ounce cream cheese softened
    • 1 cup mayonnaise
    • 7 oz chopped mild green chiles drained
    • 4 oz diced mild jalapeno peppers
    • 1 cup grated Parmesan cheese (divided)
    • ½ cup Panko bread crumbs
    • Fritos Scoops large corn chips, tortilla chips, assorted crackers like ritz crackers, or celery sticks

    Jalapenos: You can use fresh jalapenos, just dice them super fine and taste a piece to make sure they are not too hot!

    Cream Cheese: Full fat cream cheese is what I have always used for this recipe, and not sure about using a low fat version.

    Ingredients labeled to make Jalapeno Popper Dip appetizer.

    How To Make Jalapeno Popper Dip

    Step 1: In a stand mixer, with a hand mixer, or by hand in a large bowl, mix room temperature soft cream cheese and mayo until smooth.

    Step 2: Add canned chopped green chilis, chopped mild jalapenos, and ½ cup grated parmesan cheese into the cream cheese mixture.

    Step 3: Mix really well using a hand mixer or spatula.

    Step 4: Grab a small oven safe baking dish. Pour the mixture into the dish.

    Step 5: Mix ½ cup Panko and ½ cup parmesan together, and sprinkle on top of the cream cheese mixture.

    Step 6: Bake 375 degrees Fahrenheit for 40 minutes. Serve hot out of the oven with Fritos Scoops-large corn chips, tortilla chips, or assorted crackers.

    A large corn chip stuck into jalapeno popper dip.

    PRO TIP: For a large crowd of more than 12 people, I would double this recipe and bring a couple of bags of large corn or tortilla chips!

    Looking down on golden brown baked hot jalapeno popper dip.

    More Dips For Parties

    These are my favorite easy recipes to serve at parties like ...

    • Cocktail or New Years Parties Have a few hot appetizers, they go first!
    • Game Days I have lots of recipes for Super Bowl and Football!
    • Holidays - Thanksgiving or Christmas Parties I always double this recipe.
    • Birthdays
    • Graduation Parties
    • Cinco de Mayo The jalapeno zing is so good in this melty hot dip.
    • Halloween Parties With cooler weather, it feeds a hungry crowd!

    Onion Dip aka California Dip or Sour Cream Dip is the easiest dip ever, with only 2 ingredients! Made in minutes, serve with your favorite potato chips and assorted fresh-cut veggies. French Onion Dip is an easy appetizer with caramelized onions and fresh ingredients. This party appetizer tastes even better if made ahead!

    Drizzle Avocado Salsa is often served on Mexican foods like tacos, burritos, taquitos, or served with tortilla chips as a dip. Many people call it Taco Sauce or Salsa de Aguacate.

    Make this easy Caramel Apple Dip that has crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved recipe and pot-luck holiday parties for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through Autumn apple season

    • Ruffled potato chips on a plate with homemade French onion dip.
      French Onion Dip
    • A wood bowl with green avocado salsa taco sauce and blue corn tortilla chips on the table.
      Avocado Salsa
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip

    For a spooky Halloween dip, make this Tombstone Halloween Dip. A spooky graveyard scene served with crackers loved by both kids and adults.

    Tomatillo Salsa is made in 20 minutes. Homemade salsa is so good, and has 6 ingredients; chiles, onion, tomatillos, tomato, salt, and garlic. You can use Anaheim, Hatch, or Poblanos peppers with a Jalapeno in this recipe.

    Authentic Guacamole has fresh lime juice, grated onion (one of my top secrets), chopped tomato, hot sauce, and spices. 

    Crudités with Green Goddess Dip is an easy appetizer. Serve veggie cups and a purple cabbage "bowl" for a unique relish tray with celery, cucumber, jicama, and carrots a fun way to serve a dip at your party!

    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A wood bowl with a lady scooping out homemade salsa with a tortilla chip.
      Tomatillo Salsa
    • A blue glass bowl filled with guacamole and a chip stuck inside with a bowl of tortilla chips.
      How To Make Guacamole
    • A cutting board with crudites and dip with bright colored vegetables cut into strips and sticks.
      Crudités With Dip

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.
    Print

    Jalapeno Popper Dip Recipe

    Jalapeno Popper Dip is always a hit! Make this melty hot appetizer for parties with simple pantry ingredients and scoop up with large corn chips. Double this recipe for large groups, it goes fast! It's so easy, and all the ingredients combine into utter flavor deliciousness!
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword dips for parties, jalapeno popper dip, jalapeno popper dip recipe, party dips, popper dip recipe
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 40 minutes minutes
    Total Time 50 minutes minutes
    Servings 10
    Calories 293kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Large Casserole Dish

    Ingredients

    • 8 oz cream cheese softened
    • 1 cup mayonnaise
    • 7 oz chopped mild green chilies drained
    • 4 oz diced mild jalapeno peppers
    • 1 cup grated Parmesan cheese divided
    • ½ cup Panko breadcrumbs
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • In a stand mixer, or with hand mixer or by hand in a large bowl, mix cream cheese and mayo until smooth.
    • Stir in chopped green chilis, chopped jalapeno, and ½ cup grated parmesan into the cream cheese mixture.
    • Pour into a small oven safe baking dish and spread evenly.
    • Mix ½ cup Panko and ½ cup parmesan together, and sprinkle on top of the dish.
    • Bake 375 degrees farenheit for 40 minutes.
    • Serve hot out of the oven with Fritos Scoops-large corn chips, tortilla chips or assorted crackers.

    Video

    Notes

    make ahead tip

    You can make this dip ahead, and cover it with plastic wrap. Bring up to room temperature for about 30 minutes then bake at 375 for 40 minutes. 

    serving

    This dip is the best hot right out of the oven! For a large crowd of more than 12 people, I would double this recipe and bring a couple of bags of corn or tortilla chips.

    jalapenos

     You can use fresh jalapenos, just dice them super fine and taste a piece to make sure they are not too hot!

    cream cheese

     Full fat cream cheese is what I have always used for this recipe, and not sure about using a low fat version.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 10g | Calories: 293kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 28g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 43mg | Sodium: 456mg | Potassium: 82mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 528IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 142mg | Iron: 1mg

    Breakfast Egg Muffins

    [heart_this] · Aug 25, 2022 · 1 Comment

    Small round breakfast egg muffins stacked on a white cake plate for a brunch or breakfast filled with different flavors.

    Last Updated December 28th, 2022 at 09:31 am by Lisa

    Breakfast food can be so incredibly easy with Egg Muffins! They can be made just the way you want them in a muffin pan with cooked breakfast meats like smoked ham, bacon, or crumbled sausage. Or fill them with a diced confetti of vegetables and top them with different herbs and cheeses.

    There are five egg muffins recipes for you to try, and it's so simple to make individual muffins for everyone in your family for weekday breakfast.

    Whip up a big batch of these breakfast muffins so that on busy mornings you can grab a couple and off you go! For brunch parties or holidays, serve with some fresh fruit salad, and pastries and the party is on...

    Egg Muffin Recipes ~ 5 Flavors!

    Egg Mixture

    Make the base recipe for the eggs any way you prefer, and the best part is this is a flexible recipe for parties and celebrations when you need to feed a lot of people. You can use regular whole eggs, egg whites, or an egg substitute. The heavy cream adds fluffiness and the seasonings add great flavor!

    This recipe makes 24 egg muffins.

    • 12 large eggs, 32 oz Egg Beaters, or Egg Whites 32 ounces
    • ½ cup heavy cream
    • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
    • 1 tablespoon dried parsley
    • 1 teaspoon garlic salt (or garlic powder)
    • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
    • 1 tablespoon finely chopped chives
    1. In a large bowl, whisk eggs to get them fluffy, and add heavy cream, Worcestershire sauce, dried parsley, fresh chives, garlic salt, and pepper.
    2. Preheat the oven to 375 degrees. Spray 2 muffin tins well with coconut oil nonstick spray or cooking spray. This recipe makes 24 egg muffins. You can make one pan vegetarian and the other one with meats.
    3. Pour egg mixture into each cup within ½” of the top of each greased muffin tin. Then add your flavor toppings!

    Smoked Ham and Swiss Cheese

    • ½ cup cooked smoked ham
    • ½ cup shredded swiss cheese

    Check out my different ham recipes: One is for a Twice Smoked Spiral Cut Ham made just like a famous smokehouse topped with an amazing orange honey glaze with apple cider! And the other is a Kahlua Pineapple Glazed Ham that has a tropical spin on a classic spiral ham dinner.

    • A double smoked ham on a outdoor smoker ready to eat.
      Double Smoked Ham With Orange Honey Glaze
    • A spiral baked ham on white platter with wedges of pineapple and sliced oranges.
      Kahlua Pineapple Glazed Ham

    Sausage Egg Muffins Recipe

    • ½ cup cooked sausage (mild or hot Italian ground breakfast sausage)
    • ½ cup shredded pepper jack cheese

    Veggie Garden Herb

    • ¼ cup chopped mushrooms
    • ¼ cup diced green, yellow, or red bell pepper
    • 1 tablespoon chopped fresh herbs - baby spinach, thyme, or parsley
    • ¼ cup cherry tomatoes
    • ¼ cup grated Swiss cheese

    Crispy Bacon & Brie Cheese

    • ½ cup cooked crumbled bacon
    • ½ cup diced brie cheese

    Tomato Basil Pizza

    • ¼ cup chopped fresh basil
    • ¼ cup mini pepperoni
    • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
    • ¼ cup cherry tomatoes
    • ¼ cup Swiss or pepper jack cheese

    5 Egg Muffin Flavors

    • SAUSAGE AND PEPPER JACK CHEESE: Cook ground sausage until brown and crumbled in a skillet over medium heat with a wooden spoon. Add cooked crumbed sausage and then grated pepper jack cheese on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • BACON AND BRIE: Cook bacon until crispy in the microwave, skillet, or in a cast iron pan. Add cooked crumbled bacon and brie on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • GARDEN HERB AND VEGGIES: Dice all the vegetables you are using in your egg cuts like bell pepper, mushrooms, green onions, cherry tomatoes, and add chopped vegetables and cheeses on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • SMOKED HAM AND SWISS CHEESE: Cut smoked ham into cubes and grate swiss cheese. Add ham cubes on top of the egg mixture in the cups, then top with grated Swiss cheese.
    • TOMATO BASIL PIZZA: Cut ripe cherry tomatoes into small pieces. Add mini pepperonis, chopped tomato, and fresh basil leaves, and sprinkle with Italian seasoning on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • BAKE 22-25 minutes at 375 degrees until set and golden brown. Enjoy warm with hot sauce or salsa.

    PRO TIP: Freeze on paper plates in zip top freezer bags. Reheating is easy in the microwave for 1 minute. Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days or frozen and reheat in the microwave when ready to serve. 

    Breakfast Muffin Top Tips

    • For kids, make some cheese muffins and put them in between toasted English muffins, with turkey sausage patties for a sausage egg muffin recipe that everyone will love. Wrap them in parchment paper for a sandwich to go for the most important meal of the day.
    • You can make healthy breakfast egg muffins that are low carb, keto, clean, and with just veggies, or add breakfast meats like bacon and sausage. And there are so many different ways to make this meal prep quick breakfast recipe for people's diet preferences!
    • Next time you have a lot of eggs that might go bad, this is a great way to use them up!
    • The heavy cream makes them light and super fluffy! Regular whole eggs, egg whites, and egg beaters all are great in these mini frittatas.

    PRO TIP: To prep ahead of brunch parties, mix the egg mixture and leave it covered in the fridge in a bowl covered with plastic wrap. Pre chop and prep all your ingredients, and keep those in airtight containers in the fridge. Then just pour the egg mixture into the muffin pans and add your cooked bacon, sausage, cheeses, and veggies, and bake!

    What to serve with egg muffins?

    Make a breakfast sandwich with English muffins, crisp bacon, Candian bacon, and a slice of cheese. Toast the English muffins in a toaster oven for 1-2 minutes, and stack the sandwiches together!

    Or serve egg muffins on a plate with patties of turkey sausage, sausage links, oven-baked hash browns, or pancake muffins with a big bowl of fresh fruit or pastries for a brunch party!

    Flavor Swaps, Variations & Additions

    • Different Vegetables: Try some finely diced onions, green onions, red peppers like Tuscan peppers or sweet Italian peppers, fresh spinach, cherry tomatoes, or zucchini in your egg muffin cups.
    • Herbs: Slice some basil ribbons, thyme, or sage and add those into your egg bites.
    • Cheeses & Cream: Use Colby jack, goat cheese, feta cheese, or cheddar cheese. Or try Greek yogurt in place of heavy cream, it works great!
    • Seasonings: In place of garlic salt, swap in either garlic powder or onion powder. If you like it spicier, add some red pepper flakes! Or you can add a dry mustard powder in place of Dijon mustard.
    • Meats: Sausage crumbles that are precooked are great in sausage egg cups. You can use any ground pork sausage or chicken sausage in sausage muffins. Just cook the meat first.

    More Easy Breakfast Recipes

    Crispy Oven Hash Browns are baked in muffin tins using frozen or real potatoes. This is the best way to make perfect hash browns without spending time at the stove, and this is an easy recipe for the holidays.

    Tater Tot Casserole is an easy breakfast recipe that takes 15 minutes to prep and bakes golden brown in just 50 minutes. This breakfast casserole is perfect for lazy weekends, holidays, or brunch. Just grab the simple ingredients at the grocery store and put this great recipe together.

    Hand dip Pancake Muffins into warm syrup for a fast breakfast recipe or brunch party idea. The fun part is to top them with blueberries, raspberries, mini chocolate chips, and more and these go great with breakfast egg cups for brunch parties.

    Make scrumptious Brie and Bacon Mini Quiches in muffin tins or small pie dishes, and serve these easy-to-make bacon quiches for brunch or breakfast.

    • Three golden crispy edged hash browns baked in a muffin tin on cutting board.
      Oven Baked Hash Browns
    • A vintage silver serving spoon taking out a piece of tater tot casserole just baked.
      Tater Tot Breakfast Casserole
    • Baked pancake muffins in a tin topped with blueberries, mini chocolate chips, and raspberries.
      Pancake Muffins
    • A vintage wire rack with four baked brie and bacon mini quiche.
      Brie and Bacon Mini Quiche

    Steamed Hard-Boiled Eggs cook perfectly every time with no green ring in this simple egg recipe! So easy to peel, that the eggshells miraculously slip right off. This is one of the best new recipes to make eggs the right way!

    Homemade Granola made with fresh quality simple ingredients is the perfect breakfast cereal and is great in Yogurt Parfaits, granola bars, cookies, and more.

    This Green Smoothie recipe is full of fresh nutritious ingredients to hydrate and nourish you for a healthy breakfast recipe or snack.

    Craving healthy food? Try my Avocado Toast with artisan whole grain bread, creamy avocado, mini sweet heirloom tomatoes, a drizzle of lemon-infused of little olive oil, sriracha salt, crushed hemp heart seeds, and microgreens to make a healthy breakfast or snack.

    • 6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.
      Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs
    • A handmade ceramic bowl filled with yogurt and topped with granola, raspberries, and black berries.
      Homemade Granola
    • Two glasses of a green smoothie recipe garnished with grapefruit slices and straws.
      Green Smoothie Recipe
    • A close up photo of a slice of avocado toast topped with small heirloom tomatoes and microgreens.
      Avocado Toast

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Small round breakfast egg muffins stacked on a white cake plate for a brunch or breakfast filled with different flavors.
    Print

    Breakfast Egg Muffins (5 Flavors)

    Breakfast food can be so incredibly easy with Egg Muffins! They can be made just the way you want them in a muffin pan with cooked breakfast meats like smoked ham, bacon, or crumbled sausage. Or fill them with a diced confetti of vegetables and top them with different herbs and cheeses. There are five egg muffins recipes for you to try, and it's so simple to make individual muffins for everyone in your family for weekday breakfast.
    Course Breakfast & Brunch
    Cuisine Breakfast or Brunch
    Keyword breakfast cups, breakfast egg cups, egg cups, egg muffin recipes, egg muffins, mini frittatas, sausage egg muffins
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 40 minutes minutes
    Servings 24
    Calories 125kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Silicone Muffin Pans
    • Chef Knife
    • Wire Whisk

    Ingredients

    Scrambled Egg Mixture

    • 12 eggs whole-eggs, egg whites, or egg beaters
    • ½ cup heavy cream
    • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
    • 1 tablespoon dried parsley
    • 1 teaspoon garlic salt
    • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
    • 1 tablespoon fresh chives

    Sausage and Pepper Jack Cheese

    • ½ cup cooked breakfast sausage
    • ½ cup pepper jack cheese

    Bacon and Brie

    • 12 bacon slices
    • ½ brie cheese

    Garden Herb and Veggies

    • ¼ bell pepper red, orange, yellow finely chopped
    • ¼ mushrooms
    • ¼ cup cherry tomatoes
    • ¼ assorted grated cheeses parmesan, cheddar, asiago, Montery jack
    • 1 teaspoon kosher sea salt

    Smoked Ham and Swiss Cheese

    • ½ cup smoked ham
    • ½ cup Swiss cheese

    Tomato Basil Pizza

    • ¼ cup chopped fresh basil
    • ¼ cup mini pepperoni
    • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
    • ¼ cup cherry tomatoes
    • ¼ cup Swiss or pepper jack grated cheese

    Instructions

    Egg Mixture

    • In a large bowl, whisk eggs to get them fluffy, and add heavy cream, Worcestershire sauce, dried parsley, fresh chives, garlic salt, and pepper.
    • Preheat the oven to 375 degrees. Spray 2 muffin tins well with coconut oil nonstick spray or cooking spray. This recipe makes 24 egg muffins. You can make one pan vegetarian, and the other one with meats.
    • Pour egg mixture into each cup within ½” of the top of each greased muffin tin. Then add your flavor toppings!

    5 Egg Muffin Flavors

    • SAUSAGE AND PEPPER JACK CHEESE: Cook ground sausage until brown and crumbled in a skillet over medium heat with a wooden spoon. Add cooked crumbed sausage with grated pepper jack cheese on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • BACON AND BRIE: Cook bacon until crispy in the microwave, skillet, or in a cast iron pan. Add cooked crumbled bacon and brie on top of the egg mixture in the cups.⅛
    • GARDEN HERB AND VEGGIES: Dice all the vegetables you are using in your egg cuts like bell pepper, mushrooms, and add chopped vegetables and cheese on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • SMOKED HAM AND SWISS CHEESE: Cut smoked ham into cubes and grate swiss cheese. Add ham cubes on top of the egg mixture in the cups, then top with grated Swiss cheese.
    • TOMATO BASIL PIZZA: Cut ripe cherry tomatoes into small pieces. Add mini pepperonis, chopped tomato, fresh basil ribbons, and sprinkle with Italian seasoning on top of the egg mixture in the cups.
    • Bake 22-25 minutes at 375 degrees until set and golden brown. Enjoy warm with hot sauce or salsa.

    Video

    Notes

    freezer tips

    Freeze on paper plates in zip top freezer bags. Reheating is easy in the microwave for 1 minute. Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days or frozen and reheat in the microwave when ready to serve.
     

    make ahead tips

    To prep ahead of brunch parties, mix the egg mixture and leave it covered in the fridge in a bowl covered with plastic wrap. Pre chop and prep all your ingredients, and keep those in airtight containers in the fridge. Then just pour the egg mixture into the muffin pans and add your cooked bacon, sausage, cheeses, and veggies, and bake!
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 2g | Calories: 125kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.04g | Cholesterol: 106mg | Sodium: 439mg | Potassium: 107mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 0.5g | Vitamin A: 346IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 78mg | Iron: 1mg

    BBQ Potato Salad

    [heart_this] · Aug 24, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A large white bowl of BBQ potato salad garnished with cheddar cheese, bacon, and green onions on a red and white check gingham cloth.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:53 pm by Lisa

    A BBQ Potato Salad recipe with yummy flavors from your favorite bbq sauce, crumbled bacon, buttermilk ranch, crunchy celery, and cheddar cheese. Made with secret ingredients in place of mayo, this super creamy potato salad is inspired by one of America's favorite recipes, a loaded baked potato!

    A great recipe that uses any kind of potatoes, and is a fresh new twist on a classic. Mix up a double batch, and watch people gobble it up at your next cookout...

    A large white bowl of BBQ potato salad garnished with cheddar cheese, bacon, and green onions on a red and white check gingham cloth.

    Barbeque Potato Salad Recipe

    This cookout simple side dish comes together so fast for home cooks and is the perfect potato salad to make a day ahead, it tastes even better!

    • 4 pounds Russet potatoes 6-8 medium potatoes
    • ½ cup BBQ sauce (your favorite brand)
    • ½ cup sour cream
    • ½ cup ranch dressing
    • 2 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce
    • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • 1 teaspoon smoked paprika (not hot)
    • 4 whole green onions sliced thin
    • 1 cup crumbled bacon 10 strips of bacon
    • 4 ribs celery diced
    • 1 cup grated cheddar cheese

    How To Make BBQ Potato Salad

    1. Wash the potatoes, and cut potatoes into 1" pieces leaving the skin on. Put a large pot on the stove, and place potatoes in the pot, pour cold water to cover the potatoes. Sprinkle about a teaspoon of table salt in the pot. Salted water helps to season the potatoes in the boiling water.
    2. Boil potatoes at a rolling boil for about 20 minutes over high heat until fork tender. Drain and place the hot potatoes into a large bowl. Your boiling time can vary, depending on the size of your potato pieces, the amount of water in the pot, and the heat level. Large chunks of potato will take longer to cook. Also, be sure to remove the potatoes from the hot water as soon as they are cooked, or they can get too soft.
    3. While the potatoes are boiling, mix the sauce. In a medium bowl, mix BBQ sauce, sour cream, ranch dressing, Worcestershire sauce, red wine vinegar, black pepper, garlic powder, and smoked paprika.
    4. Toss the sauce in with the cooked potatoes, then add the chopped green onions, diced celery, crumbled bacon, and grated cheddar cheese.
    5. Keep leftovers refrigerated, and it tastes even better the next day!

    Homemade Potato Salad Best Results FAQ

    How long to cook potatoes for potato salad?


    Did you know there are three ways to cook potatoes and no one right way? Whether your favorite potato salad recipe is a traditional potato salad recipe or a Southern potato salad, mix it up and bake, boil, or grill your potatoes!

    Boiling Potatoes: takes about 20 minutes, assuming the potato pieces are cut small, about 1 inch. A lot of people prefer this classic way to cook potatoes this way.
    Baking Potatoes: use a greased baking sheet and roast your cut potatoes for your recipe. This is one of the best ways to get a lot of flavor into the potatoes without overcooking them in water. Cut and toss in olive oil, and bake at 425 degrees for 35 minutes until fork tender.
    Grilling Potatoes: Set a grill tray over your grill grate and spray it well with cooking spray, then set your cut potatoes on the grill which adds amazing flavor, and grill for about 25 minutes until fork tender. This might become your new favorite way!

    What are the best potatoes for potato salad?

    The simple answer is any type of potato work for potato salads.
    If you choose starchy potatoes they break down more easily when cooked. Large potatoes like Russet, Idaho potatoes (any potatoes grown in Idaho), and Yukon gold potatoes have a high-starch content, and the starch granules swell as they boil for a fluffier creamy salad.

    In contrast, waxy potatoes hold their shape when cooked and are the better choice when you want the potatoes to hold up and be a little firm. Look for these waxy potatoes like New Potatoes, French fingerling, Red Bliss, baby potatoes, creamers, Red Adirondack, and Russian Banana.

    -Red bliss are perfect for red potato salad recipes!
    -French fingerling potatoes are great to grill and make it fancier!
    -White potatoes come in round white and long white whole potatoes.

    Flavorful Additions & Mix-Ins

    A classic potato salad recipe is one of the most popular bbq side dish recipes to have with sizzling grilled hot dogs and juicy burgers. Here are some great ways to customize this delicious recipe!

    • spice it up - add some celery seed, a sprinkle of kosher salt, or celery salt
    • make it tangy - add some lemon juice, apple cider vinegar, white vinegar, yellow mustard, or Dijon mustard
    • fresh herbs - chopped parsley, thyme, or fresh dill
    • creamy dressing additions - miracle whip, Greek yogurt, or homemade mayonnaise
    • crunchier additions - chopped dill pickles - try my quick pickle recipe, chopped sweet pickles, or sweet pickle relish. Or add some chopped pickled red onion - ready in 20 minutes!
    • make it heartier, and add some chopped hard-boiled eggs - fast 12-minute steamed eggs!
    • A person pulling a dill pickle chip out of a clear glass canning jar of homemade pickles.
      Refrigerator Dill Pickles
    • 6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.
      Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs
    • Mexican pickled red onions in a clamp jar and white bowl with chiles and limes on a colorful striped cloth.
      Mexican Pickled Red Onions
    Up close of a white bowl filled with BBQ Potato Salad and large silver serving utensils stuck in the salad.

    More Cookout Side Dishes

    For cookout season, take a look at my collection of 30+ Cookout Side Dish Recipes that will inspire you. Create the yummiest food for family gatherings, summer picnics, outdoor cookouts, backyard barbecues, or church potlucks. Also, take a look at my entire 60+ Cookout Menu ideas full of absolutely everything you will need with party planning checklists and more!

    30+ Cookout Sides - BBQ Potato Salad
    These are the best side dishes to make during cookout season! This ultimate list has 30+ Cookout Side Dish Recipes that will inspire you to create the yummiest food for family gatherings, summer picnics, outdoor cookouts, backyard barbecues, or church potlucks.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A collage of many colorful side dishes to make during cookout season including potluck salads, baked beans, fruit salad, summer desserts and more.

    Creamy Bacon Potato Salad is one of the best BBQ side dishes. Loaded with crispy bacon and blue cheese. The best potato salad recipe for summer cookouts and potlucks. This is one of the best picnic food ideas because it has no eggs or mayo.

    Cowboy Baked Beans have crispy applewood smoked bacon and hamburger cooked in a slow cooker or in the oven with a little brown sugar and other delicious ingredients. This perfect side dish recipe is one of the best cookout sides to make ahead for a large hungry crowd or for your next family dinner.

    Put this easy 7 Layer Salad Recipe together up to a day ahead, it has fresh tomatoes, boiled eggs, and veggies. Make it the night before, and have it ready to go to your party chilling with the dressing on top.

    The BEST creamy summer sides, this Macaroni Salad recipe has chopped eggs, creamy mayo, pickles, and pickle juice! A favorite old-fashioned beloved recipe that some people eat as their main course it's that good. 

    • A small white bowl filled with bacon potato salad garnished with crispy bacon.
      Bacon Potato Salad
    • A large white spoon scooping a serving of cowboy baked beans out of a casserole dish.
      Cowboy Beans
    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • Looking down on a white plate filled with macaroni salad and a silver fork.
      Classic Macaroni Salad Recipe

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A large white bowl of BBQ potato salad garnished with cheddar cheese, bacon, and green onions on a red and white check gingham cloth.
    Print

    BBQ Potato Salad Recipe

    A BBQ Potato Salad recipe with yummy flavors from your favorite bbq sauce, crumbled bacon, buttermilk ranch, crunchy celery, and cheddar cheese. Made with secret ingredients in place of mayo, this super creamy potato salad is inspired by one of America's favorite recipes, a loaded baked potato! A great recipe that uses any kind of potatoes, and is a fresh new twist on a classic. Mix up a double batch, and watch people gobble it up at your next cookout.
    Course Salads & Dressing
    Cuisine Salad
    Keyword barbeque potato salad, bbq potato salad, cookout side dish, cookout side salad
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 30 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 328kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Fine-Mesh Strainer
    • Box Grater
    • Chef Knife

    Ingredients

    • 4 pounds Russet potatoes 6 medium potatoes
    • ½ cup BBQ sauce your favorite brand
    • ½ cup sour cream
    • ½ cup ranch dressing
    • 2 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce
    • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • 1 teaspoon smoked paprika not hot
    • 4 whole green onions sliced thin
    • 1 cup crumbled bacon 10 strips bacon
    • 4 ribs celery diced
    • 1 cup grated cheddar cheese

    Instructions

    • Wash the potatoes, and cut potatoes into 1" pieces leaving the skin on. Put a large pot on the stove, and place potatoes in the pot, pour cold water to cover the potatoes. Sprinkle about a teaspoon of table salt in the pot. Salted water helps to season the potatoes in the boiling water.
    • Boil potatoes at a rolling boil for about 20 minutes over high heat until fork tender. Drain and place the hot potatoes into a large bowl. Your boiling time can vary, depending on the size of your potato pieces, the amount of water in the pot, and the heat level. Large chunks of potato will take longer to cook. Also, be sure to remove the potatoes from the hot water as soon as they are cooked, or they can get too soft.
    • While the potatoes are boiling, mix the sauce. In a medium bowl, mix BBQ sauce, sour cream, ranch dressing, Worcestershire sauce, red wine vinegar, black pepper, garlic powder, and smoked paprika.
    • Toss the sauce in with the cooked warm potatoes, then add the chopped green onions, diced celery, crumbled bacon, and grated cheddar cheese.
    • Keep leftover potato salad refrigerated, and it tastes even better the next day!

    Video

    Notes

    Flavorful Additions & Mix-Ins

    A classic potato salad recipe is one of the most popular bbq side dish recipes to have with sizzling grilled hot dogs and juicy burgers. Here are some great ways to customize this delicious recipe!

    • spice it up - add some celery seed, a sprinkle of kosher salt, or celery salt
    • make it tangy - add some lemon juice, apple cider vinegar, white vinegar, yellow mustard, or Dijon mustard
    • fresh herbs - chopped parsley, thyme, or fresh dill
    • creamy dressing additions - miracle whip, Greek yogurt, or homemade mayonnaise
    • crunchier additions - chopped dill pickles - try my quick pickle recipe, chopped sweet pickles, or sweet pickle relish. Or add some chopped pickled red onion - ready in 20 minutes!
    • make it heartier, and add some chopped hard-boiled eggs - fast 12-minute steamed eggs!

     

     

    how to keep cookout sides cold?

    Buy platters that stay chilled for up to two hours, they also can be heated in the winter for parties and holiday celebrations!
    Pack up leftovers for guests to take with them, and keep chilled until people head home.

    what are the best ways to keep food safe at cookouts?

    If serving outside, plan out to keep food protected from flying insects with food tents, and chill salads especially if they have meat, eggs, or mayonnaise. Keep dishes out of the direct sun if possible. For outdoor parties, make sure to get food back in the fridge after about an hour on hot days to keep it safe.
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 328kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 31mg | Sodium: 454mg | Potassium: 769mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 324IU | Vitamin C: 10mg | Calcium: 111mg | Iron: 2mg

    Apple Pie Recipe Filling

    [heart_this] · Aug 24, 2022 · 38 Comments

    A large jar filled with apple pie filling with a lid and bow.

    Last Updated January 4th, 2026 at 09:30 am by Lisa

    An easy Apple Pie Recipe Filling using crisp fresh apples and warm spices that is make ahead and freezer-friendly. A Classic apple pie recipe is one of the most popular American dishes of all time.

    To prevent soggy bottom pie crusts, you need a good filling to bake up the best apple pie recipes and apple desserts. Get all my secrets that work every time with rich apple flavor in every bite...

    How To Make Apple Pie Recipe Filling

    Are you ready to make the most delicious desserts you've ever tasted? And be sure to make extra so you can freeze it for later. I'll tell you how to do that too! There is a full recipe video in the printable recipe card below.

    Pie Filling Ingredients

    • 6 large Granny Smith apples
    • 3 tablespoons butter
    • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
    • ½ cup granulated sugar
    • ½ cup brown sugar
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
    • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg

    Prepare The Apples And Thickener

    1. Wash the apples, peel, core, and cut into ½ pieces in a large bowl with lemon juice. You can use a Chef's Knife with a good quality Non-Slip Cutting Board, an old fashioned apple peeler corer slicer, or Apple Corer/Slicer as well, you will get thinner slices and have to cook the filling less time at medium heat or they might overcook.
    2. Squeeze ¼ cup fresh lemon juice using a Lemon Lime Juicer, and whisk in 1 tablespoon cornstarch. Set aside. This is your amazing magical thickener.

    Cooking The Filling Instructions

    1. In a large skillet, cast iron pan, or large pot, melt 3 tablespoons butter and cook the cut apples for about 5 minutes
    2. Pour the lemon juice and cornstarch mixture (a thickener) over the cut pieces and stir until well combined for a couple of minutes.
    3. Add the brown and white sugar over the cut apples, and just one teaspoons salt. Stir until well combined.
    4. Remove from the heat and add the teaspoon cinnamon and ¼ teaspoon of nutmeg off the heat. The reason you do this is to keep the flavor of the spices!
    5. Let the mixture cool completely so it thickens. Once the filling is cool, use it in a recipe, store it in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days in a Mason jar, or freeze it in zip-top bags.

    Top Apple Filling Tips

    Once you know the secrets I am about to share with you, you will make your own filling again and again and skip that canned apple pie filling in the stores!

    • One challenge of fruit pies is the filling can ruin the crust. When you bake with an uncooked filling, it releases the apple juice into your crust. And that is why the crust never bakes and gets soggy. So the best way to prevent this issue is to make your apple mixture filling ahead and not bake with raw apples!
    • By pre-cooking the filling, and freezing it, you can bake desserts quickly anytime, and it is a better way to cook.
    • The taste of homemade pie filling is amazing, you can control the warm spices, levels of salt, cinnamon, and nutmeg if you like more/less/none.
    • You can pull back on the sweetness with less sugar, and make a more tart flavor by choosing tart fruit like Granny Smith.
    • I found while testing this homemade apple pie filling many times over decades, that combining the lemon juice and cornstarch makes an ideal thicker filling.
    • Adding the cinnamon and nutmeg after cooking the tender apples gives this recipe outstanding flavor as you don't cook off the spice flavor in the heat of cooking. Win-win!

    What are the best apples for apple pie?

    I personally love the "gold standard" for apple filling, of tart Granny Smith. But there are so many apples that work just fine! One of the best things to do in Fall is head out to your local apple orchard. Pick your own crisp apples, and sip apple cider afterward... it's heaven!

    Then come home to your kitchen and make all your favorite apple recipes! Good choices are, Honeycrisp, Braeburn, Granny Smith apples, Golden Delicious, and Jonathan/Jonagold apples. These are all good firm varieties that will give you the best results.

    Avoid using Red Delicious, Fuji, or Gala apples, they just don't hold up to the heat of cooking and baking.

    More Creative Recipes For Apple Pie Filling

    • make apple turnovers using puff pastry
    • put it over waffles and pancakes with caramel syrup for breakfast!
    • mix into a French toast casserole
    • dollop on top of baked brie and serve with crackers
    • bake into an apple cake with frosting
    • bake it into apple bread pudding
    • make some muffins
    • use a muffin tin for mini fruit pies
    Cooked apple pie filling in a bowl ready to make pies.

    How To Make Freezer Apple Pie Filling

    Simply measure out the portions you want into a freezer bag. Press the air out, label it with the date and measurement, contents, and freeze.

    To use, thaw in the refrigerator overnight, and use in recipes.

    Frozen apple pie filling is perfect for pies, tarts, Apple Crisp, Apple Crumbles (with that amazing crumb topping), and so many other desserts!

    How Many Apples For Apple Pie?

    A 9-inch pie-pan = needs 4 cups of filling - this is a standard dish size
    A 7-inch pan = needs 2 cups apples filling
    A 5-inch pan = needs ¾ cup of filling
    A deep-dish = needs 5-6 cups of filling

    PRO TIP: Lay the filled ziplock bag flat on a small cookie tray, freeze, and they will stack neatly in your freezer!

    Apple Pie Top Baking Top Tips

    • Before baking, line your baking sheet with a piece of parchment paper in case the filling bubbles over for easy clean-up.
    • You can make a flaky pie crust in a pastry blender or food processor, then wrap the disk of dough in plastic wrap and chill your homemade pie dough 30 minutes before baking for a flaky crust.
    • Once you roll out the bottom crust, carefully roll it around a rolling pin, then gently lay it in the pan or plate.
    • Add some lemon zest with your filling to add some great flavor, then put on the top of the crust, and brush with an egg wash to make it golden brown.
    • Be sure to use a sharp knife to cut slits into the middle of the pie to let the steam out as it bakes a perfect pie crust.
    • Use small seasonal-shaped cookie cutters to decorate the top of your own pie crust! For fall use leaves, for Christmas use trees or stars, or use a small apple shape cutters anytime.
    • Always put the oven rack in the lowest position to bake pies. This way the dessert is baking near the heating elements of the oven and will give you a nice golden brown perfect pie crust. Underbaked pies are typically soggy and the crust is doughy.
    • If you let the it cool, it is easier to slice and serve!
    • The helpful chart below shows you sizes for this recipe that fit into a 9" plate.
    A white pie dish with pie dough filled with apple pie filling ready to bake.

    More Apple Recipes

    Caramel Apple Crisp is an easy Fall dessert that tastes just like caramel apples! It is made with just 7 ingredients, and has a golden brown crisp topping and crust, sweet apples, and melted gooey caramel candy.

    Bake an Apple Crisp dessert with a sweet crust, caramelized apples, and a streusel topping. Serve this dessert with a big scoop of vanilla ice cream and caramel sauce then dig in!

    Dutch Apple Pie is baked with a homemade filling, a golden-brown crust with a foolproof flaky crust, and a crumble topping on top.

    This easy recipe for Caramel Apple Dip has crisp sliced apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A great recipe and pot-luck party crowd hit for Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through Autumn.

    Need a fast easy appetizer for Halloween or Thanksgiving? Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers come together in minutes. They are always wildly popular at Fall parties and taste like caramel apples!

    • A round white dish of fresh baked caramel apple crisp with a large serving spoon for a Fall dessert.
      Caramel Apple Crisp
    • Apple Crisp in a red bowl with a silver spoon, ice cream, and drizzled with caramel sauce.
      Apple Crisp
    • A white pie dish with a slice of apple crumble pie, also known as a dutch apple pie with a crumbled topping and green apples in the background in a wood bowl.
      Dutch Apple Pie
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A white platter filled with apple brie skewers for Thanksgiving appetizers.
      Caramel Apple Brie Appetizers

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A large jar filled with apple pie filling with a lid and bow.
    Print

    Apple Pie Recipe Filling ~ Make Ahead & Freezer Friendly!

    An easy Apple Pie Filling using crisp fresh apples and warm spices that can be made ahead and is freezer-friendly. And to prevent soggy bottom crusts, you need a really good filling to bake up the best apple desserts. Get all the secrets to a thicker pie filling with the best apple flavor in every bite.
    Course Desserts & Sweets
    Cuisine American
    Keyword apple pie filling, apple pie filling recipe, apple recipe, pie filling
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time 25 minutes minutes
    Servings 6
    Calories 163kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Lemon/Lime Juicer
    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board
    • Chef's Knife
    • Apple Corer Slicer

    Ingredients

    • 6 large Granny Smith apples
    • 3 tablespoons butter
    • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice
    • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
    • ½ cup granulated sugar
    • ½ cup brown sugar
    • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
    • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
    • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    prepare apples and thickener

    • Wash the apples in cold water, peel, core (use apple corer/slicer), and cut into ½ pieces. Place into a large bowl with lemon juice to prevent browning.
    • Squeeze ¼ cup fresh lemon juice, and whisk in 1 tablespoon cornstarch. Set aside. This is your pie filling thickener.

    cook the apples

    • In a large dutch oven, large skillet or cast iron pan, melt 3 tablespoons butter and cook the cut apples for about 5 minutes over medium heat but don't let it boil. Stir every minute until they just turn soft. I like them with a little firmness, so taste them and cook them to the firmness you prefer.
    • Next, pour the lemon juice and cornstarch mixture over the apples and stir until well combined for a couple of minutes.
    • Sprinkle ½ cup brown sugar, ½ cup white sugar over the apple slices, and the sea salt. Stir until well combined.
    • Remove from the heat and add the cinnamon and nutmeg off heat. The reason you do this is to keep the flavor of the spices!
    • Let the apple mixture cool completely so it thickens. Once the apple filling is cool, use it in a recipe, store in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days in a Mason jar, or freeze in zip-top bags or an airtight container.

    Video

    Notes

    pie dish/cups filling amount

    9-inch pie = needs 4 cups of filling - this is a standard pie dish size
    7-inch pie = needs 2 cups of filling
    5-inch pie = needs ¾ cup of filling
    deep-dish pie = needs 5-6 cups of filling

    pie filling quantities

    This recipe makes approximately 3 ½-4 cups of pie filling (depending on their size) and will make 1 standard 9" pie. 
    PRO TIP If you are ever short on pie filling, simply peel and slice up another apple or two and add them right into your filling uncooked. It adds a nice texture!

    freeze filling

    Yes! you can put pie portions in zip-top bags, date, and freeze each one ready for pies, hand-pies, tarts, crumbles, and other desserts.

    PRO TIP Lay the filled ziplock bag flat on a small cookie tray, they will stack neatly in your freezer!

    Top Apple Pie Filling Tips

    • One challenge of fruit pies is the filling can ruin the crust. Pies baked with an uncooked filling release the juice into your pie crust. And that is why the pie crust never bakes, and the crust gets soggy. So the best way to prevent this issue is to make your filling mixture ahead and not bake with raw apples.
    • By pre-cooking the apple pie filling, and freezing it, you can make pies and desserts quickly anytime, and it is a better way to bake.
    • The taste of homemade pie filling is amazing, you can control the warm spices, levels of salt, cinnamon, and nutmeg if you like more/less/none.
    • You can pull back on the sweetness with less sugar, and make a more tart flavor by choosing tart varieties like Granny Smith.
    • I found while testing this homemade apple pie filling many times over decades, that combining the lemon juice and cornstarch makes an ideal thicker in pie filling that bakes well in the flaky pie crust.
    • Adding the cinnamon and nutmeg after cooking the tender apples gives this filling recipe outstanding flavor as you don't cook off the spice flavor in the heat of cooking. Win-win!

    What is the best kind of apple for pie filling?

    I personally love the "gold standard" for apple filling, a tart Granny Smith. Good choices are, Honeycrisp, Braeburn, Granny Smith, Golden Delicious, and Jonathan/Jonagold apples. These are all good firm fruit that will give you the best results.
    Avoid using Red Delicious, Fuji, or Gala apples, they just don't hold up to the heat of cooking and baking.

    leftover extra filling ideas

    • make turnovers using puff pastry
    • put it over waffles and pancakes with caramel syrup for breakfast!
    • mix into an French toast casserole
    • dollop on top of baked brie and serve with crackers
    • bake it into bread pudding
    • make some muffins
    • use a muffin tin for mini hand pies
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 163kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 9mg | Sodium: 267mg | Potassium: 118mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 30g | Vitamin A: 154IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 18mg | Iron: 1mg

    Avocado Salsa

    [heart_this] · Aug 24, 2022 · 2 Comments

    A wood bowl with green avocado salsa taco sauce and blue corn tortilla chips on the table.

    Last Updated November 7th, 2023 at 10:21 am by Lisa

    Drizzle Avocado Salsa is often served on Mexican foods like tacos, burritos, taquitos, or served with tortilla chips as a dip. Many people call it Taco Sauce, Salsa de Aguacate, or green sauce.

    Salsa literally translates to the word sauce. This recipe cooks the vegetables over high heat, which adds an amazing depth of flavor and reduces the bite of the raw onions and chile pepper heat. The tomatillos and avocado add creamy green gorgeousness.

    Dip tacos, burritos, or taquitos into it, pour on a taco salad or scoop it up with a chip...

    The Best Avocado Salsa Recipe

    Taqueria Mexican taco shops in Southern California often serve a variety of salsas on the side, and when offered this is my "go-to fave". But honestly, it isn't that easy to find in stores, so I decided to make avocado taco sauce at home.

    • 1 large ripe avocado (peeled and pit removed)
    • 4 large tomatillos (husked, washed, cut in half)
    • 1 small onion (white onion cut into quarter pieces)
    • 2 cloves garlic
    • ½ jalapeño or serrano chile (seeded and stemmed)
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ½ of a fresh lime juice
    • ¼ cup fresh cilantro leaves (½ of a bunch)
    1. In a heavy skillet or cast iron pan, saute the tomatillos, onion, garlic, jalapeno, or serrano chiles over medium-high heat for 5-8 minutes until nicely golden brown marks appear.
    2. Add all the veggies, avocado, salt, and lime juice (except cilantro) to a high-speed blender or food processor. Blend or pulse until completely smooth and combined will be a creamy smooth texture.
    3. Scrape down the sides. Add cilantro leaves last, and blend quickly.
    4. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days in a sealed mason jar.

    Creamy Avocado Salsa Ingredients

    Some salsas are made with all raw ingredients and some have sauteed, grilled, cooked, or boiled ingredients. These avocado salsa ingredients are easy to find at your local grocery store and are one of my favorite vegan friendly recipes.

    • tomatillos - you can use 4 large tomatillos or 12 small ones. I often grow them in my garden, and they are typically smaller than the store varieties. Tomatillos are JUST like tomatoes! Simply pull the papery husk off, rinse under cool water, and slice.
    • onion - white onions have a stronger bite, but you will be grilling it so that reducing the intense flavor, but you could swap out yellow or Vidalia onion.
    • garlic - use fresh, again, you will toss this on a grill pan to saute for a few minutes
    • avocado - one ripe avocado, I have only tested this with fresh not frozen avocado, yes they are now selling frozen avocado!
    • jalapeno or serrano chile - all chiles can vary in heat, so slice a teeny bit off and taste it. ½ a chile should give heat, but not overpower, but taste your chile first-even jalapenos can vary widely in the heat levels.
    • sea salt - is my go-to salt, it actually tastes less salty than regular iodized table salt.
    • lime - fresh of course! You could swap a lemon.
    • cilantro - some peeps just don't like it, I get it. So leave it out if that's you. Add at the end of blending the salsa.

    Salsa Making Tips and FAQs

    What are tomatillos?


    Think of them like a tomato with a paper-like husk. Known as the Mexican husk tomato, they make incredible sauces and salsas and can be used raw or cooked just like tomatoes.

    What recipes are best for tomatillos?

    Tomatillos are a key ingredient in fresh and cooked Mexican and Central-American green sauces. For the famous salsa verde, it is harvested early, when the fruit is rather sour and has a light taste. For a sweeter taste, it can be picked later.

    How do I know when an avocado is ripe?

    You want it dark, but not too black or shriveled. Gently push into the side, if it is soft, it's ripe. You just don't want it too soft, or chances are it'll be too ripe, and will have an off-taste.

    How do you store tomatillos?


    Ripe tomatillos can be refrigerated for about two weeks, and they keep even longer with the husks removed and kept cool in the fridge in zip lock sealed bags.

    Tomatillos

    More Salsas and Taco Toppings

    Whip up this easy Taco Salad recipe loaded with all the best Mexican food toppings and Catalina dressing. Plus get my two secret ingredients for the best taco meat!

    Pickled Red Onions for Mexican food are just like what they serve you in restaurants. Quick pickled red onions keep in the fridge for 3-4 weeks to enjoy in all kinds of ways, on tacos, salads, sandwiches, and more.

    Tomatillo Salsa has a fresh taste you will never get out of a jar or from any store.  The fire-grilled flavor and medium heat in this homemade salsa will have people loving each and every bite.

    Guacamole can be made in a molcajete (a traditional ancient cooking tool) or in any bowl with just a couple of forks. Scoop with crunchy tortilla chips, and enjoy on tacos, enchiladas, and taquitos for dinner or on game-day!

    • A white plate full of taco salad topped with taco meat, grated cheese, Fritos, sour cream, black olives and tomatoes.
      Easy Taco Salad
    • Mexican pickled red onions in a clamp jar and white bowl with chiles and limes on a colorful striped cloth.
      Mexican Pickled Red Onions
    • A wood bowl with a lady scooping out homemade salsa with a tortilla chip.
      Tomatillo Salsa
    • A blue glass bowl filled with guacamole and a chip stuck inside with a bowl of tortilla chips.
      How To Make Guacamole

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A wood bowl with green avocado salsa taco sauce and blue corn tortilla chips on the table.
    Print

    Avocado Salsa Recipe

    Drizzle Avocado Salsa is often served on Mexican foods like tacos, burritos, taquitos, or served with tortilla chips as a dip. Many people call it Taco Sauce or Salsa de Aguacate. Drizzle this green sauce over tacos, and burritos, dip taquitos into it, pour on a taco salad or scoop with a chip...
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine Mexican
    Keyword avocado salsa recipe, green taco sauce, salsa de aguacate, Taco Sauce
    Prep Time 5 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 16
    Calories 32kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Cuisinart Food Processor
    • Vitamix Blender

    Ingredients

    • 1 large ripe avocado peeled and pit removed
    • 12 large tomatillos husked, washed, cut in half
    • 1 small white onion cut into quarter pieces
    • 2 cloves garlic
    • ½ whole jalapeno/serrano chile seeded and stemmed
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ whole lime juice only
    • ¼ cup cilantro leaves ½ of bunch - add at very end

    Instructions

    • In a heavy skillet or cast iron pan, saute the tomatillos, onion, garlic, jalapeno/serrano chiles over medium-high heat for 5-8 minutes until nice golden brown marks appear.
    • Add all the veggies, avocado, salt, and lime juice (except cilantro) to a high-speed blender or food processor. Blend or pulse until completely smooth and combined will be a creamy smooth texture.
    • Scrape down the sides. Add cilantro leaves last, blend quickly.
    • Store in the fridge for up to 5 days in a sealed mason jar or bowl covered with plastic wrap. Pour into a dish and serve with tortilla chips.

    Notes

    recipe uses

    Serve with tacos, taquitos, enchiladas, nachos, quesadillas, or burritos. Or serve with tortilla chips as a dip.
    Serve with tacos, taquitos, enchiladas, nachos, quesadillas, or burritos. Or serve with tortilla chips as a dip.
    tomatillos - you can use 4 large tomatillos or 12 small ones. I often grow them in my garden, and they are typically smaller than the store varieties. Tomatillos are JUST like tomatoes! Simply pull the papery husk off, rinse under cool water, and slice.
    onion - white onions have a stronger bite, but you will be grilling it so that reducing the intense flavor, but you could swap out yellow or Vidalia onion.
    garlic - use fresh, again, you will toss this on a grill pan to saute for a few minutes
    avocado - one ripe avocado, I have only tested this with fresh not frozen avocado, yes they are now selling frozen avocado!
    jalapeno or serrano chile - all chiles can vary in heat, so slice a teeny bit off and taste it. ½ a chile should give heat, but not overpower, but taste your chile first-even jalapenos can vary widely in the heat levels.
    sea salt - is my go-to salt, it actually tastes less salty than regular iodized table salt.
    lime - fresh of course! You could swap a lemon.
    cilantro - some peeps just don't like it, I get it. So leave it out if that's you. Add at the end of blending the salsa.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 32kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 74mg | Potassium: 145mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 70IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 7mg | Iron: 0.3mg

    Pizza Salad

    [heart_this] · Aug 10, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A plate full of pizza salad topped with mini pepperoni, mushrooms, mozzarella balls, pepperoncinis, and black olives with a artistic black fork on the edge of the plate.

    Last Updated September 11th, 2023 at 11:24 am by Lisa

    A colorful Pizza Salad loaded with our favorite pizza toppings like mini pepperoni, black olives, veggies like mushrooms, tangy pepperoncini, tiny ripe tomatoes, and little balls of buffalo mozzarella cheese.

    This Italian salad pizza inspired recipe is healthy, low carb, drizzled with a creamy sun-dried tomato dressing with all the flavors of pizza we crave...

    Pizza Salad Recipe

    These are the ingredients to make a pizza salad, but just like pizza there are endless topping options!

    • romaine lettuce 
    • small grape tomatoes sliced in halves (or small cherry tomatoes)
    • sliced mushrooms
    • pepperoncini sliced rings
    • black olives sliced
    • red onions sliced thin or try my Pickled Red Onions!
    • mini bell peppers sliced
    • mini turkey pepperonis
    • mini buffalo mozzarella cheese balls (Bocconcini halves) or shredded mozzarella
    • fresh basil (thin ribbons)
    • chopped parsley 
    1. Chop the Romaine lettuce into small pieces, and place the lettuce on the plate. Slice the grape or cherry tomatoes in half, mushrooms, and pepperoncini in thin slices, drain the sliced black olives and add all these ingredients to the salad.
    2. Finely dice the red onion, slice the mini bell peppers, and add those to the salad. Top with the mini turkey pepperoni, mozzarella balls cut in half, and chopped basil and parsley.

    Optional: You can try my Marinated Mozzarella Balls recipe and use this in the Pizza Salad! So easy and delicious with fresh herbs...

    Creamy Sun Dried Tomato Dressing

    • Greek yogurt
    • Sun-Dried Tomatoes 
    • shallot
    • Italian seasoning
    • apple cider vinegar or white wine vinegar
    • sea salt
    • black pepper
    • cold water (to thin dressing)
    1. In a mini food processor, blender, or with a stick blender in a cup whip the dressing together. You can also whisk or shake thd dressing ingredients and finely chop the Sun Dried tomato in it. Place the Greek yogurt, Sun-Dried Tomatoes, shallot, Italian seasoning, apple cider vinegar, salt, pepper, and water to thin it out.
    2. Mix well until all the ingredients are combined and drizzle on the salad.

    Swaps, Variations, and Additions

    • Swap Options: Instead of using a head of Romaine lettuce, try a spring mix, spicy arugula, or iceberg lettuce. Green bell peppers would be great in place of the colorful mini bell peppers. If you like onions, use some green onions in place of the red onion. Other nice additions are white beans or chickpeas!
    • Make a pizza pasta salad: Grab a large bowl, and boil your favorite short pasta like fusilli, farfalle, rotini, bow tie, or penne and toss in some olive oil and red wine vinegar to keep the pasta from sticking then toss in all the salad ingredients except the lettuce. You can also sprinkle on some red pepper flakes, garlic powder, or garlic salt too. Drizzle on some homemade Italian dressing, and you have a great potluck picnic salad!
    • Top your own crispy crust: Most grocery stores carry pizza dough nowadays, and you can bake one in your oven, or in one of those outdoor pizza ovens! Bake the pizza crust on a baking sheet, sheet pan, or a pizza stone. Make a full pizza night with this salad as a side dish or spread some tomato pizza sauce, and cheese, and then put this cool salad on top!
    • Meal prep tips: Put any unused ingredients into separate containers for the next day, and store the airtight containers in the fridge to use all week.
    • More additions: Add chopped marinated artichoke hearts, sliced green olives, or grated fresh mozzarella, provolone, and parmesan cheese would be great additions. Add sliced or diced salami on top. Add some more seasoning, dried oregano. Make my Homemade Croutons with baguettes, they taste amazing with salads and soup!

    Pizza Salad FAQ

    What dressings go on pizza salad?

    Use a creamy Italian dressing, buttermilk ranch dressing, or a simple parmesan lemon vinaigrette would all be great!

    More Salad Recipes

    Wedge Salad with Pistachio-Avocado Dressing is super-chilled and a refreshing cookout side with hot grilled steaks, chicken, or shish kabobs. It works great for lunch with hot soup or a sandwich.

    A 7 Layer Salad recipe is also called an overnight salad because it can hold without wilting overnight. This is a favorite salad and is famous for its colorful charm to serve large groups for picnics, potlucks, BBQ cookouts, or for Mother's Day.

    Broccoli Salad with crisp green apples, crunchy broccoli, and grapes create this summer salad with a creamy 3-ingredient orange dressing.

    Whip up this easy Taco Salad recipe loaded with all the best Mexican food toppings and Catalina dressing. This is one of the most popular main dish salads ever! Plus get my two secret ingredients for the best taco meat.

    • Wedge salad with avocado dressing drizzled on top with pistachios on a black slate board.
      Iceberg Wedge Salad
    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • A turquoise salad bowl filled with broccoli salad with colorful grapes and pistachios.
      Broccoli Salad
    • A white plate full of taco salad topped with taco meat, grated cheese, Fritos, sour cream, black olives and tomatoes.
      Easy Taco Salad

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A plate full of pizza salad topped with mini pepperoni, mushrooms, mozzarella balls, pepperoncinis, and black olives with a artistic black fork on the edge of the plate.
    Print

    Pizza Salad Recipe

    A colorful Pizza Salad loaded with popular favorite pizza toppings like mini pepperoni, black olives, mushrooms, tangy pepperoncinis, tiny ripe tomatoes, and little balls of mozzarella cheese. This Italian salad pizza inspired recipe is healthy, low carb, drizzled with a creamy sun-dried tomato dressing with all the flavors of pizza we crave.
    Course Lunch & Picnic
    Cuisine Lunch of Main Course, Salad
    Keyword low carb pizza salad, pizza salad, pizza salad recipe, tomato salad dressing
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Total Time 15 minutes minutes
    Servings 2
    Calories 268kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Chef Knife
    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board

    Ingredients

    Pizza Salad

    • 2 cups romaine lettuce chopped
    • ½ cup small grape tomatoes sliced in halves
    • ½ cup fresh sliced mushrooms
    • ¼ cup pepperoncinis sliced rings
    • ½ cup black olives sliced
    • 1 tablespoon red onions fine dice
    • ¼ cup mini bright color bell peppers sliced into rings
    • ¼ cup mini turkey pepperonis
    • ¼ cup mini buffalo mozzerella balls Bocconcini halves
    • 2 tablespoons basil thin ribbons
    • 1 tablespoon parsley chopped

    Creamy Sun Dried Tomato Dressing

    • ½ cup plain Greek yogurt
    • ¼ cup sun-dried tomatoes
    • 1 small shallot
    • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
    • 2 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ¼ teaspoon pepper
    • ½ cup water to thin dressing

    Instructions

    Pizza Salad

    • Chop the Romaine lettuce into small pieces, and place the lettuce on the plate. Slice the cherry tomatoes in half, mushrooms and pepperoncini in thin slices, drain the sliced black olives and add all these ingredients to the salad.
    • Finely dice the red onion, slice the mini bell peppers, and add those to the salad. Top with the mini turkey pepperoni, mozzarella balls cut in half, and chopped basil and parsley.

    Creamy Tomato Dressing

    • In a mini food processor, blender, or with a stick blender in a cup whip the dressing together. Place the Greek yogurt, sun dried tomatoes, shallot, Italian seasoning, apple cider vinegar, salt, pepper, and water to thin it out.
    • Mix well until all the ingredients are combined and drizzle on the salad.

    Notes

    Swaps, Variations, and Additions

    • Make a pizza pasta salad: grab a large bowl, and boil your favorite short pasta like fusilli, farfalle, rotini, bow tie, or penne and toss in some olive oil and red wine vinegar to keep the pasta from sticking then toss in all the salad ingredients except the lettuce. You can also sprinkle on some red pepper flakes, garlic powder, or garlic salt too. Drizzle on some homemade Italian dressing, and you have a great potluck picnic salad!
    • Top your own crispy crust: most grocery stores carry pizza dough nowadays, and you can bake one in your oven, or in one of those outdoor pizza ovens! Bake the pizza crust on a baking sheet, sheet pan, or a pizza stone. Make a full pizza night with this salad as a side dish or spread some tomato pizza sauce, and cheese, and then put this cool salad on top!
    • Meal prep tips: put any unused ingredients into separate containers for the next day, and store the airtight containers in the fridge to use all week.
    • Swap options: instead of using a head Romaine lettuce, try a spring mix, spicy arugula, or iceberg lettuce. And green bell pepper would be great in place of the colorful mini bell peppers. If you like onions, use some green onions in place of the red onion.
    • More additions: add chopped marinated artichoke hearts, sliced green olives, or grated parmesan cheese would be great additions.
    • Other dressings: use a creamy Italian dressing, buttermilk ranch dressing, or a simple parmesan lemon vinaigrette would all be great!

    Nutrition

    Calories: 268kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 43mg | Sodium: 2297mg | Potassium: 1162mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 5892IU | Vitamin C: 68mg | Calcium: 196mg | Iron: 4mg

    Jalapeno Popper Soup

    [heart_this] · Aug 9, 2022 · 1 Comment

    Two bowls of creamy jalapeno popper soup in white handled soup bowls garnished with thin sliced jalapenos and cheese.

    Last Updated February 6th, 2023 at 12:20 pm by Lisa

    Creamy Jalapeño Popper Soup tastes just like the cheesy jalapeño poppers we love. The spicy heat of the peppers is mild as this original recipe uses canned jalapenos and green chiles for just the right kick and level of heat.

    On chilly Fall or Winter nights, make a pot of soup filled with spicy jalapeños and a mixture of cheeses, this will warm you right up...

    How To Make Jalapeno Popper Soup

    The mild spicy kick of this cream of jalapeño soup will make your day comforting and cozy. A quick recipe to whip out at the last minute with simple ingredients and full flavor!

    • 2 tablespoons butter
    • ½ yellow onion diced
    • 1 cup carrot diced
    • 2 stalks of celery diced
    • ½ tsp garlic powder
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon fresh ground black pepper
    • 4 tablespoons chopped canned Jalapeño peppers
    • 4 tablespoons chopped mild green chiles(canned)
    • 4 cups of broth(a 32 oz box of chicken broth)
    • ¼ cup grated parmesan cheese
    • 8 oz cream cheese or heavy cream
    • 3 cup shredded sharp cheddar cheese
    • 2 cups shredded Swiss cheese or Monterey jack
    1. Place a large pot or large dutch oven on the stovetop over medium heat. Melt butter, add garlic powder, sea salt, and fresh ground pepper. Next, place chopped onions, chopped carrots, and chopped celery in the pot and sauté for 5 minutes until tender. Add chicken broth, homemade is best!
    2. Simmer over medium-low heat and don't let it boil or the soup will become grainy when you add the cheeses. Add grated parmesan, cheddar cheese, and Swiss cheese (or Monterey jack) and stir until melted. Add the cream cheese, then turn the heat down to low.
    3. Add the chopped jalapenos and green chilies. Use an immersion blender to blend and mix the soup till smooth, it will still have some tiny flecks from the veggies in the soup. Using a large pot helps to not splatter it when using a stick blender.
    4. Simmer gently in the soup pot, and stir often, until the soup thickens slightly, this is a thinner soup.
    5. Remove from heat, serve in bowls or mugs, and garnish with jalapeno peppers sliced thin and parmesan cheese.
    6. Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator and eat within 3 days.

    Jalapeno Soup Slow Cooker Instructions

    1. In a pan on the stove, melt butter, add garlic powder, sea salt, and fresh ground pepper. Next, place chopped onions, chopped carrots, and chopped celery in the pan and sauté for 5 minutes until tender.
    2. Add to a slow cooker or crockpot, then pour in the chicken stock, add grated parmesan, cheddar cheese, Swiss cheese (or Monterey jack) cream cheese, the chopped jalapenos, and green chilies. Turn on the slow cooker to low for 2-3 hours. You need low and slow heat or the cheeses can get grainy on high heat. Also, grate your own cheeses to get a smoother soup. Add more chicken stock if the soup becomes too thick.
    3. After 2 hours, use an immersion blender to blend and mix the soup till smooth, it will still have some tiny flecks from the veggies in the soup.

    Jalapeno Popper Soup Top Tips

    • Using a stick blender to make soups is so fast and easy. And the clean-up is just one small part to wash versus a traditional blender!
    • This is a low carb keto recipe, perfect for those of you watching your net carbs.
    • Soups with cheese whether grated or cream cheese can become a bit grainy and have a separation issue. To keep your soup creamy, don't boil or let the soup heat up too fast! Simmer low and slow, stir often and well, and avoid using the microwave for reheating. Also, grate your own cheeses, they melt way better than pre-grated cheeses.

    Swaps and Additions

    • make a jalapeño popper chicken soup, just add shredded or diced chicken breast!
    • put some crumbled cooked bacon into an even more flavorful soup
    • toss in some frozen sweet corn while cooking
    • add diced colorful red, orange, yellow, or green bell peppers
    • add in canned white beans like cannellini
    • try different hot peppers like serrano chiles
    • for more garlicky flavor, add some garlic salt or crushed garlic cloves
    • cube some diced potatoes and add make a jalapeno potato soup
    • swap chicken stock out for vegetable stock
    • make it a broccoli cheese soup, just add chopped broccoli and blend
    • top with a dollop of sour cream, that little cream on top is so nice
    • serve with a baguette or sourdough bread rolls and slather with some of my herb butter!!
    Are canned jalapeno pepper hot?


    Fresh jalapeños are usually spicier and hotter than a store-bought can of chopped jalapenos. If you use fresh jalapenos, use far less than canned, and taste a little bit as the heat levels do vary!

    A small wooden container basket filled with bright green jalpaenos washed with water drops.

    More Chile Pepper and Jalapeno Recipes

    You will find over 50+ Amazing New Mexico Hatch Chile Recipes here, and tons of cooking tips on how to roast, prep, and freeze them at home. Make a jar of these old-fashioned Deli-Style Pickled Eggs with hard-boiled eggs, jalapenos, garlic, and pickling spice. A healthy protein-packed snack ready in 7 days right in your kitchen. Bake these Cheddar Cheese Jalapeño Cornbread Muffins made with just 3 ingredients, and are super soft and cheesy. This Jalapeno Popper Dip appetizer recipe is always a hit! Make this melty hot dip for parties with just 6 ingredients.

    • Showing how to remove seeds from roasted Hatch Chiles to use them in recipes.
      Hatch Chiles (80+ Recipes)
    • A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.
      Jalapeno Pickled Eggs Recipe
    • A cornbread muffin in an orange muffin tin paper with a piece out of it and crumbs on the table.
      Cheddar Cheese Jalapeño Cornbread
    • A white oval casserole dish with a hot dip being scooped out with a large corn chip.
      Jalapeno Popper Dip

    More Soup Recipes

    These are my favorite soup recipes and my go-to's I make over and over! Try some cozy, easy soup recipes for your next dinner. Learn how to make your own Homemade Chicken Stock, also known as bone broth. This recipe has all the step-by-step top cooking tips I have learned over the years. I share how to freeze it, plus 15 of the best recipes to use homemade bone broth. Save money and have it ready to elevate savory soups and stews.

    A classic famous Cheese Soup with simple ingredients and extraordinary deep rich flavors in this cheesy soup. An easy recipe and one of my favorite things to serve on chilly nights when it's soup time. This is a famous original recipe from the Driskell Hotel in Austin Texas.

    Creamy Chicken Gnocchi Soup is so easy to put together, a hearty soup dinner recipe, and one will become a family favorite. Loaded with juicy shredded chicken, vegetables, and gnocchi which are soft puffy "Italian dumplings".

    The classic flavors from simple ingredients make this the Best Homemade Chicken Noodle Soup recipe. It is comfort food in a bowl and a great way to use up leftover chicken. Tomato Soup with Basil Dumplings can be rich and chunky or creamy smooth and is loaded with a veggie rainbow for a hearty lunch or dinner.

    • White bowl filled with cheese soup and a homemade crouton on top.
      Cheese Soup
    • A white bowl full of Chicken Gnocchi Soup with a silver spoon and bread nearby.
      Chicken Gnocchi Soup
    • A blue bowl filled with homemade chicken noodle soup.
      Chicken Noodle Soup
    • A bowl of tomato soup and cup of soup in a white cup garnished with fresh basil.
      Tomato Soup With Basil Dumplings

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Two bowls of creamy jalapeno popper soup in white handled soup bowls garnished with thin sliced jalapenos and cheese.
    Print

    Jalapeno Popper Soup Recipe

    Creamy Jalapeño Popper Soup tastes just like the cheesy jalapeño poppers we love. The spicy heat of the peppers is mild as this original recipe uses canned jalapenos and green chiles for just the right kick and level of heat. On chilly Fall or Winter nights, make a hot pot of soup filled with spicy jalapeños and a mixture of cheeses.
    Course Main Course
    Cuisine American
    Keyword cream of jalapeno soup, creamy jalapeno soup, jalapeno popper soup, jalapeno soup
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 35 minutes minutes
    Servings 8
    Calories 459kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Immersion Blender

    Ingredients

    • 2 tablespoons butter
    • ½ yellow onion diced
    • 1 cup carrot diced
    • 2 stalks celery diced
    • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon fresh ground pepper
    • 4 tablespoons chopped Jalapeño (canned)
    • 4 tablespoons chopped mild green chiles(canned)
    • 4 cups chicken broth 32 oz box
    • ¼ cup parmesan cheese grated
    • 8 oz cream cheese
    • 3 cups sharp cheddar cheese shredded
    • 2 cups Swiss cheese or Monterey jack, shredded

    Instructions

    Stovetop Dutch Oven Instructions

    • Place a large pot or large dutch oven on the stovetop over medium heat. Melt butter, add garlic powder, sea salt, and fresh ground pepper. Next, place chopped onions, chopped carrots, and chopped celery in the pot and sauté for 5 minutes until tender. Add chicken broth, homemade is best!
    • Simmer over medium-low heat and don't let it boil or the soup will become grainy when you add the cheeses. Add grated parmesan, cheddar cheese, and Swiss cheese (or Monterey jack) and stir until melted. Add the cream cheese, then turn the heat down to low.
    • Add the chopped jalapenos and green chilies. Use an immersion blender to blend and mix the soup till smooth, it will still have some tiny flecks from the veggies in the soup. Using a large pot helps to not splatter it when using a stick blender.
    • Simmer gently in the soup pot, and stir often, until the soup thickens slightly, this is a thinner soup.
    • Remove from heat, serve in bowls or mugs, and garnish with jalapeno peppers sliced thin and parmesan cheese.
    • Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator and eat within 3 days.

    Slow Cooker Instructions

    • In a pan on the stove, melt butter, add garlic powder, sea salt, and fresh ground pepper. Next, place chopped onions, chopped carrots, and chopped celery in the pan and sauté for 5 minutes until tender.
    • Add to a slow cooker or crockpot, then pour in the chicken stock, add grated parmesan, cheddar cheese, Swiss cheese (or Monterey jack) cream cheese, the chopped jalapenos and green chilies. Turn on the slow cooker to low for 2-3 hours. You need low and slow heat or the cheeses can get grainy on high heat. Also grate your own cheeses to get a smoother soup. Add more chicken stock if the soup becomes too thick.
    • After 2 hours, use an immersion blender to blend and mix the soup till smooth, it will still have some tiny flecks from the veggies in the soup.

    Notes

    Jalapeno Popper Soup Top Tips

    • Using a stick blender to make soups is so fast and easy. And the clean-up is just one small part to wash versus a traditional blender!
    • This is a low carb keto recipe, perfect for those of you watching your net carbs.
    • Soups with cheese whether grated or cream cheese can become a bit grainy and have a separation issue. To keep your soup creamy, don't boil or let the soup heat up too fast! Simmer low and slow, stir often and well, and avoid using the microwave for reheating. Also, grate your own cheeses, they melt way better than pre-grated cheeses.

    Swaps and Additions

    • make a jalapeño popper chicken soup, just add shredded or diced chicken breast!
    • put some crumbled cooked bacon into an even more flavorful soup
    • toss in some frozen sweet corn while cooking
    • add diced colorful red, orange, yellow, or green bell peppers
    • add in canned white beans like cannellini
    • try different hot peppers like serrano chiles
    • for more garlicky flavor, add some garlic salt or crushed garlic cloves
    • cube some diced potatoes and add make a jalapeno potato soup
    • swap chicken stock out for vegetable stock
    • make it a broccoli cheese soup, just add chopped broccoli and blend
    • top with a dollop of sour cream, that little cream on top is so nice
    • serve with a baguette or sourdough bread rolls and slather with some of my herb butter!!

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8g | Calories: 459kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 23g | Fat: 37g | Saturated Fat: 21g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 9g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 106mg | Sodium: 989mg | Potassium: 288mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 3863IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 612mg | Iron: 1mg

    Slow Cooker Shredded Beef

    [heart_this] · Aug 6, 2022 · 2 Comments

    A table with a black bowl filled with shredded beef on rice with onions and bell peppers garnished with limes, avocado, and cilantro.

    Last Updated May 15th, 2023 at 09:45 am by Lisa

    Shredded Beef is fall apart tender and bursting full of flavor from slow cooking with the Latin Caribbean sofrito ingredients. It is one of those easy dinners that takes just 10 minutes of prep. Add flank steak, onions, bell peppers, tomatoes, and spices into your slow cooker for a delicious cozy dinner!

    Serve the shredded meat over cooked rice with thin avocado slices and a good squeeze of lime for brightness.

    This recipe is very similar and inspired by Cuban Ropa Vieja. Simple ingredients go in, and a "company-worthy" yummy family dinner comes out...

    Slow Cooker Shredded Beef Recipe

    Some people will call this recipe slow cooker Mexican shredded beef, but actually, it is really more culinarily linked to Ropa Vieja, the national dish of Cuba. I visited Cuba for 3 weeks in 2016 and traveled extensively all over the country. One day I was lucky enough to eat this famous dish, it is absolutely delicious and inspired this recipe.

    • 2 pounds flank steak (my favorite cut of meat for this recipe)
    • 28 ounces can of diced tomatoes (and juice)
    • 3 whole green bell peppers (red, orange, or yellow) sliced ½” strips
    • 1 whole onion (cut into wedges)
    • 2 teaspoons dried oregano
    • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
    • 3 bay leaves
    • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
    • 1 cup cooked rice (use beef stock instead of water)
    • 3-4 avocado slices
    • ½ cup fresh cilantro leaves
    • 2 whole limes

    Crockpot Shredded Beef Instructions

    1. In a 5 or 6-quart slow cooker, combine the tomatoes and their juice, bell pepper strips, sliced onion wedges, oregano, cumin, bay leaves, salt, pepper, and garlic powder.
    2. Place the flank steak down inside the vegetables. You don’t need to add any additional liquid.
    3. Cook covered 4 hours on high, or set the temperature on the low setting for 5-7 hours.
    4. About a half hour before serving, cook the rice and try to use beef stock instead of water for great flavor. You can also serve shredded beef with egg noodles or beans.
    5. Remove the bay leaves, shred beef with 2 forks and mix into the cooked vegetable mixture.
    6. Serve in bowls, place the rice (or noodles) in the bottom then top with flank steak pulled beef, and vegetables on top. You can also serve shredded beef with beans, mashed potatoes, or cooked egg noodles.
    7. Slice avocados and garnish with thin avocado slices, cilantro leaves, and a squeeze of lime juice!

    PRO TIP: Most slow cooker/crockpot recipes call to add liquid, but you don't with this one! The juice from the diced tomatoes is plenty, and you will have lots of cooking broth when it is finished slow cooking.

    Swaps, Variations, and Additions

    You will get rave reviews from the whole family. Try this great recipe for warmer weather and the best part is the kitchen doesn't heat up plus so comforting on cold wintery days. Here are some swaps...

    • Good Cut of Beef: toughest cuts will work like London Broil, but the best cut of beef for this recipe is Flank Steak! Other good substitutes are Strip Steak, Hanger Steak, or Tri-Tip Steak.
    • Pimento Stuffed Olives (sliced in half)
    • Tomato Paste
    • Chopped Celery and Carrots
    • Chicken Stock
    • All Spice
    • Bay Leaves
    • Serve with Pinto Beans, Black Beans, or Rice

    PRO TIP: A good rice tip is to make your rice with beef (or chicken stock), you will be amazed at how the flavor improves over just using water.

    A wood bowl of limes with slow cooker shredded beef topped with cilantro, avocado, and limes.

    Cuban Ropa Vieja

    Traditional Ropa Vieja is made with braised flank steak in a flavorful sofrito sauce, with bell peppers, onions, and briny pimento stuffed olives. It is then shredded into long strands and served over rice. I had it while in Cuba and fell in love. Take a look at my post for Cuban Mojitos and see the snaps from my Culinary Adventures in the intoxicating, beautiful country of Cuba.

    Ropa vieja translates from Spanish meaning "Old Clothes". The story is told, that a penniless old man shredded and cooked his own clothes to feed his beloved family.

    In Cuba, we enjoyed it in hand-made clay bowls that said Ropa Vieja on each one. We sipped on tropical cocktails and local beer while having it for lunch at a paladar restaurant for six hours south of Havana, Cuba.

    Paladares are one of the best ways to enjoy local Cuban cuisine. A paladar is a small, family-run restaurant, usually in a converted part of a home and their food is extraordinary!

    Shredded Beef Recipe Ideas

    There are so many ways to use up shredded beef, you can put it into...

    • burritos bowls
    • beef enchiladas
    • burritos
    • beef tacos
    • taquitos
    • nachos
    • soups
    What is flank steak?


    Flank steak is a popular meat cut and technically not a steak. It is a lean, flavorful, tough cut of meat that is inexpensive, from a cow's belly. This cut is great to marinate, and then grill or slow-braise it on the stove or in a slow cooker!

    Look for this flat foot-long cut about one inch thick. And this meat cut has a clear obvious cross-grain. Sometimes this cut is labeled as jiffy steak, bavette (in French), and in some regions, London broil.

    What is sofrito?


    Sofrito is not one single ingredient, it is a concentrated flavor base made with tomatoes, garlic, cumin, jalapenos, and many other ingredients, and used in stews, rice dishes, bean dishes, and soups.

    Many Latin American countries and Caribbean islands have their own version of sofrito, including Cuba, Puerto Rico, Spain, and Portugal.

    In Spanish, the word frito means fried. Loosely translated then sofrito can mean softly fried, which is how traditional sofrito is prepared.

    What ingredients make sofrito?

    Sofrito can be made in many ways, but it is typically pan sauteed and these are common ingredients you will find used in most recipes: tomatoes, jalapeño, garlic, onion, cumin, paprika, cinnamon, salt, olive oil, and fresh cilantro.

    More Slow Cooker Recipes

    Slow cooker crock pot recipes are the best! We all love the easy way a great dish magically comes together. These are some of my most popular reader favorites that are great meals for the family, potlucks, or even company!

    Earning years of rave reviews, this one ranks in the all-time family favorites for easy recipes. I have made this Turkey Black Bean Chili Recipe and handed it out countless times over the years.

    Creamy Chicken Gnocchi Soup is so easy to put together and a hearty dinner recipe. Loaded with juicy shredded chicken, vegetables, and gnocchi which are soft puffy "Italian dumplings".

    Slow cooker BBQ Cowboy Baked Beans are loaded with browned hamburger meat and crispy applewood smoked bacon. The addition of ground beef makes these absolutely amazing and almost a meal itself.

    Slow Cooker Pulled Pork made with pork loin is so juicy, top with coleslaw, pickle chips, and tangy BBQ sauce all on a golden bun, a delicious way to use pulled pork!

    • A bowl of turkey chili topped with sour cream, grated cheese, and green onions with corn bread muffins.
      Turkey Chili With Black Beans
    • A white bowl full of Chicken Gnocchi Soup with a silver spoon and bread nearby.
      Chicken Gnocchi Soup
    • A large white spoon scooping a serving of cowboy baked beans out of a casserole dish.
      Cowboy Beans
    • Red white check paper lined basked holding a pulled pork sandwich topped with coleslaw.
      Slow Cooker Pulled Pork

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A table with a black bowl filled with shredded beef on rice with onions and bell peppers garnished with limes, avocado, and cilantro.
    Print

    Slow Cooker Shredded Beef Recipe

    Shredded Beef is fall apart tender and bursting full of flavor from slow cooking with the Latin Caribbean sofrito ingredients. It is one of those easy dinners that takes just 10 minutes of prep. Serve the shredded meat over cooked rice with thin avocado slices and a good squeeze of lime for brightness. This recipe is very similar and inspired by Cuban Ropa Vieja. Simple ingredients go in, and a "company-worthy" yummy family dinner comes out.
    Course Dinner & Main Dishes
    Cuisine Cuban
    Keyword crockpot shredded beef, ropa vieja, shredded beef, shredded beef recipe, slow cooker shredded beef
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 4 hours hours
    Total Time 4 hours hours 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 8
    Calories 235kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Wolf Gourmet Multi Cooker
    • Chef Knife

    Ingredients

    Slow Cooker Flank Steak

    • 28 ounces can diced tomatoes (and juice)
    • 3 whole bell peppers green, red, orange or yellow sliced ½” strips
    • 1 whole onions cut into wedges
    • 2 teaspoons dried oregano
    • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
    • 3 bay leaves
    • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
    • 2 pounds flank steak
    • 1 cup cooked rice use beef stock instead of water
    • 3-4 avocado slices
    • ½ cup fresh cilantro leaves
    • 2 whole limes

    Instructions

    • In a 5 or 6 quart slow cooker, combine the tomatoes and their juice, bell pepper strips, onion wedges, oregano, cumin, bay leaves, salt, pepper and garlic powder.
    • Place the flank steak down inside the vegetables. You don’t need to add any additional liquid.
    • Cook covered 4 hours on high, or low for 5-7 hours.
    • About a half hour before serving, cook the rice and try to use beef stock instead of water for great flavor. You can also serve the shredded beef with egg noodles or beans.
    • Remove the bay leaves, shred beef with 2 forks and mix into the cooked vegetable mixture.
    • Serve in bowls, place the rice (or noodles) in the bottom then top with flank steak pulled beef, and vegetables on top. You can also serve shredded beef with beans, mashed potatoes, or cooked egg noodles.
    • Garnish with fresh sliced avocado, cilantro leaves, and a squeeze of lime!

    Notes

    Cooks Note: Do I need to add more liquid like beef stock? 

    Most slow cooker/crockpot recipes call to add liquid, but you don't with this one! The juice from the diced tomatoes is plenty, and you will have lots of cooking broth when it is finished slow cooking. 

    Swaps, Variations, and Additions

    You will get rave reviews from the whole family. Try this great recipe for warmer weather and the best part is the kitchen doesn't heat up plus so comforting on cold wintery days. Here are some swaps.
    • Good Cut of Beef: toughest cuts will work like London Broil, but the best cut of beef for this recipe is Flank Steak! Other good substitutes are Strip Steak, Hanger Steak, or Tri-Tip Steak.
    • Pimento Stuffed Olives (sliced in half)
    • Tomato Paste
    • Chopped Celery and Carrots
    • Chicken Stock
    • All Spice
    • Bay Leaves
    • Serve with Pinto Beans, Black Beans, or Rice

    Nutrition

    Calories: 235kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 26g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 68mg | Sodium: 648mg | Potassium: 831mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 1630IU | Vitamin C: 70.4mg | Calcium: 75mg | Iron: 3.5mg

    Healthy Tuna Salad

    [heart_this] · Aug 5, 2022 · 3 Comments

    Red and green Bell pepper halves filled and green tortilla wraps filled with no mayo Greek Yogurt Tuna Salad.

    Last Updated April 25th, 2024 at 03:51 pm by Lisa

    A healthier Tuna Salad loaded with crunchy celery, creamy avocado, basil, capers, kalamata olives, pepperoncini's, and sun-dried tomatoes. One of my favorite things about this recipe is it can be rolled up in a tortilla wrap, scooped in colorful bell pepper bowls, or put inside lettuce leaves for low carb lunches!

    The mayonnaise is swapped out for avocado and Greek yogurt which becomes a more creamy texture than just mayo. Each bite is full of crunchy little tasty pops of Italian flavors, and it is so fresh and clean...

    Four Bell Pepper halves filled with Tuna Salad garnished with fresh basil.

    Healthier Tuna Salad Recipe

    Swapping out the high fat and calories of traditional mayo is a healthier way to make this easy lunch recipe. When you combine the creaminess of the avocado and just a few tablespoons of Greek yogurt, it's a great substitute. This delicious tuna salad is loaded with crunchy vegetables and tons of flavor, no boring tuna salad here!

    • 1 whole tortilla wraps Garden Spinach Mission Tortilla Wraps brand
    • 1 whole bell pepper (red, green, or orange) Core, clean of seeds, sliced in half.
    • 4 small 7 oz cans of albacore tuna water packed
    • 1 ripe avocado
    • 2 tablespoons plain Greek yogurt
    • 2 tablespoons Italian parsley chopped
    • ½ cup green onions scallions, chopped
    • 3 tablespoons capers chopped
    • 4 tablespoons kalamata olives chopped
    • 3 tablespoons basil diced
    • 3 tablespoons sun-dried tomatoes in olive oil, chopped
    • 2 tablespoons pepperoncini's chopped
    • 2 tablespoons dill relish (or finely chopped dill pickles)
    • 2 cups celery small dice
    • 1 teaspoon celery salt try my recipe!
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked black pepper
    1. Remove the pit from the avocado and scoop the avocado halves into a small bowl. Add the Greek yogurt, and press the avocado with a fork to combine yogurt and blend them together. This is your creamy "mayo".
    2. Drain the water from the tuna, place the drained tuna into a medium bowl and break it into smaller pieces of tuna using a fork.
    3. Next, add all the ingredients into the bowl: parsley, green onions, capers, kalamata olives, basil, sun-dried tomatoes, pepperoncini's, dill pickle relish, celery, celery salt, and cracker pepper.
    4. Mix using a large spatula and combine tuna with all the ingredients.
    5. Scoop Italian Tuna Salad into half a large bell pepper, on lettuce wraps, or spread on a tortilla wrap and roll, and slice. Store leftovers in the refrigerator in an airtight container for up to 5 days.

    Take a look at my recipe to make your own Sun Dried Tomatoes at home! They are such a fun project, and you can make them right in your oven or a dehydrator, your choice...

    How To Make Sun Dried Tomatoes
    Preserve your tomato bounty this Summer! And master how to make Sun Dried Tomatoes with any kind of tomato variety. You can do this in either your home oven or in an inexpensive food dehydrator! Sundried tomatoes are a tasty snack. And add a punch of flavor into cozy beef stews, Italian tuna salad wraps, cold pasta salads, creamy pasta dinners, and so many other recipes. There are 20+ ideas for you to try! The pop of color is so gorgeous, and nothing from a package or jar will taste as sweet and "tomatoey" as this garden candy!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A small clear jar filled with sun dried tomatoes on a table with scattered dried tomatoes all around the table.
    What is the best tuna to use for tuna salad?


    Use canned tuna that is solid white albacore tuna and water-packed. Wild Planet tuna is a great brand and is 100% sustainably pole and line, troll, or handline caught, nets are never used in their commercial fishing.

    If the tuna can says safe catch, then you can be assured it meets Consumer Reports “Low Mercury” criteria set for pregnant and nursing women and young children.

    Chunk light contains a mixture of lighter, milder, and generally a less-expensive kind of tuna, typically skipjack and yellowfin.

    Healthier Tuna Salad Swaps

    To make a healthy tuna salad, here are some more perfect substitutes to try that have fewer calories than traditional tuna salad recipes.

    • The most important thing to lower the fat and calories from a traditional recipe is to avoid ingredients like olive oil, sour cream, that cup of mayo some recipes call for, and miracle whip in a typical mayo tuna salad.
    • The cup of mayo that you would normally use, is not needed as the avocado and small amount of Greek yogurt adds all the creaminess and good fats without as many calories!
    • Spinach tortillas are so pretty, you can also try the red garden tomato ones, or regular plain ones work great. Or go for the low-carb wraps you prefer.
    • One serving of this recipe has 28 grams of protein!
    • This is a healthy meal that works any day of the week as a better option, and it is so different than plain old tuna salad.
    • With a little bit of time, this meal prep recipe will have you set up to eat right for quick lunches.
    • Another one of my personal go-to healthy recipes is to add this tuna recipe right onto a big green salad with a light Citrus Vinaigrette dressing.
    • You can serve in large colorful bell pepper halves, or the colorful mini bell peppers cut in half to scoop this salad would be fun for lunch and the perfect substitute for bread.
    • Swap out each piece of bread and create lettuce wraps. Wrap this tuna salad into Romaine or iceberg lettuce cups, for a crisp fresh snack or lunch.
    • Many of the ingredients in this basic recipe have an Italian flair, you can add or swap things you have on hand or prefer like a finely chopped red onion, some Dijon mustard, onion powder, or fresh dill would all be great!
    • Take this to work or have it with celery sticks for a clean healthy lunch.
    • Swap in canned chicken and make a healthier chicken salad with the same ingredients!
    • Add some hard-boiled eggs and make a tuna egg salad recipe.
    • Use this recipe for a tuna melt sandwich! There are so many different ways to use tuna fish salad.

    More Salad Recipes

    Cobb Salad made famous in Hollywood at the Original Brown Derby restaurant is loaded with delicious toppings like tomato, chicken, crumbled bacon, avocado, chopped eggs, and topped with a special dressing.

    Put this easy 7 Layer Salad together up to a day ahead, and have it ready to go to your party chilling in your fridge overnight complete with the dressing on top.

    Yummy Taco Salad with lots of topping ideas, sides, and dressings. Works as lunch, family dinner, or party food for a large gathering!

    People love this tasty beautiful summer Watermelon Salad and it is ideal to make ahead for potluck parties. Always a hit!

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Red and green Bell pepper halves filled and green tortilla wraps filled with no mayo Greek Yogurt Tuna Salad.
    Print

    Healthy Tuna Salad Recipe

    A healthier Tuna Salad loaded with crunchy celery, creamy avocado, basil, capers, kalamata olives, pepperoncini's, and sun-dried tomatoes. One of my favorite things about this recipe is it can be rolled up in a tortilla wrap, scooped in colorful bell pepper bowls, or put inside lettuce leaves for low carb lunches! The mayonnaise is swapped out for avocado and Greek yogurt which becomes a more creamy texture than just mayo. Each bite is full of crunchy little tasty pops of Italian flavors, and it is so fresh and clean.
    Course Lunch & Picnic
    Cuisine American
    Keyword tuna salad, tuna salad Greek yogurt, tuna salad no mayo, tuna wrap
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 6
    Calories 200kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Chef Knife
    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board

    Ingredients

    Skinny Italian Tuna Salad

    • 1 whole tortilla wraps Garden Spinach Mission Tortilla Wraps brand
    • 1 whole bell pepper Red, Green, Orange. Core, clean of seeds, sliced in half.
    • 4 small 7 oz cans albacore tuna water packed
    • 1 ripe avocado
    • 2 tablespoons Greek yogurt
    • 2 tablespoons Italian parsley chopped
    • ½ cup green onions scallions, chopped
    • 3 tablespoons capers chopped
    • 4 tablespoons kalamata olives chopped
    • 3 tablespoons basil diced
    • 3 tablespoons sun-dried tomatoes in olive oil, chopped
    • 2 tablespoons pepperoncinis chopped
    • 2 tablespoons dill pickle relish
    • 2 cups celery small dice
    • 1 teaspoon celery salt try my recipe!
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • Remove the pit from the avocado and scoop the avocado halves into a small bowl. Add the Greek yogurt, and press the avocado with a fork to combine yogurt and blend them together. This is your creamy "mayo".
    • Drain the water from the tuna, place the drained tuna into a medium bowl and break into smaller pieces of tuna using a fork.
    • Next, add all the ingredients into the bowl: parsley, green onions, capers, kalamata olives, basil, sun-dried tomatoes, pepperoncini's, dill pickle relish, celery, celery salt, and cracker pepper.
    • Mix using a large spatula and combine tuna with all the ingredients.
    • Scoop Italian Tuna Salad into half a large bell pepper, on lettuce wraps, or spread on a tortilla wrap and roll, and slice. Store leftovers in the refrigerator in an airtight container for up to 5 days.

    Notes

    Healthier Tuna Salad Swaps

    To make a healthy tuna salad, here are some more perfect substitutes to try that have fewer calories than traditional tuna salad recipes.
    • The most important thing to lower the fat and calories that are loaded into a traditional recipe is to avoid ingredients like olive oil, sour cream, that cup of mayo some recipes call for, and miracle whip in typical mayo tuna salad.
    • The cup of mayo that you would normally use, is not needed as the avocado and small amount of Greek yogurt adds all the creaminess and good fats without as many calories!
    • Spinach tortillas are so pretty, you can also try the garden tomato ones, or regular plain ones work great. Or go for the low-carb wraps you prefer.
    • One serving of this recipe has 28 grams of protein!
    • This is a healthy meal that works any day of the week as a better option.
    • With a little bit of time, this meal prep recipe will have you set up to eat right for quick lunches.
    • Another one of my personal go-to healthy recipes is to add this tuna recipe right onto a big green salad with a light Citrus Vinaigrette dressing.
    • You can serve in large colorful bell pepper halves, or the colorful mini bell peppers would be fun for lunch and the perfect substitute for bread.
    • Swap out each piece of bread and create lettuce wraps. Wrap this tuna salad into iceberg lettuce cups, for a crisp fresh snack.
    • Many of the ingredients in this basic recipe have an Italian flair, you can add or swap things you have on hand or prefer like a finely chopped red onion, some Dijon mustard, onion powder, or fresh dill would all be great!
    • Take this to work or have it with celery sticks for a clean healthy lunch.
    • Swap in canned chicken and make a healthier chicken salad with the same ingredients!
    • Add some hard-boiled eggs and make a tuna egg salad recipe.
    • Use this recipe for a tuna melt sandwich! There are so many different ways to use tuna fish salad.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 200kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 28g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 47mg | Sodium: 1002mg | Potassium: 622mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 585IU | Vitamin C: 13.1mg | Calcium: 61mg | Iron: 3mg

    Halloween Cake

    [heart_this] · Jul 31, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.

    Last Updated October 19th, 2023 at 03:46 pm by Lisa

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, decorated with chocolate frosting, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! And be sure to download my free design template for edible cake decorations and take your Halloween cake recipes to the next level!

    The fence, gate, tree, tombstones, "dirt" and bones will be enchanting for your family or party guests...Happy Halloween!

    Table of Contents

    • Halloween Cake Recipe
      • Chocolate Sheet Cake Ingredients
      • Chocolate Cake Frosting Ingredients
      • Edible Cemetary Decorations
      • Bake The Halloween Cake
      • Make Chocolate Buttercream Frosting
    • Graveyard Cake Baking Tips
    • Edible Halloween Cake Decorations
    • Decorating Your Cake
    • Halloween Cake FAQ
    • Free Halloween Party Planner!
    • More Halloween Party Food Ideas
    • More Halloween Dessert Recipes

    Halloween Cake Recipe

    The chocolate tombstones each have whimsical funny engravings! And the little white bones and headstones are both made in a Wilton candy mold, one of my favorite new products for Halloween desserts.

    The "dirt" is crushed Oreos on this delicious dessert...

    You will need a large rectangle cake pan, a 9 X 13 rectangle pan will work best to show off the chocolate cake decorations.

    Chocolate Sheet Cake Ingredients

    • chocolate cake mix
    • white cake mix
    • eggs (eggs called for on the box)
    • vegetable oil (vegetable oil called for on the box)
    • water (water called for on the box)
    • orange food color or gel

    Chocolate Cake Frosting Ingredients

    • salted butter - room temperature (4 sticks)
    • vegetable shortening
    • powdered sugar (confectioner sugar)
    • unsweetened cocoa powder
    • hot water
    • Vanilla Extract make it homemade, try my recipe!
    • almond extract (optional but great!)

    Edible Cemetary Decorations

    • semi sweet chocolate chips
    • vegetable oil
    • white candy melts
    • Oreo cookies

    Bake The Halloween Cake

    1. Mix your white cake batter in a separate bowl, and stir in orange food color until it's the color your like.
    2. Mix your chocolate cake batter in a large mixing bowl or stand mixer according to the box directions. Deeper pans might need more batter. I used a deeper pan 3 inches deep. Most pans are 2 inches deep so I mixed up 2 boxes of cake batter.
    3. Spray the bottom of your cake pan with a non-stick. Next, line with parchment paper cut to fit the bottom of the pan. This will help release the cake from the pan and makes cleaning up much easier. Pour dollops of the chocolate batter into the pan alternating chocolate and orange. Try to place the batter on top of each area, it will begin to spread out. When all the batter is in the pan, use a skewer to pull lines from the center outward. Then do some slight swirls around the pan. This helps create the marble design.
    4. Rap the pan down on the counter to help level the batter. It pops any bubbles in the batter that would make cakes bake uneven. Bake according to your box directions. Most classic mixes require a 350-degree oven for 28 minutes for a regular 9x13 pan. Note: If you use a pan deeper than 2 inches, reduce baking temperature to 325 degrees and bake longer for 55 minutes. Check with a toothpick, if it comes out clean your cake is done.

    Make Chocolate Buttercream Frosting

    1. Beat soft butter and shortening in a mixer on high until creamy for 5 minutes.
    2. At low speed, add 10 cups of powdered sugar 1 cup at a time until smooth.
    3. Add 1 cup cocoa powder, and mix well.
    4. On high speed, mix in vanilla, almond extract, and hot water for 5 minutes until fluffy and smooth. Add more hot water if necessary until frosting is smooth.
    FREE DOWNLOAD 🎃 HALLOWEEN CAKE 🍫 CHOCOLATE WORK TEMPLATE FOR TREE, GATE, & FENCE 👻
    A large glass bowl full of chocolate frosting with a small offset spatula ready to frost a cupcake or cake.

    PRO TIP: Frost cakes with a small offset spatula. It makes it really easy, but a butter knife will work too.

    Graveyard Cake Baking Tips

    Cake Pans - You can bake this in a sheet pan, glass 9 x 13 dish, or metal pan. For pans deeper than 3 inches, you will want to lower the temperature from 350 down to 325 degrees. Also, bake it longer for about 50 minutes. Also, be sure to line the pan with parchment. It makes taking the cake out so much easier and in one piece. 🍰

    Batter - Coloring the batter is really easy. Be sure to use a bowl that won't stain with the orange dye. Place big dollops of batter on top of each other. Then use a chopstick to pull outward from the center and then in a circle. This makes the swirls you want in marbled cake! 🥣

    Baking - You can bake a day ahead. Keep it chilled in the fridge until it's time to decorate. You will want it very cool before you frost it!

    PRO TIP: Chill the cake in the refrigerator for at least two hours or preferably overnight before decorating. This gives you time to create your chocolate work decorations. Bake one day, then decorate the next, this helps release steam and the frosting holds on better when chilled.

    PRO TIP: Place a dollop of frosting on a small piece of cardboard (cut to fit the cake) on a tray or a cutting board. This keeps it from sliding around while decorating and makes it easy to move to the fridge and serve.

    Edible Halloween Cake Decorations

    Tombstones/Bones - I used a Tombstone Candy Mold above ⬆️ from Wilton. It is really easy to make bones and tombstones with melted chocolate chips and a little vegetable oil for the tombstones, and white candy melts for the bones.

    Dirt - Crush Oreo cookies in a small plastic zip-top bag, and sprinkle it around tombstones and trees.

    Design Template - Download the free design template for Halloween Chocolate Work

    1. In a double boiler, add 24 ounces of semi sweet chocolate chips and a teaspoon of vegetable oil.
    2. Stir until melted over simmering not boiling water. 
    3. IMPORTANT: don't splash water into the melting chocolate, or it might seize. 
    4. You might need to add a tiny bit more vegetable oil to get it smooth.
    5. Use a candy mold and fill the tombstones with melted chocolate.
    6. I used white candy melts (melt in the microwave) for the bones, and chocolate chips for the tombstones. Chill in the fridge to set.
    1. Cut parchment paper to fit neatly inside a large baking sheet. Slide the free-downloadeable chocolate design template under the parchment paper.
    2. Load into a pastry bag fitted with a small round piping tip. I used a Wilton size 5 tip. Use a large jar to help fill the bag with melted chocolate.
    3. Quickly pipe the graveyard fence, gate, and tree onto parchment paper using the design I provided to guide you or create your own! PRO TIP: Pipe the chocolate fairly thick, going over the lines. Thin lines will break and snap more easily as you decorate. Let the chocolate pieces chill in the fridge to set on the tray, they are fine to chill overnight too.

    Decorating Your Cake

    1. Crush Oreos for "dirt" in a small zip-top bag. First pop out the tombstones and bones from the mold. Place those on the cake with Oreo "dirt". Next, add the tree. Now add some chocolate buttercream to the lower part of the fences, and gate, this acts as "glue" to hold them to the side. Place those pieces around the outside edge.
    2. The cake will hold well overnight in the refrigerator for 1 day, and possibly 2 days. I would decorate it either the day of your party or the night before.
    3. The chocolate pieces can melt a bit on a hot day. I recommend you chill it until serving time!

    Halloween Cake FAQ

    What other edible decorations go on a Halloween Cake?

    Decorate in any fun way you want, there are so many creative edible topper ideas. You can also use these on my Halloween Cupcakes, they are so cute!
    -Make a candy spiders cake complete with black licorice spider webs
    -Use edible ink pens to write RIP on store-bought cookies for tombstones
    -Decorate with Halloween candies like Snickers and peanut butter cups!
    -Colorful cake pops would be adorable on top or
    smaller balls of hard candy
    -Stick big gumballs in Fall colors for October birthdays
    make some little meringue ghosts
    -Add candy spooky eyes, these are the perfect topper!
    bake a vanilla or pumpkin cakes instead of chocolate
    -Use a dark chocolate cake and peanut butter filling or frosting
    add a cream cheese frosting
    -Add black dye to bake a dark black chocolate cake
    -Try some Halloween themed cookie cutters and bake cookies to put on top, and have the kids decorate them with edible ink pens!
    -Make a s'more cake with toasted melted marshmallows, graham cracker crumbs, and pieces of chocolate bars.

    What other Halloween themes for cakes?

    The options are endless, from a spider web cake to a ghost cake, or a Charlie Brown great pumpkin cake! You can bake a candy corn cake or a monster mash version that looks like Frankenstein.
    - For easy Halloween cakes, bake or buy a sheet cake, and decorate with Brach's candy corn or pumpkin Mellocreme candies or make a pumpkin patch with Oreo cookie dirt!

    Free Halloween Party Planner!

    Download your FREE planner and get those party plans started today…

    CLICK FOR A FREE HALLOWEEN PLANNER! 🎃👻🍭
    A two page Halloween planner to plan the best food and decorations for a Halloween party.
    A slice of orange and chocolate Halloween cake on a black plate with a fork.

    More Halloween Party Food Ideas

    Boo! And Trick Or Treat... Halloween parties are all about serving haunted and creepy food, drinks, and Halloween treats.

    Boo! Take a peek through 200+ of the best Halloween Party Food Ideas from inspiring Food Blogger friends! Halloween parties are all about serving delicious recipes and creepy drinks

    Take a look at all of my Halloween Recipes, I have lots of ideas to make your party spectacular. Halloween party food for a crowd is easy, serve a giant Halloween Sub Sandwich with edible eyeballs! You can add any deli meat, sliced cheese, or toppings you like. Plenty of ways to make this sub your way. Serve bubbly, creepy, Halloween Punch in a cauldron to a crowd with both adult and kid options, plus dry ice tips.

    Peppered Tombstone Cracker Spread is a fun party dip and the perfect potluck appetizer to take to a friend's house. And sip on these spooky Aperol Cocktails.

    Halloween Pizzas are decorated with one of the six ideas here, choose a Jack-O-Lantern, Dracula, Frankenstein, Monster, Mummy, or Ghost!

    Have a pumpkin-shaped Cheese Ball with some pita chips, so fun for Fall parties.

    Candy Corn Jello Shots have 3 colors in these boozy adult shooters, just like the famous seasonal Fall candy! Batches of jello shots are known as a college party classic. But who doesn't love a layered shot that actually tastes great for a bit of mischief-making? Decorate with whipped cream and candy corn pieces for your Fall gathering or Halloween party. Cheers...

    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • A giant sub sandwich that looks like a Monster with giant edible radish eyes and small black olive eyes.
      Halloween Sandwich Ideas
    • A black cauldron with wooden ladle and pouring red punch into the bowl with dry ice smoke for Halloween Punch.
      Halloween Party Punch
    • A tombstone shaped Halloween dip served with crackers.
      Graveyard Tombstone Halloween Dip
    • A large cocktail glass with black sugar rim, ice, Aperol Cocktails, and eyeballs for Halloween.
      Halloween Aperol Cocktails
    • Six baked Halloween pizzas on a baking rack decorated to look like ghosts, pumpkins, dracula, frankenstein, and monsters.
      Halloween Pizza
    • A pumpkin shaped cheese ball on a platter with pita chips and crackers.
      Everything Bagel Pumpkin Cheese Ball
    • Close up of a candy corn Jello shot that is half sipped and others in plastic cups at a party with candy corn in the background.
      Candy Corn Jello Shots

    More Halloween Dessert Recipes

    For the easiest Snack Halloween Treats, make these easy snacks on a board, and just add some candy for an adorable display. Halloween Bark is easy to make loaded with candy corn, sprinkles, and candy eyes.

    Make a Halloween Candy Board filled with whimsical classic treats, chocolate candies, lollipops, and slightly gross gummy sweets.

    Halloween Cupcakes are topped with all kinds of edible cupcake toppers and candies!

    Decorate a spooky cute Halloween Gingerbread House with an easy-to-find premade kit. Use all kinds of candies in different ways, add your own creative details, and try new design ideas with leftover Halloween candy and royal icing.

    Make a Caramel Apple Dip with crisp green apples, salted caramel sauce, and crushed Health bars. A beloved recipe for potlucks, holiday parties, Thanksgiving, Halloween, and all through the Autumn apple season.

    • A full platter of Halloween salty snacks and candy decorated with candy eyeballs for an easy last minute Halloween Party Idea.
      Easy Halloween Snacks
    • A pile of Halloween bark on a dark black platter decorated with candy and sprinkles.
      Halloween Candy Bark
    • A Halloween candy board on a black tray loaded with cute candy for a party including pumpkins, licorice, mints, lollipops and gummy candy.
      Halloween Candy Board
    • Close up of decorated Halloween cupcake ideas with chocolate frosting, candy, sprinkles on a vintage cooling rack.
      Halloween Cupcakes
    • A Halloween gingerbread house decorated with royal icing and candy in orange, black, and white candy with a ghost opening the front door.
      Halloween Gingerbread House
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A chocolate Halloween Cake with gate, fence, tree and tombstones.
    Print

    Halloween Cake Recipe

    Bake a spooky Halloween Cake with orange and chocolate marbled cake inside, and a cemetery all made in chocolate! And be sure to download my free design template for the edible cake decorations. The fence, gate, tree, tombstones, "dirt" and bones will be enchanting for your family or party guests...Happy Halloween!
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine American
    Keyword graveyard cake, graveyard halloween cake, halloween cake, Halloween cake recipe, Halloween Dessert, Halloween party cake
    Prep Time 45 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time 1 hour hour 15 minutes minutes
    Servings 24
    Calories 667kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Rectangle 9 x 13 Cake Pan (2" deep)
    • Offset Icing Spatula
    • Cake Piping Tips and Pastry Bags
    • Parchment Paper Sheets
    • Wilton Tombstone Chocolate Mold
    • White Chocolate Melting Wafers (Candy Dipping)

    Ingredients

    chocolate cake

    • 1 boxed chocolate cake mix
    • 1 boxed white cake mix
    • 6 eggs (eggs called for on the box)
    • 1 cup vegetable oil (vegetable oil called for on the box)
    • 2 ¼ cups water (water called for on the box)
    • orange food color or gel

    chocolate frosting

    • 2 cups salted butter - room temperature (4 sticks)
    • 1 cup vegetable shortening
    • 10 cups powder sugar (confectioners sugar)
    • 1 cup unsweetened cocoa powder
    • 4-6 tablespoons hot water
    • 2 tablespoon vanilla extract
    • ½ teaspoon almond extract (optional but great!)

    chocolate graveyard decorations

    • 24 ounces semi sweet chocolate chips 24 ounce bag
    • 1 teaspoon vegetable oil
    • 1 bag white candy wafers

    Instructions

    chocolate cake

    • Spray the bottom of your pan with non-stick spray. Next, line with parchment paper cut to fit the bottom of the pan. This will help release the cake from the pan and makes clean up much easier.
    • Mix your batter in a large bowl or stand mixer according to the box directions. Deeper pans might need more batter - I used a deeper pan, 3 inches deep, so I mixed up 2 boxes of cake mix batter. Most pans are 2 inches deep.
    • In a small bowl place 2 cups of batter, stir in orange food color until it’s the orange you like. Now, pour dollops of the batter into the pan alternating from chocolate and orange. Try to place the batter on top of each area, it will begin to spread out.
    • When all the batter is in the pan, use a skewer to pull lines from the center outward, and then do some slight swirls around the pan. This helps create the marble design. Rap the pan down on the counter to help level the batter and pop any bubbles in the batter that might cause uneven baking.
    • Bake according to your box directions, most classic mixes require a 350-degree oven for 28 minutes for a regular 9 x 13 pan. (If you use a pan deeper than 2 inches, reduce baking temperature to 325 degrees and bake longer for 55 minutes). Check with a toothpick, if it comes out clean the cake is done.

    chocolate frosting

    • Beat soft butter and shortening in a mixer on high until creamy for 5 minutes.
    • At low speed, add 10 cups powder sugar 1 cup at a time until smooth.
    • Add 1 cup cocoa powder, mix well.
    • On high speed, mix in vanilla, almond extract, and hot water for 5 minutes until fluffy and smooth. Add more hot water if necessary until frosting is smooth.

    frost cake

    • Cool for 10 minutes in the pan, then remove it to a wire rack to finish cooling. Cool the cake in the refrigerator for at least two hours or preferably overnight before decorating. I like to bake one day, then decorate the next. This helps release the steam and the frosting holds on when chilled.
    • Place a dollop of chocolate frosting on a small piece of cardboard (cut to fit the cake) on a tray, or cutting board and set the cake on top. This keeps it from sliding around while decorating.
    • Frost using a small offset spatula. Smooth out the frosting as best you can all over the top and sides. Chill it in the refrigerator while you make the chocolate decorations.

    Make Chocolate Decorations: Tombstones, Bones, Fence, Gate, and Tree

    • Cut parchment paper to fit neatly inside a large baking sheet. Slide the downloadable chocolate design template under the parchment paper.
    • Melt the chocolate for decorating. In a double boiler, add chocolate chips and a teaspoon of vegetable oil, and stir until melted over simmering not boiling water. IMPORTANT: don't splash water into the melting chocolate, or it might seize "freeze" up. You might need to add a bit more vegetable oil to get it smooth. Load into a zip-top bag fitted with a small round piping tip. I used a Wilton size 5 tip.
    • Quickly pipe the graveyard fence, gate and tree onto parchment paper using the design I provided to guide you, or create your own! PRO TIP: Pipe the chocolate fairly thick, going over the lines. Thin lines will break and snap more easily as you decorate. Let the chocolate pieces chill in the fridge to set, they are fine to chill overnight too. Use a candy mold and fill the tombstones with melted chocolate, and the bones with white candy melts, let set until firm in the fridge.

    Assemble Graveyard Halloween Cake

    • Crush Oreos for "dirt" in a small zip-top bag. First pop out the tombstones and bones from the mold. Place those on the cake with Oreo "dirt". Next, add the tree. You might want to pipe some frosting at the base of the tree to hold it up. Now add some chocolate buttercream on the lower part of the fences, and gate, this acts as "glue" to hold them to the sides. Place those pieces around the outside edges, and break off smaller pieces of fence if you need them.
    • The cake will hold well overnight in the refrigerator for 1 day, and possibly 2 days. I would decorate either the day of your party or the night before. I have also had guests decorate it during the party which was SO much fun!
    • NOTE: The chocolate pieces will melt a bit on a hot day. I recommend you keep the cake chilled until serving time!

    Video

    Notes

    cake storage

    The Halloween Cake will last up to 2 days chilled in the fridge. 

    frosting

    This frosting recipe is SOOO fluffy and easy to spread at room temperature. But it firms up nicely when chilled in the fridge, so decorate your cake with room temperature frosting. You can freeze any leftover frosting, and use it for another dessert.

    baking pans

    You can bake this in a sheet pan, glass 9 x 13 dish, or metal cake pan. If you use a pan deeper than 3 inches, you will want to lower the temperature from 350 down to 325 degrees and bake it longer, about 50 minutes. Also, be sure to line the pan with parchment, it makes taking the cake out so much easier, and in one piece. 🍰

    marbled cake batter

    Coloring the batter is really easy, be sure to use bowls that won't stain with the dye, and just work to put big dollops on top of each other. Then use a chopstick to pull outward from the center and then in a circle, this makes the swirls you want! 🥣

    baking

    You can bake the cake a day ahead, and keep it chilled in the fridge until it's time to decorate it. You will want the cake very cool before you frost it!

    decorating

    A small offset spatula makes it really easy, but you can use a butter knife too.  The chocolate decorations will melt on a hot day. I recommend keeping the cake chilled in the fridge until you serve it. 

    Halloween Recipes

    I have a collection of Halloween food ideas for everything from snacks, drinks, and easy main dish party ideas.  Happy Halloween 🎃!  
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 667kcal | Carbohydrates: 83g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 38g | Saturated Fat: 21g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 452mg | Potassium: 149mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 65g | Vitamin A: 533IU | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 2mg

    Sheet Pan Chicken

    [heart_this] · Jul 28, 2022 · 3 Comments

    A white platter filled with sheet pan chicken dinner including lemons, potatoes, and croutons.

    Sheet Pan Chicken with croutons and small potatoes takes 20 minutes to prep and this entire chicken sheet pan dinner bakes in 50 minutes.

    Beautiful to serve for an easy family weeknight dinner or a fun meal prep idea sheet pan meals make cooking so easy!

    The crunchy golden brown croutons go perfectly with the soft warm potatoes, and lemony chicken...

    A large white oval platter filled with cooked sheet pan dinner including chicken, potatoes, lemons, and croutons.

    Sheet Pan Chicken Recipe

    Sheet pan chicken dinners are all the rage because they are a breeze! Simply slice the ingredients, place them on a large pan, "toss" to season each chicken piece, and bake.

    Everything you need for dinner is made in one pan with a few ingredients for a fast delicious weeknight family dinner.

    EASY clean-up, and one pan to wash.

    This is a "company-worthy" dish full of fresh flavor for any special occasion, and the lemony flavor is incredible.

    An ingredient list for sheet pan chicken, an easy week night dinner.
    • 3 lemons each cut into 8 pieces lengthwise
    • 2 ½ pounds of small potatoes fingerling potatoes, or new potatoes (unpeeled)
    • ¼ cup good olive oil
    • 1 baguette cut into 1” pieces
    • 1 teaspoon salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • 2 pounds 3 skinless chicken breasts, sliced into 1” pieces
    • 1 tablespoon smoked paprika (not hot paprika)
    • 1 tablespoon lemon pepper

    The best small potatoes for this recipe are...

    • Immature Baby Potatoes
    • Fingerling Potatoes
    • New Potatoes
    1. Fill a small bowl with cool water and a splash of vinegar, and clean the lemons. The vinegar helps clean fruits and veggies and leaves no after-taste. Cut each lemon lengthwise into 8 pieces. Place on the pan.
    2. Fill a small bowl with cool water and a splash of vinegar, and clean the potatoes. Cut small potatoes in half. Place on the pan.
    3. Next, slice the baguette bread loaf into 1" pieces and place those onto the pan. Drizzle the oil, salt, and pepper and toss lemons, potatoes, and bread cubes well to combine on the pan. You can also do this in a very large bowl, but that is one more thing to clean. In a small bowl, mix smoked paprika (not hot paprika) and lemon pepper. Next, cut the chicken breasts into 1” cubes, and toss the meat cubes in the smoked paprika (not hot paprika) and lemon pepper seasoning mix.
    4. Place chicken pieces on top of lemons, bread, and potatoes. Bake at 400 degrees for 25 minutes, then drizzle a little more olive oil and toss again using tongs.  Finish baking at 400 degrees for 25 more minutes until the bread is toasted, the potatoes are tender, and the chicken is lightly browned and baked.

    Sheet Pan Chicken Tips

    Chicken: If you leave the breasts whole, I found it is much harder to get everything to brown nicely and to cook evenly, that is why I used 1" pieces, you could also swap in boneless chicken thighs. Cook the chicken till juices run clear, and the internal temperature is 165 degrees.

    Serving: Sprinkle a little tangy fresh lemon over the croutons, chicken, and potatoes. You can even eat some of the roasted lemon pulp spread onto the chicken, it is sweet and amazing. Serve with a fresh green salad, topped with some olives, parmesan cheese, and feta with a little homemade herb butter for the potatoes, and dinner is done!

    Make-Ahead: If prepping this dinner in the morning, cover well with plastic wrap, and chill in the fridge. Simply remove the plastic wrap, and pop right in the oven at dinner time!

    Clean Lemons & Potatoes: The splash of vinegar in a bowl of water helps clean fruits and vegetables and leaves no after-taste.

    Swaps and Additions: Other vegetables like sweet potatoes, bell peppers, onions, green beans, brussels sprouts, or carrots would all work in this sheet pan dinner. Cut the larger vegetables into smaller pieces so they cook evenly.

    Leftovers: Reheat in the microwave or on a pan in the oven, and serve with some brown rice and have for lunch the next day.

    More Flavor Additions: Drizzle on some pesto sauce or a couple of tablespoons of minced garlic tossed in before baking.

    What is sheet pan chicken?


    Baking an entire dinner on one large baking pan. This popular cooking technique will get dinner on the table fast, make fewer dishes to wash up, clean-up easier, and almost everyone has a large sheet pan in their kitchen.

    Most sheet pan recipes have protein (chicken, steak, or shrimp), vegetables, some fat like olive oil, and seasonings, and roast at high heat until everything is golden brown and cooked at the same time.

    How do you store small potatoes?


    Since small potatoes have not had time to harden their skin, they are more perishable than regular potatoes. The best way to store them is in the refrigerator for a couple of weeks, then use them in a recipe.

    What Readers Are Saying

    • "Super easy and delicious! This is a GREAT sheet pan dinner. Thank you, Lisa."
    • "This was SO easy to make and such great flavors! Definitely adding this to our meal rotation!"
    • "What a quick and delicious one-pan dish! I love making this one on our busy weeknights!"

    If you love this easy recipe, take a look at my other one pan dinner, a Shrimp Boil with yummy corn, potatoes, andouille sausage, and shrimp!

    Shrimp Boil ~ Sheet Pan Oven Baked
    Sheet Pan Shrimp Boil is a fast oven-baked weeknight family dinner ready in 35 minutes for an easy weeknight dinner with simple ingredients.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A white platter filled with corn, shrimp, sausage, and potatoes for dinner.

    More Chicken Recipe Dinner Ideas

    Stuffed Chicken Breasts makes a great weeknight family dinner, and is perfect for special occasions, holidays, or romantic date nights. Easy pretzel-coated Honey Mustard Chicken can be on the table for your family in under an hour, with four simple store-bought ingredients and a 10-minutes to put together.

    Grill Hawaiian Huli Huli Chicken, and pineapple, and add some coconut lime rice into pineapple bowls. A gorgeous way to entertain for luaus, graduation celebrations, pool parties, or summer cookouts.

    A super easy Chicken Enchilada Casserole layered with corn tortillas, Mexican Oaxaca cheese, black olives, shredded chicken, and fire-roasted salsa verde for added depth of flavor from south of the border.

    • A white platter filled with sheet pan chicken dinner including lemons, potatoes, and croutons.
      Sheet Pan Chicken
    • A piece of chicken coated in a pretzel crust and and salad on the plate for a honey mustard chicken recipe.
      Honey Mustard Pretzel Chicken
    • Two pineapple halves carved out filled with coconut rice, grilled pineapple and huli huli chicken.
      Huli Huli Chicken
    • A white casserole dish with chicken enchilada casserole topped with black olives and lots of melted cheese.
      Chicken Enchilada Casserole

    The classic flavors from simple ingredients make this the best homemade Chicken Noodle Soup recipe. Keep shredded, sliced, cubed, or finely Diced Chicken ready to go so you can whip out easy chicken dinner recipes in a rush saving time and money.

    Learn how to make your own homemade Chicken Stock, also known as bone broth. This recipe has all the step-by-step instructions, on how to freeze it, plus 15 delicious new recipe ideas. Chicken Gnocchi Soup is so easy to put together and loaded with creamy shredded meat, vegetables, and gnocchi which are soft puffy "Italian dumplings".

    • A blue bowl filled with homemade chicken noodle soup.
      Chicken Noodle Soup
    • Cutting boneless chicken breasts into diced cubes of meat to use in recipes.
      Diced Chicken For Recipes
    • 3 small Mason jars filled with chicken stock and black heart shaped labels.
      Chicken Stock (Bone Broth)
    • A white bowl full of Chicken Gnocchi Soup with a silver spoon and bread nearby.
      Chicken Gnocchi Soup

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A white platter filled with sheet pan chicken dinner including lemons, potatoes, and croutons.
    Print

    Sheet Pan Chicken Recipe

    Sheet Pan Chicken with croutons and small potatoes takes 20 minutes to prep and this entire dinner bakes in 50 minutes. Beautiful to serve for an easy family weeknight dinner or a fun meal prep idea sheet pan meals make prep and cooking so easy! The golden brown croutons go perfectly with the tender warm potatoes and lemony chicken.
    Course Dinner & Main Dishes
    Cuisine American
    Keyword easy chicken dinner, sheet pan chicken, sheet pan chicken dinner, sheet pan dinner
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 50 minutes minutes
    Total Time 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 8
    Calories 399kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Large Metal Sheet Pan
    • Chef Knife

    Ingredients

    • 3 lemons each cut into 8 pieces lengthwise
    • 2 ½ pounds small potatoes fingerling potatoes, or new potatoes (unpeeled)
    • ¼ cup good olive oil
    • 1 baguette cut into 1” pieces
    • 1 teaspoon kosher sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • 2 pounds 3 breasts skinless chicken breast, sliced into 1” pieces
    • 1 tablespoon smoked paprika (not hot paprika)
    • 1 tablespoon lemon pepper

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 400 degrees.
    • Fill a small bowl with cool water and a splash of vinegar, clean the lemons. TIP: The vinegar helps clean fruits and veggies, and leaves no after-taste. Cut each lemon lengthwise into 8 pieces. Place on the large sheet pan.
    • Fill a small bowl with cool water and a splash of vinegar, clean the potatoes. Cut small potatoes in half. Place on the large sheet pan.
    • Next, slice the baguette bread loaf into 1" pieces and place those onto the sheet pan. Drizzle the oil, salt, and pepper and toss lemons, potatoes, and bread cubes well to combine on the sheet pan. You can also do this in a very large bowl, but that is one more thing to clean. In a small bowl, mix smoked paprika (not hot paprika) and lemon pepper. Next, cut the chicken breasts into 1” cubes, and toss the chicken cubes in the paprika and lemon pepper mix.
    • Place chicken pieces on top of lemons, bread, and potatoes. Bake at 400 degrees 25 minutes, then drizzle a little more olive oil and toss again using tongs.  Finish baking at 400 degrees for 25 more minutes until the bread is toasted, potatoes are tender, and the chicken is lightly browned and baked with the juices running clear and an internal temperature of 165 degrees.

    Notes

    Chicken

    If you leave the chicken breasts whole, I found it is much harder to get everything to brown nicely and to cook evenly, that is why I used 1" chicken pieces, you could also swap in boneless chicken thighs. Cook the chicken till juices run clear, and the internal temperature is 165 degrees. 

    Serving

    Sprinkle a little tangy fresh lemon over the croutons, chicken, and potatoes. You can even eat some of the roasted lemon pulp spread onto the chicken, it is sweet and amazing. Serve with a fresh green salad, topped with some olives, parmesan cheese, and feta with a little homemade herb butter for the potatoes, and dinner is done!

    Make-Ahead

     If prepping the sheet pan in the morning, cover well with plastic wrap, and chill in the fridge. Simply remove the plastic wrap, and pop right in the oven at dinner time!

    Clean Lemons & Potatoes

    The splash of vinegar in a bowl of water helps clean fruits and vegetables and leaves no after-taste.

    Small Potatoes

    The best potatoes for this recipe are Immature Small/Baby Potatoes, Fingerling Potatoes, or New Potatoes. There are more than 200 potatoes sold in the United States, and seven categories: russet, red, white, yellow, blue/purple, fingerling, and petite.
    Since small potatoes have not had time to harden their skin, they are more perishable than regular potatoes. The best way to store small potatoes is in the refrigerator for a couple of weeks, then use them in a recipe.

    Swaps and Additions

     Other vegetables like sweet potatoes, bell peppers, onions, green beans, brussels sprouts, or carrots would all work in this sheet pan dinner. Cut the larger vegetables into smaller pieces so they cook evenly.

    Leftovers

    Reheat in the microwave or on a sheet pan in the oven, and serve with some brown rice and have for lunch the next day.

    More Flavor Additions

     Drizzle on some pesto sauce or a couple of tablespoons of minced garlic tossed in before baking.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 6g | Calories: 399kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 30g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 72mg | Sodium: 624mg | Potassium: 1136mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 475IU | Vitamin C: 50.7mg | Calcium: 63mg | Iron: 3mg

    Stuffed Chicken Breasts

    [heart_this] · Jul 27, 2022 · 3 Comments

    Cooked Gorgonzola Stuffed Chicken in pan sauce garnished with fresh thyme.

    Last Updated June 15th, 2023 at 09:57 pm by Lisa

    Stuffed Chicken Breasts makes a great weeknight family dinner, and is perfect for special occasions, holidays, or romantic date nights. This dinner can be made ahead for entertaining and has the best sauce with only one pan and a tiny bowl to clean!

    Years ago, I learned to make a similar recipe in cooking school, and this became one of my all-time favorite chicken breast recipes plus it is low-carb. Full of deep rich flavors, and you can use so many flavorfull fillings tucked inside. Drizzle with the easy pan sauce, and serve this gorgeous dinner...

    PRO TIP: For entertaining, make the chicken and sauce, refrigerate, and finish in the oven right before your party. You will be a kitchen superstar, relax, and enjoy being with your guests!

    Stuffed Chicken Breast Recipe

    Make The Stuffing

    • 1 tablespoon butter
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked black pepper
    • 2 cups thinly sliced leeks (1 small leek)
    • ½ cup gorgonzola crumbled (or cheese of your choice!)
    • 1 tablespoon fresh thyme leaves
    1. Clean and finely slice the leeks. See my recipe post for tips, set those aside. In an extra-large heavy skillet, melt butter, sea salt, and cracked pepper.
    2. Add the sliced leeks, and saute over medium heat for about 5-8 minutes until soft and light brown. Add ¼ cup white wine, and cook for 2 minutes over medium heat.
    3. Turn off the heat, and transfer this mixture to a small mixing bowl and cool. Once cool, add ½ cup gorgonzola cheese, and 1 tablespoon of fresh thyme leaves. Mix until combined, and set aside.

    Stuff The Chicken Breasts

    • 4 skinless boneless chicken breasts (approximately 32 oz package)
    • 1 teaspoon salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • 2 tablespoons Hungarian paprika smoked, not hot!
    1. Use a sharp knife and cutting board, and trim fat bits from the meat. A small paring knife works to cut a pocket into each breast. Start at the thickest end, place your palm on top of the breast, insert a paring knife, and carefully move the knife back and forth to open slicing slowly to form a pocket without piercing all the way through to the other side.
    2. Make the seasoning, in a small bowl mix salt, pepper, and paprika. Set aside. Using a regular teaspoon, fill the pocket with about 2-3 tablespoons of the leek stuffing mixture. Insert 2 toothpicks to close up the pocket and keep it closed while cooking. Sprinkle the dry season mix on both sides of the stuffed breasts, and set on a plate.

    Pan Saute Chicken

    1. Heat extra-large skillet on medium-high heat. Add 2 tablespoons olive oil, and swirl around the pan to coat.
    2. Place stuffed breasts in pan and sear until brown about 6 minutes per side, or until nice golden color. Use tongs to turn until golden brown on each side of the breasts.
    3. Remove the golden brown breasts from the pan and rest on a platter. Don't clean the pan yet!

    Finish Cooking In The Pan Sauce

    • 1 shallot finely diced
    • 1 cup white wine
    • 2 tablespoons fresh thyme leaves stems removed
    • 1 cup chicken stock bone broth
    • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
    1. Chop the shallot finely. Whisk 1 tablespoon of cornstarch into 1 cup of chicken stock, this will thicken the pan sauce. In the same extra-large pan you sauteed the chicken, add the chopped shallot, and stir for about 2 minutes until soft. Add 1 cup white wine, 1 cup chicken stock/cornstarch mixture, and fresh thyme leaves. Gently scrape brown bits from the pan using a wooden spoon or spatula. Cook the pan sauce for 5 minutes on medium heat until slightly thickened.
    2. Remove the toothpicks, and place the breasts back in the pan, turn the heat down to medium-low. Let the chicken simmer in sauce on the stove for another 10 minutes until cooked through. Check with a good meat thermometer, for an internal temperature of 165 degrees f. Use a good wireless meat thermometer with probes or instant-read meat thermometer, these are so easy to use, very accurate, and will last for years.
    3. Serve stuffed chicken with a nice salad and spoon the hot sauce over, and garnish with fresh thyme sprigs.

    Take a look at my recipe to make your own homemade Stock bone broth...

    Chicken Stock (Bone Broth) Plus Freezer Tips and 15+ Recipe Uses!
    Make Chicken Stock aka Bone Broth at home to create other tasty recipes with chicken stock, plus cooking tips and 15+ delicious recipe ideas!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    3 small Mason jars filled with chicken stock and black heart shaped labels.

    How to Clean and Slice Leeks

    How To Clean, Cut, and Cook Leeks
    Learn how to clean and cut leeks, plus freezer storage tips. Creative recipe ideas to saute and roast them for soups, dinner, and sides.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Bright green leeks held by rubber bands at a Farmers market.
    1. On a stable cutting board, trim the root end off and discard. Next, remove 5 inches of the top dark green leaves, leaving the lighter green leek leaves. (The dark part is tough but is great in chicken stocks and bone broths!)
    2. Then, from the root end slice up all the way through the leek but leave the top end connected, this is so you can soak and wash the dirt but not have leaves everywhere!
    3. Soak both ends of the leeks in a bowl of water, once most of the dirt is removed slice all the way through so you have two halves.
    4. Change the water in the bowl, and rinse the leeks halves again. Keep washing and changing the water several times as you fan the leaves open underwater to be sure they are clean. And keep changing the water until clear.
    5. Once clean, move to a cutting board. Now slice all the way through the leeks, and slice into thin strips for your recipe.
    6 photos of leeks showing how to clean and slice them for use in recipes.

    But, when you take a bite of this chicken for the first time, I bet you will make it again and again. Happy cooking!

    More Stuffed Chicken Recipe Ideas

    What else can you stuff chicken breasts with?


    Cheese Stuffing: Stuff in cheddar cheese, feta cheese, shredded mozzarella cheese, or Swiss cheese.

    Cheese Mixture Variations: Another option is to swap in some cream cheese for a milder flavor. Stuff with mixed cheeses and cream cheese for the mixture you select, it will be delicious. You can add some Italian seasoning or chopped fresh herbs like rosemary or basil.

    Cornbread Stuffing: Stuff some baked cornbread stuffing inside.

    Spinach Stuffed Chicken Breast: Saute fresh spinach into a cheese mixture with some fresh herbs for another stuffing idea. Use cheeses you like or have on hand!

    More Chicken Recipes To Try!

    Sheet Pan Chicken with croutons and small potatoes takes 20 minutes to prep and this entire sheet pan dinner bakes in 50 minutes. Easy pretzel-coated Honey Mustard Chicken can be on the table for your family in under an hour, with four simple store-bought ingredients and a 10-minutes to put together.

    Grill Hawaiian Huli Huli Chicken, and pineapple, and add some coconut lime rice into pineapple bowls. A gorgeous way to entertain for luaus, graduation celebrations, pool parties, or summer cookouts.

    A super easy Chicken Enchilada Casserole layered with corn tortillas, Mexican Oaxaca cheese, black olives, shredded chicken, and fire-roasted salsa verde for added depth of flavor from south of the border.

    • A white platter filled with sheet pan chicken dinner including lemons, potatoes, and croutons.
      Sheet Pan Chicken
    • A piece of chicken coated in a pretzel crust and and salad on the plate for a honey mustard chicken recipe.
      Honey Mustard Pretzel Chicken
    • Two pineapple halves carved out filled with coconut rice, grilled pineapple and huli huli chicken.
      Huli Huli Chicken
    • A white casserole dish with chicken enchilada casserole topped with black olives and lots of melted cheese.
      Chicken Enchilada Casserole

    The classic flavors from simple ingredients make this the Best Homemade Chicken Noodle Soup recipe. Keep shredded, sliced, cubed, or finely Diced Chicken ready to go so you can whip out easy chicken dinner recipes in a rush saving time and money. Learn how to make your own homemade Chicken Stock, also known as bone broth. This recipe has all the step-by-step instructions, on how to freeze it, plus 15 delicious new recipe ideas.

    Chicken Gnocchi Soup is so easy to put together and loaded with creamy shredded meat, vegetables, and gnocchi which are soft puffy "Italian dumplings".

    • A blue bowl filled with homemade chicken noodle soup.
      Chicken Noodle Soup
    • Cutting boneless chicken breasts into diced cubes of meat to use in recipes.
      Diced Chicken For Recipes
    • 3 small Mason jars filled with chicken stock and black heart shaped labels.
      Chicken Stock (Bone Broth)
    • A white bowl full of Chicken Gnocchi Soup with a silver spoon and bread nearby.
      Chicken Gnocchi Soup

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Cooked Gorgonzola Stuffed Chicken in pan sauce garnished with fresh thyme.
    Print

    Stuffed Chicken Breasts Recipe

    Stuffed Chicken Breasts makes a great weeknight family dinner, and is perfect for special occasions, holidays, or romantic date nights. Make ahead for entertaining, and has the best sauce with only one pan and a tiny bowl to clean! Try lots of different stuffings and ingredients.
    Course Dinner & Main Dishes
    Cuisine American
    Keyword chicken breast recipe, gorgonzola chicken, stuffed chicken, stuffed chicken breast recipe
    Prep Time 30 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 40 minutes minutes
    Total Time 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 230kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Large Cast Iron Skillet
    • Chef Knife
    • Wood Toothpicks
    • Digital Meat Thermometer

    Ingredients

    • 4 skinless boneless chicken breasts approximately 32 oz package

    gorgonzola leek stuffing

    • 1 tablespoon butter
    • 1 teaspoon kosher sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • 2 cups thinly sliced leeks 1 small leek
    • ½ cup gorgonzola crumbled
    • 1 tablespoon fresh thyme leaves

    chicken seasoning

    • 1 teaspoon kosher sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • 2 tablespoons Hungarian paprika smoked, not hot!

    pan sauce

    • 1 shallot finely diced
    • 1 cup white wine
    • 2 tablespoons fresh thyme leaves stems removed
    • 1 cup chicken stock
    • 1 tablespoon cornstarch

    extra thyme sprigs for garnish

    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    Prepare chicken stuffing

    • Clean and finely slice the leeks. See my recipe post for tips, set those aside. In an extra-large heavy skillet, melt butter, sea salt, and cracked pepper.
    • Add the sliced leeks, and saute' over medium heat about 5-8 minutes until soft and light brown. Add ¼ cup white wine, and cook 2 minutes over medium heat.
    • Turn off heat, and transfer this mixture to a small mixing bowl and cool. Once cool, add ½ cup gorgonzola cheese, and 1 tablespoon fresh thyme leaves. Mix until combined, set aside.

    Stuff chicken breasts

    • Use a sharp knife and cutting board, and trim fat bits from the chicken. A small paring knife works to cut a pocket into each chicken breast. Start at the thickest end, place your palm on top of the chicken, insert a paring knife, and carefully move the knife back and forth to open slicing slowly to form a pocket without piercing all the way through to the other side.
    • Make the chicken seasoning, in a small bowl mix salt, pepper and paprika. Set aside. Using a regular teaspoon, fill the pocket with about 2-3 tablespoons of the leek stuffing mixture. Insert 2 toothpicks to close up the pocket and keep it closed while cooking. Sprinkle the dry season mix on both sides of the stuffed breasts, set on a plate.

    Pan saute chicken

    • Heat extra-large skillet on medium-high heat. Add 2 tablespoons olive oil, swirl around pan to coat.
    • Place stuffed breasts in pan and sear until brown about 6 minutes per side, or until nice golden color. Use tongs to turn the chicken until golden brown on each side.
    • When golden brown, remove from the pan and rest on a platter. Don't clean the pan yet!

    Make pan sauce

    • Chop the shallot finely, and whisk 1 tablespoon of cornstarch into 1 cup of chicken stock. This will thicken the pan sauce. In the same extra-large pan you sauteed the chicken, add the chopped shallot, and stir for about 2 minutes until soft. Add 1 cup white wine, 1 cup stock/cornstarch mixture, and fresh thyme leaves. Gently scrape brown bits from the pan using a wooden spoon or spatula. Cook the pan sauce for 5 minutes on medium heat until slightly thickened.
    • Remove the toothpicks, place the breasts back in the pan, and turn the heat down to medium-low. Let the chicken simmer in sauce on the stove for another 10 minutes until cooked through. Check with a good meat thermometer, for an internal temperature of 165 degrees f.
    • Serve chicken with a nice salad. Spoon sauce over the chicken, and garnish with fresh thyme sprigs.

    Notes

    Side Dish Pairings

    Rice pilaf, fingerling potatoes, parmesan risotto, mashed potatoes, or grilled asparagus.

    Make-Ahead Tips

    1. Brown the chicken, make the pan sauce and cool the pan for 45 minutes on the counter. Then cover the pan with chicken breasts and sauce, and place in the fridge until an hour before dinner.
    2. I used a small roasting pan with handles that fit into my fridge (my cooking pan wouldn't fit so check first). Pull out the roasting pan about 30 minutes before cooking, and preheat the oven to bake 375.
    3. Bake in the oven for about 30 minutes. Be sure there are no toothpicks. This will finish cooking the chicken and heat the sauce. Serve on warm plates, spoon sauce on chicken, and garnish with thyme sprigs. Enjoy!

    Variations & Swaps

    Cheese Stuffing: Stuff in cheddar cheese, feta cheese, shredded mozzarella cheese, or Swiss cheese.
    Cheese Mixture Variations: Another option is to swap in some cream cheese for a milder flavor. Stuff with mixed cheeses and cream cheese for the mixture you select, it will be delicious. You can add some Italian seasoning or chopped fresh herbs like rosemary or basil.
    Cornbread Stuffing: Stuff some baked cornbread stuffing inside the chicken breasts.
    Spinach Stuffed Chicken Breast: Saute fresh spinach into a cheese mixture with some fresh herbs to stuff the chicken. Use cheeses you like or have on hand!
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 230kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 27g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 874mg | Potassium: 596mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1490IU | Vitamin C: 8.5mg | Calcium: 73mg | Iron: 1.9mg

    Baked Zucchini Chips

    [heart_this] · Jul 26, 2022 · 1 Comment

    A lady dipping a zucchini chip into a lemon dill yogurt dip.

    Make a batch of low-calorie Baked Zucchini Chips and scoop them into a lemon-dill yogurt dip. What a great way to use up summer squash when it is popping up faster than you can pick it!

    Easy zucchini chips are a healthy snack idea. The crunchy coating makes these crispy zucchini chips so satisfying, especially when you get to dipping...

    My sweet neighbor Kristina grows her own veggies in our local community garden, and she shared her bounty of yellow fresh zucchini with me.

    So I decided to make some healthy and delicious parmesan zucchini chips with all the gorgeous summer squash she gifted me!

    Looking down on a plate of zucchini chips with a yogurt dip garnished with fresh dill and lemon zest.

    Zucchini Chip Recipe

    With a few simple ingredients, you can bake these crispy chips as a healthier option for a snack, side dish, or even a main dish.

    PRO TIP: The best way to cut fresh zucchini is a on mandoline, you will get evenly baked tasty chips!

    • 5 small yellow zucchini small to medium, sliced into ⅛ inch rounds
    • 3 tablespoons olive oil
    • ½ teaspoon salt
    • fresh ground black pepper to taste
    • 1 cup panko crumbs
    • 1 cup grated Parmesan cheese
    • 3 teaspoons Italian seasoning
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • coconut oil spray

    Bake the Zucchini Chips

    1. Line 2 large baking sheet pans or cookie sheets with parchment paper and set aside.
    2. Use large, small, or medium zucchinis sliced into thin uniform slices in order to bake well. Mandoline: Set your mandoline slicer thickness settings, to the thinnest setting to slice into ⅛ inch thin rounds. Hand Sliced: Hand slice with a chef knife, make thin ⅛" slices using a sharp knife on a cutting board. Food Processor: Use food processor machine with a flat blade attachment to cut thin slices of zucchini.
    3. In a large bowl, combine olive oil, salt, and pepper; mix until well combined. Add in sliced zucchini and stir until well coated.
    4. Preheat oven to 450 degrees f. Next, in a zip top plastic bag, combine parmesan cheese, panko crumbs, Italian seasoning, and garlic powder. Zip close and shake to mix the parmesan mixture coating. Next, add the slices in batches, close the bag again, and shake.
    5. Place the coated slices in a single layer on the parchment prepared baking sheet pan. Sprinkle extra parmesan and panko on top. Spray the chips with coconut oil spray before baking to help them crisp up.
    6. Bake for 10 minutes, then rotate the pan and bake for 8 to 10 minutes more. This equally distributes the heat in your hot oven until the chips are evenly golden brown. You can flip them over mid-way through baking, but it isn't necessary.
    7. Serve on a platter with your favorite dipping sauce like a Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip, Remoulade, Green Goddess, Blue Cheese, or Buttermilk Ranch Dressing.

    Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip

    • 1 cup Greek yogurt or light sour cream
    • 4 tablespoons fresh lemon juice
    • 4 tablespoons fresh dill chopped
    • 1 tablespoon lemon zest
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    1. In a small bowl, use a spatula and mix the Greek yogurt, fresh lemon juice, chopped fresh dill, lemon zest, and sea salt.
    2. Store in an airtight container for up to a week.

    Easy Zucchini Chip Tips

    Zucchinis have a mild flavor, and can be stored at room temperature for several days before using them in recipes. Any size zucchini will work for this recipe including from large zucchini to baby zucchini. The key is to slice them thin and evenly to get the best results.

    Food Dehydrators and Air Fryers can also be used to make this recipe. Simply follow the directions with the coating, then use the setting and cooking time your particular machine recommends to remove the excess moisture from the chips to get them crunchy. Air fryers will need to go in stages with a second batch depending on the size of your model.

    Dips For Zucchini Chips

    Try your favorite dips like a lemon-dill yogurt sauce, a creamy remoulade, buttermilk ranch dressing, a green goddess dip, blue cheese dip, or comeback sauce.

    • A vintage spoon scooping up remoulade sauce to use on a recipe.
      Remoulade Sauce
    • A large Mason jar filled with ranch dressing made at home with a small serving bowl and spoon.
      Homemade Buttermilk Ranch Dressing
    • Looking down into a wooden bowl with creamy balsamic horseradish sauce swirled in the center, and a wooden spreader resting on the edge of the bowl with a rustic beige tablecloth underneath and on a woven rattan placemat.
      Creamy Balsamic Horseradish Sauce
    • A ceramic plate with sliced apples, chicken on lettuce with homemade blue cheese dressing.
      Blue Cheese Dressing
    • A small glass bowl with green goddess dressing and white plates of mixed salad greens on a table.
      Green Goddess Dressing Recipe
    A zucchini chip stuck in a small white bowl of Lemon Dill yogurt dip garnished with dill and lemon.

    Zucchini FAQ

    Are zucchini and squash the same thing?


    All zucchini are squash, but not all squash are zucchini. "Squash" is in the gourd plant family. Then there are two further types, Winter squash, and Summer squash.

    Examples of winter squash are Acorn and Spaghetti squash. Those have tough skin that is inedible. Summer squash varieties include classic green zucchini, yellow zucchini, romanesco zucchini, and pattypan squash. These are one of the most versatile vegetables and can be made into casseroles, pickles, baked chips, baked into sweet zucchini bread, and more.

    What color is zucchini?

    Zucchini is usually green and varies from light to dark green. It also can be a bright golden yellow, and that variety is called Yellow Zucchini.

    What is a mandoline?


    A culinary utensil tool used in the kitchen to slice and cut firm fruits and vegetables. Create various shapes like diced cuts, waffle cuts, juliennes, crinkle cuts, or round slices.

    Mandolines use different settings and various cutting blades and settings that are adjusted to slice and cut into different widths and thicknesses which is important with foods that are deep-fried or baked like traditional potato chips.

    A mandoline consists of two parallel working surfaces, one of which can be adjusted in height. A food item is slid along the adjustable surface until it reaches a blade mounted on the fixed surface, slicing it and letting it fall. Other blades perpendicular to the main blade are often mounted so that the slice is cut into strips.

    Do you need a mandoline for zucchini chips?


    With a mandoline, the advantages are that slices are all the same thin size so they cook at the same time. The whole process goes way faster using a mandolin slicer than a chef knife and cutting board. It creates a beautiful presentation and is easier if your whole zucchini are of different sizes.

    More Healthy Snacks

    What a great way to use up the summer squash that grows so fast in our gardens, make one of my other zucchini recipes. The pickling brine in these Zucchini Pickles (NO canning/ready in 30 minutes!) give these a zippy flavor and crisp texture.

    Crudités with Green Goddess Dip is an easy appetizer. Serve veggie cups and a purple cabbage "bowl" for a unique relish tray at your party.

    Roasted Pumpkin Seeds are an easy recipe and low carb keto snack idea.

    Make a jar of these old-fashioned deli-style Pickled Eggs using jalapenos, garlic, and pickling spice. A healthy protein-packed snack ready in 7 days right in your kitchen.

    • Close up of zucchini pickles in a quart glass mason jar.
      Zucchini Pickles (Easy No Canning)
    • A cutting board with crudites and dip with bright colored vegetables cut into strips and sticks.
      Crudités With Dip
    • A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.
      Roasted Pumpkin Seeds
    • A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.
      Jalapeno Pickled Eggs Recipe

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A lady dipping a zucchini chip into a lemon dill yogurt dip.
    Print

    Baked Zucchini Chips Recipe

    Make a batch of low-calorie Baked Zucchini Chips and scoop them into a lemon-dill yogurt dip. What a great way to use up summer squash when it is popping up faster than you can pick it!
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword low calorie chips, vegetable chips, zucchini chips
    Prep Time 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 35 minutes minutes
    Servings 10 servings
    Calories 139kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Mandoline
    • Classic Citrus Zester
    • Lemon/Lime Juicer

    Ingredients

    Zucchini Chips

    • 5 small yellow zucchini small to medium, sliced into ⅛ inch rounds, use a mandoline or hand slice
    • 3 tablespoons olive oil or avocado oil
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • black pepper to taste
    • 1 cup panko bread crumbs
    • 1 cup grated Parmesan cheese
    • 3 teaspoons Italian seasoning
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • coconut oil cooking spray olive oil spray

    Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip

    • 1 cup Greek yogurt or light sour cream
    • 4 tablespoons fresh lemon juice
    • 4 tablespoons fresh dill chopped finely
    • 1 tablespoon lemon zest
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • fresh herbs for garnish
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    Make the Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip

    • In a small bowl, use a spatula and mix the Greek yogurt, fresh lemon juice, chopped fresh dill, lemon zest and sea salt.
    • Store in an airtight container for up to a week.

    Bake the Zucchini Chips

    • Line 2 large baking sheet pans or cookie sheets with parchment paper and set aside.
    • Use large, small, or medium zucchinis cut into thin uniform slices in order to bake well.
      Mandoline: Set your mandoline slicer thickness settings, to the thinnest setting to slice into ⅛ inch thin rounds.
      Hand Slice: Hand slice with a chef knife, make thin ⅛" slices using a sharp knife on a cutting board.
      Food Processor: Use food processor machine with a flat blade attachment to cut thin slices of zucchini.
    • In a large bowl, combine olive oil, salt, and pepper; mix until well combined. Add in sliced zucchini and stir until well coated.
    • Preheat oven to 450. Next, in a zip top plastic bag, combine parmesan cheese, panko crumbs, Italian seasoning, and garlic powder. Zip close and shake to mix the parmesan mixture coating. Next, add the sliced zucchini in batches, close the bag again, and shake.
    • Place the coated zucchini slices in a single layer on the parchment prepared baking sheet pan. Sprinkle extra parmesan and panko on top. Spray the chips with coconut oil spray before baking to help them crisp up.
    • Bake for 10 minutes, then rotate the pan and bake for 8 to 10 minutes more. This equally distributes the heat in your hot oven until the chips are evenly golden brown. You can flip them over mid-way through baking, but it isn't necessary.
    • Serve on a platter with your favorite dipping sauce like a Lemon-Dill Yogurt Dip, Remoulade, Green Goddess, Blue Cheese, or Buttermilk Ranch Dressing.

    Notes

    serving 

    Zucchini chips are best made and served right away so the coating stays crisp.

    Zucchinis or squash

    Zucchinis have a mild flavor and can be stored at room temperature for several days before using them in recipes.
    You can use any zucchini for this recipe, or summer squash that are green or yellow. Summer squash has edible, tender exterior skin.  The key is to slice them thin and evenly to get the best results.

    Food Dehydrators and Air Fryers

    A home dehydrator or air fryer can also be used to make this recipe. Simply follow the directions with the coating, then use the setting and cooking time your particular machine recommends to remove the excess moisture from the chips to get them crunchy. Air fryers will need to go in stages with a second batch depending on the size of your model.

    Dipping Sauces

    Try your favorite dips like a lemon-dill yogurt sauce, a creamy remoulade, buttermilk ranch dressing, a green goddess dip, blue cheese dip, or comeback sauce.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 139kcal | Carbohydrates: 9g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 9mg | Sodium: 439mg | Potassium: 326mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 305IU | Vitamin C: 19.9mg | Calcium: 168mg | Iron: 1mg

    Iceberg Wedge Salad

    [heart_this] · Jul 25, 2022 · 4 Comments

    Wedge salad with avocado dressing drizzled on top with pistachios on a black slate board.

    Last Updated August 27th, 2022 at 09:24 am by Lisa

    Dig your fork into this icy cold Wedge Salad with a Pistachio-Avocado Dressing. The mild flavor compliments sizzling grilled steaks, chicken, or shish kabobs at cookouts or dinner parties. And for lunch, add some more protein like chopped bacon, chicken, or hard-boiled egg.

    The crisp salad lettuce contrasts with the cool creamy dressing and the salty crunch of pistachios. An iceberg wedge salad worthy enough to be served at one of the finest steakhouses...

    How To Make A Iceberg Wedge Salad

    The key to this recipe is the iceberg wedges that are super chilled fast in the freezer. There are lots of ways to mix up this recipe with different toppings and dressings, read on for on those ideas and more recipes.

    • 1 large head iceberg lettuce remove core/outer leaves, quartered, freeze
    • 3 cups pistachio-avocado dressing
    • ½ cup pistachios garnish
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon cracked black pepper

    Pistachio-Avocado Dressing

    • 1 avocado peeled/pitted
    • 1 ½ cups buttermilk
    • ½ teaspoon fresh lime juice
    • 3 tablespoons white wine vinegar
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ¼ teaspoon cracked black pepper
    • ½ cup pistachios
    1. On a cutting board, use a sharp chef knife, and slice the head of iceberg lettuce in half, then into 1-2 wedges. Place the lettuce wedges carefully into zip-top bags, and place in freezer for at least 1 hour, but no longer than 2 hours (or it will wilt).
    2. In a high-speed blender, add the avocado, buttermilk, lime juice, white wine vinegar, salt, black pepper, ½ cup pistachios save other ½ cup to garnish. Blend until smooth. Place in a small jar or small bowl and place in the fridge until ready to serve. Note: This dressing is THICK! It is really creamy due to the avocado.
    3. When ready to serve, place each iceberg lettuce wedge on a plate, and drizzle with dressing. Sprinkle with pistachios, sea salt, and cracked pepper and serve right away.

    Avocado Dressing Variations: For the garlic fans, some minced garlic would be a great addition, and this dressing is very creamy, but you can also add some mayonnaise or sour cream in place of the buttermilk.

    More Wedge Salad Toppings

    The toppings on a wedge salad are the best part. Try some of these to mix it up and use things you might have on hand. Add proteins to make it a meal.

    • Crumbled Cheeses: Blue Cheese Crumbles, Crumbled Feta, or Goat Cheese
    • Dressings: Creamy Blue Cheese Dressing , or Buttermilk Ranch Dressing
    • Finely Diced Veggies: Chives , Chopped Tomato, Red Onion, or Chopped Avocado
    • Add Proteins: Crispy Bacon Crumbles, Chopped Hard Cooked Eggs, Finely Diced Cooked Chicken

    Wedge Salad FAQ

    What is a classic wedge salad recipe?

    A wedge of iceberg lettuce and is topped with crisp bacon, creamy chunky blue cheese dressing, tomatoes, and red onions.

    It is a common restaurant menu item and a classic American salad.

    What do you eat with a wedge salad?


    When you serve this salad for dinner, consider pairing this salad with hot summer grilled dishes like grilled steaks, lamb chops, or beef kabobs. For an easy weeknight dinner, it would go really well with pretzel chicken. If serving this salad for lunch, it will be nice with cheese soup, or healthy rice paper rolls.

    More Summer Salads

    Cole Slaw with an easy vinegar dressing and no-mayo, is great on pulled pork sandwiches, with grilled hamburgers, or BBQ chicken. This coleslaw recipe works as a summer side dish for picnics and cookouts. 🥬 🥕

    Watermelon Salad is served from a watermelon bowl that is so easy to make. A great summer salad for potlucks, BBQ cookouts, picnics, at the beach, or by the pool. 🍉🌿
    If you want the best Potato Salad BBQ side dish, this one is loaded with crispy bacon and blue cheese for summer cookouts, potlucks, and a great picnic food idea because it has no eggs or mayo. 🥔🥓

    Broccoli Salad with crisp green apples, crunchy broccoli, and grapes create this summer salad with a creamy 3-ingredient orange dressing. 🥦🍇

    • A small white bowl filled with bacon potato salad garnished with crispy bacon.
      Bacon Potato Salad
    • A turquoise salad bowl filled with broccoli salad with colorful grapes and pistachios.
      Broccoli Salad
    • A clear glass bowl filled with tri color cole slaw and wooden tongs stuck in the slaw.
      Coleslaw Recipe (No Mayo)
    • Looking down into a scooped out watermelon filled with rounded watermelon balls garnished with mint and feta cheese.
      Watermelon Salad

    Put this easy 7 Layer Salad Recipe together up to a day ahead, and have it ready to go to your party chilling in your fridge overnight complete with the dressing on top. 🥗🍅🥚

    The BEST Macaroni Salad recipe with chopped eggs, pickles, and PICKLE JUICE! A favorite old-fashioned recipe loved by all. 🥣💛🌿

    Mango Jicama Slaw with sweet juicy mangos, crunchy jicama, crisp green cabbage, and a sweet tangy mango-lime vinaigrette is one clean salad! 🥭🥗

    The mayonnaise is swapped out for avocado and Greek yogurt which becomes a more creamy texture than just mayo. Each bite of this Healthy Tuna Salad is full of crunchy little tasty pops of Italian flavors, and it is so fresh and clean

    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • Looking down on a white plate filled with macaroni salad and a silver fork.
      Classic Macaroni Salad Recipe
    • Pouring dressing on a full plate of mango slaw with a gold fork on edge of ceramic plate.
      Mango Jicama Slaw
    • Red and green Bell pepper halves filled and green tortilla wraps filled with no mayo Greek Yogurt Tuna Salad.
      Healthy Tuna Salad

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Wedge salad with avocado dressing drizzled on top with pistachios on a black slate board.
    Print

    Iceberg Wedge Salad Recipe with Avocado Dressing

    Dig your fork into this icy cold iceberg Wedge Salad with a Pistachio-Avocado Dressing. The mild flavor compliments sizzling grilled steaks, chicken, or shish kabobs at cookouts or dinner parties. And for lunch, add some more protein like chopped bacon, chicken or hard boiled egg.
    Course Salads & Dressing
    Cuisine American
    Keyword avocado dressing, iceburg lettuce, wedge salad, wedge salad recipe
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    freeze time 1 hour hour
    Total Time 1 hour hour 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 4
    Calories 338kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board
    • Chef Knife
    • 4- 1 Quart Mason jars, lids, rings

    Ingredients

    • 1 large head iceberg lettuce remove core/outer leaves, quartered, freeze
    • 3 cups pistachio-avocado dressing
    • ½ cup pistachios garnish
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ½ teaspoon cracked pepper

    pistachio-avocado dressing

    • 1 avocado peeled/pitted
    • 1 ½ cups buttermilk
    • ½ teaspoon fresh lime juice
    • 3 tablespoons white wine vinegar
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • ¼ teaspoon fresh cracked pepper
    • ½ cup pistachios
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • On a cutting board, remove any limp or wilted outer leaves of lettuce and discard. Then with a sharp chef knife, slice the head of iceberg lettuce in half, then into 1-2 wedges. Place the lettuce wedges carefully into zip top bags, and place in freezer for at least 1 hour, but no longer than 2 hours (or it will wilt).
    • In a high-speed blender, add the avocado, buttermilk, lime juice, white wine vinegar, salt, pepper, ½ cup pistachios save other ½ cup to garnish. Blend until smooth. Place in a small jar, and place in the fridge until ready to serve.
    • When ready to serve, place each iceberg lettuce wedge on a plate, and drizzle with dressing. Sprinkle with pistachios, sea salt, and cracked pepper,and serve right away.

    Notes

    frozen iceberg wedges

    Place the lettuce wedges carefully into zip-top bags, and place in the freezer for at least 1 hour, but NO LONGER than 2 hours or it will wilt. What makes this recipe so amazing is the icy cold iceberg lettuce is refreshing and what you want on a hot day!

    avocado dressing

    Place in a small jar, and place in the fridge until ready to serve. This dressing will last sealed in the jar for at least a couple of days chilling in the fridge.

    serving ideas

    Pair this salad with a sizzling steak right off the grill, or my grilled beef kabobs.

    more wedge salad toppings

    The toppings on a wedge salad are the best part. Try some of these to mix it up and use things you might have on hand. Add proteins to make it a meal.
    • Crumbled Cheeses: Blue Cheese Crumbles, Crumbled Feta, or Goat Cheese
    • Dressings: Creamy Blue Cheese Dressing , or Buttermilk Ranch Dressing
    • Finely Diced Veggies: Chives , Chopped Tomato, Red Onion, or Chopped Avocado
    • Add Proteins: Crispy Bacon Crumbles, Chopped Hard Cooked Eggs, Finely Diced Cooked Chicken

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1wedge | Calories: 338kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 9mg | Sodium: 699mg | Potassium: 946mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 1295IU | Vitamin C: 12mg | Calcium: 176mg | Iron: 2.3mg

    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs

    [heart_this] · Jul 24, 2022 · 12 Comments

    Crinkled parchment paper with a mug of beer, yellow pickled eggs, and pretzel sticks.

    Last Updated June 19th, 2023 at 12:34 pm by Lisa

    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs are a popular bar food served for hundreds of years to hungry patrons. These spicy eggs get their bright cheery yellow color from chili peppers, turmeric, and pickling spice. This fun easy pickled egg recipe can be a healthy snack, appetizer, or cold hors d'oeuvres.

    These are similar to the wildly popular ones served at Joe Jost's pub in Long Beach, California for over a century. People flock there to get this dive bar staple, with schooners of icy cold beer, pretzels, and a sandwich...

    How To Make Tavern Bar Pickled Eggs

    Germany gets the original credit for quick pickled eggs. The recipe made its way into the United States as a popular way to attract tavern customers in bars. It was common to see this famous bar food on the back counter of a tavern bar for customers to eat while they sipped on a cold beer or a drink.

    Crinkled parchment paper with a mug of beer, yellow pickled eggs, and pretzel sticks.

    A perfect pickled egg recipe starts with the highest quality cage-free organic fresh eggs from local grocery stores. If you raise chickens, this is a great way to use up a lot of eggs! Collect dozens of eggs, and make a batch of the best pickled eggs ever.

    Be sure to use clean large jars for this old fashioned pickled egg recipe. Mason jars can be used for leftover small eggs or a few extra ones that don't fit into the big jar.

    Start by loading the peeled hard boiled eggs and jar of yellow chili peppers with their liquid into your large glass jar.

    • 12 hard boiled eggs - see below for my easy peel tips! 🥚🥚🥚
    • 1 jar 12 ounces yellow chili peppers (and their liquid) Mezzetta brand

    Next, Make The Pickling Liquid

    Bring to a boil...

    • 4 cups of water
    • 4 cups distilled white vinegar
    • 2 tablespoons pickling spice
    • 1 teaspoon turmeric (optional) gives a pretty yellow color!
    • 2 teaspoons sea salt
    • 1 tablespoon granulated white sugar
    1. BOIL METHOD 1: Place eggs in a large deep pan, and cover with enough water. people add a splash of vinegar or dash of baking soda to the water and say it helps them peel! Bring to a full boil, then turn off the heat.  Put a lid on your pot, and let rest for at least 20 minutes. 
    2. STEAM METHOD 2 (MY GO-TO FAVORITE WAY!): Make sure your vegetable steamer basket fits in your large pot. Put a good 1 inch of water in a large pot and bring the cold water to a boil over high heat which takes about 6 minutes. Place the steamer basket in the pot and all 12 eggs on the steamer basket. Cover the pot, and set the timer for 12 minutes. Using a slotted spoon, move them to a bowl filled halfway with ice water. Note: This method is MUCH faster as you don't have to wait for a large pot of water to boil, and these are much easier to peel, try it out!
    3. Peel all the shells off, and place eggs in a large clean jar. I use a clamp-style 2-quart large jar. Next, pour the 12 oz jar of Hot Yellow Chili Peppers with their pickling mixture into your large glass jar on top. 
    4. In a large saucepan, add the white vinegar, water, pickling spice, sugar, turmeric, and sea salt. Heat the pickling solution to just boiling, and then turn off the heat to stop the cooking process.
    5. Carefully pour the hot brine solution over the hard-boiled eggs and chili peppers. Wait for the jar contents of peeled eggs, yellow peppers with their juice, and vinegar brine liquid to cool, with the jar open for about one hour. Then place the closed jar in the refrigerator.
    6. Wait about 7 days, and they are ready to eat!
    7. Always keep these cold in the refrigerator, and eat within one month. 

    PRO TIP: Keep in mind, that there is no proper canning technique for home pickled eggs that is food safe. You can safely pickle them with this preservation method. Always keep them refrigerated, and eat them within a month if they last that long!

    Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs Recipe
    Steamed hard boiled eggs cook perfectly every time with no green ring. So easy to peel, the eggshells miraculously slip right off in minutes!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.

    PRO TIP: The Steam Method is MUCH faster as you don't have to wait for a large pot of water to boil, and the eggs seem so much easier to peel, try it out!

    A large 2 quart clamp jar filled with yellow pickled eggs and chili peppers on a yellow and white kitchen towel.

    How To Make Pickling Spice

    This spice mix adds to the flavor of the brine!

    • 1 tablespoon coriander seeds
    • 1 tablespoon dill seed
    • 1 cinnamon stick
    • 1 tablespoon whole allspice berries
    • 1 teaspoon crushed red pepper chili flakes
    • 5 dry bay leaves (crush each bay leaf with your fingers)
    • 1 teaspoon peppercorns black, pink, white, or mixed is fine
    • 2 teaspoons yellow mustard seeds
    1. In a small bowl, combine all your pickling spices.
    2. Keep your pickling Spice in a glass jar with a tight-fitting lid, and use it within 6 months.
    Pickling Spice Recipe
    Pickling Spice is an easy seasoning mix to create amazing Dill Pickles, Corned Beef Brisket, braised stews, soups, and rice. Did you know it is also great in marinades, or as a brine to flavor meat? Ground and mixed into marinades, it can be injected into beef briskets! Pickling Spice is easy to make at home and a great way to use things up in the pantry or spice cabinet.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A recipe to make homemade pickling spice in a white bowl.

    Pickled Eggs FAQ

    How long until pickled eggs are ready to eat?


    Keep them refrigerated in the jar for about 7 days so the flavor improves, then enjoy.

    Do you have to refrigerate pickled eggs?


    Yes, always keep pickled eggs cold in the refrigerator, and eat them within one month of making them at home.

    According to the National Center for Home Food Preservation, there are no home canning directions for pickled eggs.  They can be made at home but must be stored in the refrigerator for a short limited time of a month for food safety.

    Pickled eggs should never be kept at room temperature, except for when you serve a few of them to eat, and should always be kept chilled below 40 degrees in the refrigerator, and limited to no more than 2 hours at room temperature danger zone of 40 to 140 degrees F.

    What is the history of pickled eggs?


    Food historians know that pickled eggs were widely made and eaten by Germans as early as the mid-1700s. Pickling has been a food preservation method for centuries to preserve food harvested for eating later in time of need or during the winter months.

    It is believed that they were a popular food with German immigrants, and that is how they came to America.

    What's the best way to eat pickled eggs?


    The traditional method is simple with salt and pepper. You can serve them with cold beer, pretzels, or other drinks.

    Add them chopped into an egg salad sandwich, and slice onto a cold salad, or make some pickled deviled eggs, they have an amazing sour taste!

    Where are pickled eggs still served?


    One of the best local bars in Southern California by the water is Joe Jost's in Long Beach. And it is famous for its easy classic pickled eggs recipe! They are served with an icy cold mug of beer, sprinkled with fresh cracked pepper, pretzel sticks, and a sandwich.

    Joe Jost’s is a Long Beach institution, open since 1924 and one of the oldest continually operated taverns west of the Mississippi River. 

    More Hardboiled Egg Recipes

    Steam Hard Boiled Eggs is a total game changer! It takes just 12 minutes and they peel perfectly every single time.

    Make a jar of these old-fashioned deli-style Jalapeno Pickled Eggs using jalapenos, garlic, and pickling spice. A healthy protein-packed snack ready in 7 days right in your kitchen. Seven-Layer Salad also known as an overnight salad or "7 Layer Salad", is a colorful party food recipe that serves large groups for picnics, potlucks, cookouts, or as a BBQ side.

    Here is a collection of all my recipes to use up Hard Boiled Eggs. 🥚🥚🥚

    • 6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.
      Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs
    • A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.
      Jalapeno Pickled Eggs Recipe
    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • 12 creative ways to use hard boiled eggs in recipes showing deviled eggs for holidays, egg salad, ham salad, and potluck salads.
      12 Recipes For Hard Boiled Eggs

    Each one looks like a little spring basket of Easter eggs. these Easter Deviled Eggs have fresh herbs and edible flower garnish. Serve these fancy easy appetizers for Easter dinner or brunch, or a Spring baby, bridal shower, or celebration.

    The BEST Macaroni Pasta Salad recipe with chopped eggs, pickles, and PICKLE JUICE! A favorite old-fashioned recipe loved by all. Serve Christmas Deviled Eggs with bubbly Champagne or drinks at your holiday party. These Christmas appetizers are gorgeous for the holidays. Thanksgiving Deviled Eggs are an easy party food idea. Gorgeous Fall color, garnished with sage and thyme to celebrate the season.

    • Pretty Easter deviled eggs with green filling and decorated with fresh herbs and edible flowers.
      Easter Deviled Eggs
    • Looking down on a white plate filled with macaroni salad and a silver fork.
      Classic Macaroni Salad Recipe
    • White platter with Christmas Deviled Eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
      Christmas Deviled Eggs
    • A slice of rustic tree wood with Thanksgiving deviled eggs garnished with fresh herbs.
      Thanksgiving Appetizer Deviled Eggs

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    Crinkled parchment paper with a mug of beer, yellow pickled eggs, and pretzel sticks.
    Print

    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs Recipe

    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs are a popular bar food served for hundreds of years to hungry patrons. These spicy eggs get their bright cheery yellow color from chili peppers, turmeric, and pickling spice. This fun easy pickled egg recipe can be a healthy snack, appetizer, or cold hor d'oeuvre.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword bar pickled eggs, how to pickle eggs, Joe Jost's pickled eggs, pickled eggs, pickled eggs recipe
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 25 minutes minutes
    Pickling In Fridge 7 days days
    Total Time 35 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 88kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Vegetable Steamer Basket
    • 2 Quart Glass Clamp Jar

    Ingredients

    Put In The Glass Jar

    • 12 boiled eggs (cage free/organic)
    • 1 jar 12 ounces yellow chili peppers (and their liquid) Mezzetta brand is what I used

    Pickling Liquid

    • 4 cups water
    • 4 cups distilled white vinegar
    • 2 tablespoons pickling spice
    • 1 teaspoon turmeric (optional) gives a pretty yellow color
    • 2 teaspoons sea salt
    • 1 tablespoon granulated white sugar

    Instructions

    • BOIL METHOD 1: Place eggs in a large deep pan, cover with enough water. people add a splash of vinegar or dash of baking soda to the water and say it helps them peel! Bring to a full boil, then turn off the heat.  Put a lid on your pot, and let rest for at least 20 minutes. 
    • STEAM METHOD 2: Make sure your veggie steamer basket fits in your large pot. Put a good 1 inch of water in a large pot and bring the cold water to a boil over high heat which takes about 6 minutes. Place the steamer basket in the pot and all 12 eggs on the steamer basket. Cover the pot, and set the timer for 12 minutes. Using a slotted spoon, move the hard boiled eggs to a bowl filled halfway with ice water. Note: This method is MUCH faster as you don't have to wait for a large pot of water to boil, and they are much easier to peel, try it out!
    • Peel all the shells off, and place eggs in a large clean jar. I use a clamp-style 2-quart large jar. Next, pour the 12 oz jar of Hot Yellow Peppers with their pickling mixture into your large glass jar on top. 
    • In a large saucepan, add the white vinegar, water, pickling spice, sugar, turmeric, and sea salt. Heat the pickling solution to just boiling, and then turn off the heat to stop the cooking process.
    • Carefully pour the hot brine solution over the hard-boiled eggs and chili peppers. Wait for the jar contents of peeled eggs, yellow peppers with their juice, and vinegar brine liquid to cool, with the jar open for about one hour. Then place the closed jar in the refrigerator.
    • Wait about 7 days, and they are ready to eat!
    • Always keep these pickled eggs cold in the refrigerator, eat within one month. 

    Video

    Notes

    clamp jar

    You will need a 2-quart jar (holds 8 cups). 

    pickling liquid

    You will have some extra pickling liquid leftover. 

    turmeric

    Turmeric spice will stain any white surface while you are cooking with it, and your hands so handle it with care. Once your pickled eggs are ready to eat, the staining seems to diminish!

    Nutrition

    Calories: 88kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 163mg | Sodium: 653mg | Potassium: 111mg | Vitamin A: 360IU | Vitamin C: 7.8mg | Calcium: 47mg | Iron: 1mg

    Jalapeno Pickled Eggs Recipe

    [heart_this] · Jul 22, 2022 · 73 Comments

    A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.

    Last Updated April 25th, 2024 at 11:21 am by Lisa

    Make a jar of these old-fashioned deli-style Pickled Eggs recipe with hard boiled eggs, jalapeno peppers, garlic, and pickling spice. A healthy protein-packed snack ready in 7 days right in your kitchen. They are also great for picnics or as an easy appetizer.

    These are the best-pickled eggs, with a touch of heat, and as a bonus, you get pickled garlic and jalapenos out of the jar...

    How To Make Pickled Eggs

    So how do you pickle eggs? Just like any other quick pickle. It's basically a brine and the eggs with garlic and jalapenos. Let's get pickling...

    PRO TIP: This is recipe for pickled eggs is a refrigerator quick pickle recipe, and NOT for use in canning your eggs. There is no recipe for home canning pickled eggs.

    2 Quart Glass Clamp Jar

    Glass Weights

    • 12-18 hard boiled eggs (cage-free/organic)
    • 4 cups distilled white vinegar
    • 4 cups water (cold)
    • 1 tablespoon sea salt
    • 1 tablespoon whole black peppercorns
    • 2 tablespoons pickling spice
    • 1 teaspoon crushed red pepper
    • 6 garlic cloves, slightly crushed add extra if you wish!
    • 5 jalapeños ¼” slices
    A white marble table with ingredients labeled to make a pickled egg recipe.

    PRO TIP: Pickling Spice is made from simple pantry ingredients and is classically used in pickle recipes. You can buy it or make it at home. Be sure to try my Pickled Spice recipe!

    Hard Boiled Eggs and Jalapenos

    1. The method I like the best is to "steam boil" eggs. 🥚🍳 Add water to a large pan with a lid, bring the water to a boil, and set a steamer basket in the water. Carefully add eggs to the steamer basket, cover, and let steam at high heat for 12 minutes. Fill a large bowl with ice and water.
    2. Remove eggs to an ice bath for 15 minutes, roll and crack them on the board and the peel will slip RIGHT OFF! I love making eggs this way.
    3. Push a clean stainless fork into each egg, this helps brine get into the eggs. (Don't use any wooden items like toothpicks -it can be non-food-safe when pickling). Place all 12-18 eggs in a large clear and clean clamp jar.
    4. Next, slice the fresh jalapenos into ¼" slices, and set them on top of the boiled eggs in your jar. 

    Be sure to get all my tips on how to hard boil eggs the easiest way ever! For years I could not get them to peel until I figured out the secret...

    Steamed Hard Boiled Eggs Recipe
    Steamed hard boiled eggs cook perfectly every time with no green ring. So easy to peel, the eggshells miraculously slip right off in minutes!
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    6 perfectly hard boiled eggs with a cracked half of an egg shelf on top.
    Making some jalapeno pickled eggs in a large glass clamp jar.

    PRO TIP: Pickling Spice recipes do vary with their ingredients, and some will make the brine darker. You can add more pickling spice to this recipe for more flavor and color.

    Make The Pickling Brine

    1. In a large saucepan, add the white vinegar, water, peppercorns, sea salt, pickling mixture of spices, crushed red pepper, and slightly smashed garlic cloves. Heat to just boiling, and then turn off the heat. 
    2. Carefully pour the hot brine over the hard-boiled eggs and jalapeno slices. Put the spices in the jar, you might have extra liquid leftover.
    3. Wait for the liquid to cool, with the jar open for 1-2 hours, then place a glass weight on top, close the jar, and pop it in the refrigerator.
    4. Refrigerate and wait about 7 days, and your Pickled Eggs are ready to eat.
    5. Keep them cold in the refrigerator, and eat within a month. 
    A collage showing how to make pickled eggs with brine, eggs and jalapeno peppers.

    When are pickled eggs ready to eat?

    Wait about 7 days, and your Spicy Pickled Eggs are ready to eat!

    Readers Love This Pickle Egg Recipe...

    • "Absolutely love this recipe. I’m dropping a pickled egg into my bloody mary as I write this! Thanks for sharing!"
    • "Loved these! I was looking for a simple and flavorful pickled egg recipe, and this one was perfect."
    • "They are good chopped into egg salad, potato salad, and on avocado toast!"
    • "I’ve made this recipe three times with homemade pickling spice and love it!"
    • "Once your family and/or friends try these eggs they don’t have a chance of lasting two weeks!"

    Why Use Fresh Jalapenos?

    • They add the spicy kick you are looking for
    • The color looks great in your pickled egg jar!
    • Pickled jalapeno slices are tasty and can be used on tacos, or try on these awesome Tater Tot "Totchos" Nachos!

    Pickled Eggs FAQ

    Do pickled eggs need to be refrigerated?


    Yes. Homemade pickled eggs must stay refrigerated to be safe because they are not canned and sealed from bacteria like commercial food products.
    Delis used to serve them from jars on the counter, but would not advise that as being a food-safe practice. Enjoy your homemade pickled eggs, but please refrigerate and eat them up within a month.

    What is pickling spice?

    A spice mix to create amazing pickles, corned beef, braised stews, rice, or use in marinades to flavor meat.
    It has several spices, most commonly classic pickling spice has black peppercorns, mustard seeds, coriander seeds, dill seeds, allspice berries, bay leaves, and crushed red pepper flakes.

    How long do pickled eggs last in the refrigerator?


    According to the National Center for Home Food Preservation, there are no home canning directions for pickled eggs. Although pickled eggs can be made at home, they must be refrigerated.
    Pickled eggs should never be kept at room temperature, except for when you serve a few of them to eat. Pickled eggs should always be chilled cold below 40 degrees in the refrigerator. And limited to not more than 2 hours at room temperature danger zone of 40 to 140 degrees F.

    A white ceramic bowl filled with pickling spice and some in a tablespoon on a kitchen counter.

    What Is Pickling Spice?

    • 1 tablespoon coriander seed
    • 1 tablespoon dill seed
    • 1 cinnamon stick
    • 1 tablespoon whole allspice berries
    • 1 teaspoon crushed red pepper flakes
    • 5 dry bay leaves
    • 1 teaspoon peppercorns black, pink, white, or mixed is fine
    • 2 teaspoons yellow mustard seeds
    1. In a small bowl, combine all your spices.
    2. Keep your pickling Spice in a pint jar, or glass jar with a tight-fitting lid, and use it within 6 months.
    Pickling Spice Recipe
    Pickling Spice is an easy seasoning mix to create amazing Dill Pickles, Corned Beef Brisket, braised stews, soups, and rice. Did you know it is also great in marinades, or as a brine to flavor meat? Ground and mixed into marinades, it can be injected into beef briskets! Pickling Spice is easy to make at home and a great way to use things up in the pantry or spice cabinet.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    A recipe to make homemade pickling spice in a white bowl.
    Looking down on a jar of pickled eggs with a carton of eggs and basket of jalapenos.

    More Egg Recipes

    Take a look at my other pickled egg recipe using Hot Chili Pepper Pickled Eggs! It has yellow chili peppers and bright yellow color in the brine and is amazing. These are still on the Joe Josts menu, a famous bar in Long Beach, California.

    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs Recipe
    Tavern Bar Style Pickled Eggs are a popular bar food served for hundreds of years to hungry patrons. These spicy eggs get their bright cheery yellow color from chili peppers, turmeric, and pickling spice. This fun easy pickled egg recipe can be a healthy snack, appetizer, or cold hor d'oeuvre.
    GET THE RECIPE PIN IT
    Crinkled parchment paper with a mug of beer, yellow pickled eggs, and pretzel sticks.
    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • Pretty Easter deviled eggs with green filling and decorated with fresh herbs and edible flowers.
      Easter Deviled Eggs
    • Looking down on a white plate filled with macaroni salad and a silver fork.
      Classic Macaroni Salad Recipe
    • White platter with Christmas Deviled Eggs garnished with rosemary and pomegranate seeds.
      Christmas Deviled Eggs

    More Pickle Recipes

    Make Dill Pickle spears, chips, and halves. Wait just one day to let the flavors develop in these cucumber pickles. Once you can't wait any longer, crack open a jar. And make a few extra jars of pickles for friends and neighbors!

    The pickling brine gives these Zucchini Pickles a zippy flavor and crisp texture, and what a great way to use up the summer squash that grows so fast in our gardens...

    Quick Pickled Onions keep in the fridge for 3-4 weeks. Try these red onions on hamburgers, salads, tacos, and pulled pork or grilled cheese sandwiches.

    Pickled Green Beans also called Dilly Beans, are a quick pickle recipe that requires no canning. Jazz up relish trays, pop them into Bloody Marys, or toss pickled beans into salads!

    • Close up of zucchini pickles in a quart glass mason jar.
      Zucchini Pickles (Easy No Canning)
    • A person pulling a dill pickle chip out of a clear glass canning jar of homemade pickles.
      Refrigerator Dill Pickles
    • Mexican pickled red onions in a clamp jar and white bowl with chiles and limes on a colorful striped cloth.
      Mexican Pickled Red Onions
    • A clear glass jar filled with pickled green beans on a cutting board.
      Pickled Green Beans (Dilly Beans)

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.
    Print

    Pickled Eggs Recipe with Jalapenos

    Make these old-fashioned homemade deli-style Pickled Eggs recipe with jalapenos, garlic, and pickling spice. A low-carb keto protein-packed pickled egg recipe ready in 7 days.
    Course Appetizers, Dips, & Snacks
    Cuisine American
    Keyword homemade pickled eggs, how to pickle eggs, pickled eggs
    Prep Time 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time 25 minutes minutes
    Total Time 35 minutes minutes
    Servings 12
    Calories 88kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Tall Clamp Jar
    • Fermentation Glass Weights

    Ingredients

    • 18 boiled eggs (cage free/organic)

    pickling liquid:

    • 4 cups distilled white vinegar
    • 3 cups cold water
    • 1 tablespoon sea salt
    • 1 tablespoon whole peppercorns
    • 2 tablespoons pickling spice you can use more to make brine darker!
    • 1 teaspoon crushed red pepper
    • 6 garlic cloves, slightly crushed add extra if you wish!
    • 5 jalapeños ¼” slices, wear gloves!

    Instructions

    eggs and jalapenos

    • The method I like the best is to "steam boil" eggs. Add water to a large pan with a lid, bring the water to a boil, and set a steamer basket in the water. Carefully add eggs to steamer basket, cover, and let steam at high heat for 12 minutes. Fill a large bowl with ice and water.
    • Remove eggs to ice bath for 15 minutes, roll, and crack on a board, and the peel will slip right off!
    • Push a clean stainless fork into each egg, this helps brine get into the eggs. (Don't use any wooden items like toothpicks-it can be non-food-safe when pickling). Place all 18 eggs in a large clear and clean clamp jar.
    • Next, slice the fresh jalapenos into ¼" slices, set on top of boiled eggs in your jar. 

    pickling brine

    • In a large saucepan, add the white vinegar, water, peppercorns, sea salt, pickling spice, crushed red pepper and slightly smashed garlic cloves. Heat to just boiling and then turn off heat. 
    • Carefully pour the hot pickling liquid mixture over the hard-boiled eggs and jalapeno slices. Put the spices in the jar, you might have extra liquid leftover.
    • Wait for the liquid to cool, with the jar open for 1-2 hours, then place a glass weight on top, close the jar, and pop in the refrigerator.
    • Refrigerate and wait about 7 days, and your Pickled Eggs are ready to eat.
    • Keep these pickled eggs cold in the refrigerator, eat within a month. 

    Video

    Notes

    Equipment

    You will need a glass 2-quart jar (holds 8 cups or 64 ounces). 
    Glass weights are optional, but it's safe and ideal to push all the eggs and jalapenos below the brine liquid surface. 
    Some extra pickling liquid will be leftover. 

    Refrigeration

    YES. These pickled eggs must stay refrigerated to be safe because they are not canned and sealed from bacteria. I have seen delis with them on the counter, but would not advise that as being a food-safe practice. Enjoy your pickled eggs, but please refrigerate and eat them up within a month. 
     

    Nutrition

    Calories: 88kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 163mg | Sodium: 653mg | Potassium: 111mg | Vitamin A: 360IU | Vitamin C: 7.8mg | Calcium: 47mg | Iron: 1mg

    Broccoli Salad

    [heart_this] · Jul 22, 2022 · 2 Comments

    A turquoise salad bowl filled with broccoli salad with colorful grapes and pistachios.

    Last Updated May 21st, 2023 at 11:54 pm by Lisa

    A Broccoli Salad with vibrant colors of crisp green apples, crunchy broccoli, and sweet grapes. Topped with a creamy orange tangy dressing and salty pistachios mixed into this summer salad.

    A classic broccoli salad typically has lots of mayonnaise. This no-mayo broccoli salad that swaps in Greek yogurt for the mayo cutting fat and calories.

    Make a big batch, it works great for weeknight dinners, potluck picnics, and as a great side dish for summer BBQs. And is great at room temperature, I promise it will be the star of your cookouts...

    A turquoise blue bowl filled with colorful broccoli salad with pistachios and grapes.

    Healthy Broccoli Salad Recipe

    A version of this same salad was published by my Aunt Barbara in one of her cookbooks, Intimate Dining back in the 1990s. My Mom and Dad kept the recipe card handy and made it often. What an easy recipe, with simple ingredients.

    This recipe is a modern clean version very similar to how my family made our favorite broccoli salad recipe. Try some of the alternative ingredient additions I suggest for you to jazz it up your way.

    fresh broccoli salad ingredients

    • 4 cups small broccoli florets
    • 2 cups thinly sliced purple cabbage
    • 2 cups sliced green Granny Smith Apples
    • 1 ½ cups seedless grapes sliced in half or any green/purple grapes
    • ½ cup salted pistachio nuts
    • garnish: orange zest

    creamy orange dressing ingredients

    • ½ cup greek yogurt
    • 1 cup fresh orange juice 3-4 oranges
    • zest from 2 oranges
    1. In a small bowl, mix the creamy dressing ingredients until smooth. Add the orange zest first, fresh orange juice, Greek yogurt, and mix well with a spatula. Set aside.
    2. Wash the broccoli, grapes, and apples in cold water. Cut the raw broccoli into small broccoli florets, leaving some of the broccoli stem. Place in a large bowl.
    3. Cut the grapes in half, add them into the bowl. Finely dice the cabbage on a board with a knife, in a food processor, or use a bag of shredded cabbage.
    4. Chop the apple into smaller pieces, or shred in a food processor. Add the apple to the big bowl. Add the pistachio nuts on top.
    5. Pour the salad dressing on, and toss to combine. Garnish with orange zest.

    Easy Brocolli Salad Tips, Swaps, & Additions

    PRO TIP: To make the best broccoli salad recipe, don't blanch or cook the broccoli! A lot of recipes call for this step. For the best results, I recommend you don't steam or boil the raw broccoli.

    cabbage purple cabbage is so gorgeous in this salad, but green would work just fine. A store-bought bag of green or red cabbage or slaw mix at your local grocery store will work for this recipe. Use good fresh cabbage with a crunchy crisp texture.

    green apples I used green Granny Smith, but any apple you prefer will work just fine.

    pistachios the salty crunch of these is so amazing, and their green color pops in this salad against the bright purple and green colors! Another great addition to this popular recipe would be to toss in crunchy sunflower seeds or toasted pine nuts.

    yogurt swapping out the mayo for Greek yogurt is the best thing, as it saves over 661 calories! This cold broccoli salad is also safe for outdoor picnics as it has no mayonnaise. When the temperature rises, mayo dressings can become unsafe to eat in high temperatures as they are hard to keep chilled.

    orange juice and zest bring both a tangy zing and add a sweet freshness to keep the apples from browning. You can use regular oranges, small mandarin oranges, or pixie tangerines in the dressing.

    grapes seedless grapes sliced in half, any green or purple grape will work. The grapes I found used in this recipe are tricolor grapes, they are so gorgeous!

    Addition Ideas

    • Mayonnaise: add in ½ cup of mayonnaise in place of the Greek yogurt in the broccoli salad dressing, mayo does add back in alot more calories!
    • Grated Cheese: Adding a good grated cheddar cheese, crumbled blue cheese, or feta cheese would also be tasty addition.
    • Dried Fruit: dried cranberries or any dried fruit like blueberries or cherries would be so pretty and yummy.
    • Bacon: salty bacon bits or crumbled bacon cut into small pieces would be wonderful with the creamy orange dressing.
    • Onions: toss in some raw veggies like green onions, sweet onions, or finely cut red onions.
    • Dressing: instead of a dairy-based creamy dressing, you could make a Lemon Citrus Vinaigrette for a vegan broccoli salad. Follow the proportions for this recipe that uses lemon juice. You can also swap in apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar in place of the lemon juice, and blend with the olive oil and Dijon mustard.
    • Creamy Broccoli Salad: add in creamy tahini, to any traditional broccoli salad in place of the dairy.

    Broccoli Salad FAQ

    Can broccoli salad be made the day before?



    Yes. Simply prepare all the ingredients, and mix the dressing toss at the time of serving.

    Is broccoli salad healthy?


    It can be one of the most healthy side dishes with fresh real food ingredients. Skip high-calorie ingredients like cheese and mayonnaise.

    For a clean light dressing, swap the mayo for yogurt, and mix in citrus zest and juice from lemons or oranges.

    A young lady holding a turquoise bowl filled with broccoli salad drizzled with orange dressing and pistachios.

    More Salad Recipes

    Cobb Salad made famous in Hollywood at the Original Brown Derby restaurant is loaded with delicious toppings like tomato, chicken, crumbled bacon, avocado, and chopped eggs.

    Put this easy salad recipe together up to a day ahead, and have your 7 Layer Salad ready to go to your party chilling in your fridge overnight complete with the dressing on top. It is a classic side dish for a potluck picnic and family gatherings.

    Yummy Taco Salad with lots of topping ideas, sides, and dressings. Works as lunch, for family dinners, or as party food for a large gathering!

    People love this tasty beautiful summer Watermelon Salad and it is ideal to make ahead for potluck parties. Always a hit!

    A Frozen Wedge Salad will cool you down & refreshing you and goes great with grilled steaks.

    A festive red and green Christmas Holiday Salad is a classic recipe for the holidays. It has an easy pomegranate vinaigrette and is topped with gorgeous sparkling pomegranate seeds, D'Anjou pears for the little trees, spicy candied pecans, ruby red dried cranberries, and juicy raspberries. Now, this salad says Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays...

    • A white square plate filled with colorful Cobb Salad made with chicken, eggs, avocados, tomatoes, and bacon.
      Cobb Salad
    • A glass trifle dish filled with 7 Layer Salad full of colorful ingredients.
      7 Layer Salad
    • A white plate full of taco salad topped with taco meat, grated cheese, Fritos, sour cream, black olives and tomatoes.
      Easy Taco Salad
    • Looking down into a scooped out watermelon filled with rounded watermelon balls garnished with mint and feta cheese.
      Watermelon Salad
    • Wedge salad with avocado dressing drizzled on top with pistachios on a black slate board.
      Iceberg Wedge Salad
    • Two plates of Christmas salad with forks topped with fruit and nuts.
      Christmas Holiday Salad

    Did you love this recipe? We would love to hear from you! If you make this recipe and love it, give it a 5-star rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ with a comment. THANK YOU!! Follow Delicious Table with my free newsletter and share this recipe with your friends on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram.

    A turquoise salad bowl filled with broccoli salad with colorful grapes and pistachios.
    Print

    Healthy Broccoli Salad Recipe (No Mayo!)

    A Broccoli Salad with vibrant colors of crisp green apples, crunchy broccoli, and sweet grapes. Topped with a creamy orange tangy dressing and salty pistachios mixed into this summer salad. A classic broccoli salad typically has lots of mayonnaise. This no-mayo broccoli salad that swaps in Greek yogurt for the mayo cutting fat and calories.
    Course Dinner & Main Dishes, Lunch & Picnic
    Cuisine American
    Keyword broccoli salad, broccoli salad no mayo, healthy broccoli salad, healthy salad, summer salad
    Prep Time 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time 20 minutes minutes
    Servings 4
    Calories 274kcal
    Author Lisa Hatfield

    Equipment

    • Epicurean Non-Slip Cutting Board
    • Chef Knife

    Ingredients

    broccoli salad

    • 4 cups raw broccoli florets
    • 2 cups thinly sliced purple cabbage
    • 2 cups sliced green Granny Smith Apples
    • 1 ½ cups seedless grapes sliced in half or any green/purple grapes
    • ½ cup salted pistachio nuts
    • garnish: orange zest

    creamy dressing

    • ½ cup greek yogurt
    • 1 cup fresh orange juice 3-4 oranges
    • zest from 2 oranges
    US Customary - Metric

    Instructions

    • In a small bowl, mix the creamy dressing ingredients until smooth. Add the orange zest first, fresh orange juice, Greek yogurt, and mix well with a spatula. Set aside.
    • Wash the broccoli, grapes, and apples in cold water. Cut the raw broccoli into small broccoli florets, leaving some of the broccoli stem. Place in a large bowl.
    • Cut the grapes in half, add them into the bowl. Finely dice the cabbage on a board with a knife, in a food processor, or use a bag of shredded cabbage.
    • Chop the apple into smaller pieces, or shred in a food processor. Add the apple to the big bowl. Add the pistachio nuts on top.
    • Pour the salad dressing on, and toss to combine. Garnish with orange zest.

    Notes

    serve

    To keep broccoli salad fresh, reserve dressing on the side and pour over or toss just before serving. 
    And use fresh raw broccoli! Don't blanch or steam the broccoli for the best results. 
    cabbage purple cabbage is so gorgeous in this salad, but green would work just fine. A store-bought bag of green or red cabbage or slaw mix at your local grocery store will work for this recipe. Use good fresh cabbage with a crunchy crisp texture.
    green apples I used green Granny Smith, but any apple you prefer will work just fine.
    pistachios the salty crunch of these is so amazing, and their green color pops in this salad against the bright purple and green colors! Another great addition to this popular recipe would be to toss in crunchy sunflower seeds or toasted pine nuts.
    yogurt swapping out the mayo for Greek yogurt is the best thing, as it saves over 661 calories! This salad is safe for outdoor picnics as it has no mayonnaise. When the temperature rise,  mayo dressings can become unsafe to eat in high temperatures as they are hard to keep chilled.
    orange juice and zest bring both a tangy zing and add a sweet freshness to keep the apples from browning. You can use regular oranges, small mandarin oranges, or pixie tangerines in the dressing. 
    grapes seedless grapes sliced in half, any green or purple grape will work. The grapes I found used in this recipe are tricolor grapes, they are so gorgeous!

    Addition Ideas

    • Mayonnaise: add in ½ cup of mayonnaise in place of the Greek yogurt in the mayo does add back in a lot more calories!
    • Grated Cheese: Adding a good grated cheddar cheese, crumbled blue cheese, or feta cheese would also be a tasty addition.
    • Dried Fruit: dried cranberries or any dried fruit like blueberries or cherries would be so pretty and yummy.
    • Bacon: salty bacon bits or crumbled bacon cut into small pieces would be wonderful with the creamy orange dressing.
    • Onions: toss in some raw veggies like green onions, sweet onions, or finely cut red onions.
    • Dressing: instead of a dairy-based creamy dressing, you could make a Lemon Citrus Vinaigrette and make it vegan and use creamy tahini in place of mayo or dairy. Follow the proportions for this recipe that uses lemon juice. You can also swap in apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar in place of the lemon juice, and blend with the olive oil and Dijon mustard.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 274kcal | Carbohydrates: 47g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 1mg | Sodium: 54mg | Potassium: 947mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 31g | Vitamin A: 1350IU | Vitamin C: 145.6mg | Calcium: 126mg | Iron: 2.1mg
    • « Go to Previous Page
    • Page 1
    • Page 2
    • Page 3
    • Page 4
    • Page 5
    • Page 6
    • Interim pages omitted …
    • Page 8
    • Go to Next Page »

    Primary Sidebar

    MEET LISA

    Hey Everyone! I've been cooking passionately for over 30 years with professional culinary training and thousands of recipes in my collection. Let's get cooking! ♥

    Find out more →

    FOLLOW US ON SOCIAL

    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • LinkedIn
    • Pinterest
    • YouTube

    MOST POPULAR RECIPES

    • Three golden crispy edged hash browns baked in a muffin tin on cutting board.
      Oven Baked Hash Browns
    • A white ceramic dog dish that says woof filled with homemade dog food.
      Homemade Dog Food Recipes (30+ Ideas!)
    • A large spoon holding a scoop of hot potato casserole serving it for dinner.
      Cheesy Potato Casserole
    • Marinated mozzarella balls in a beige ceramic dish with appetizer toothpicks.
      Marinated Mozzarella Balls
    • A white casserole dish with oven roasted pulled pork shredded and ready to eat in tacos or a recipe for dinner.
      Oven Roasted Pulled Pork
    • A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s
      Pumpkin Bread

    ALL READER FAVES ►

    FALL RECIPES

    • A ceramic dish full of golden brown roast pumpkin seeds.
      Roasted Pumpkin Seeds
    • Dozens of pictures of 200 Halloween recipes including adult drinks, appetizers, treats, snacks, desserts for kids and families all with a Halloween theme.
      200+ Best Halloween Recipes
    • Apple Crisp in a red bowl with a silver spoon, ice cream, and drizzled with caramel sauce.
      Apple Crisp
    • Slices of green Granny Smith apples around a white dish with a sweet dessert dip inside a low small white dish with a ruffled edge, and a piece of apple sticking into the dip.
      Caramel Apple Dip
    • A large jar filled with apple pie filling with a lid and bow.
      Apple Pie Recipe Filling
    • A white pie dish with a slice of apple crumble pie, also known as a dutch apple pie with a crumbled topping and green apples in the background in a wood bowl.
      Dutch Apple Pie

    Footer

    Most Popular "Reader Favorite" Recipes

    Three golden crispy edged hash browns baked in a muffin tin on cutting board.

    Oven Baked Hash Browns

    A white ceramic dog dish that says woof filled with homemade dog food.

    Homemade Dog Food Recipes (30+ Ideas!)

    A large spoon holding a scoop of hot potato casserole serving it for dinner.

    Cheesy Potato Casserole

    Marinated mozzarella balls in a beige ceramic dish with appetizer toothpicks.

    Marinated Mozzarella Balls

    A white casserole dish with oven roasted pulled pork shredded and ready to eat in tacos or a recipe for dinner.

    Oven Roasted Pulled Pork

    A baked loaf of pumpkin bread sliced thick with a silver knife.s

    Pumpkin Bread

    A large glass clamp jar filled with pickled eggs, fresh jalapeno slices, and spices.

    Jalapeno Pickled Eggs Recipe

    A large pork loin roast with a lot of dry rub seasoning pouring over the top.

    The Best BBQ Dry Rub

    Mexican pickled red onions in a clamp jar and white bowl with chiles and limes on a colorful striped cloth.

    Mexican Pickled Red Onions

    A white plate filled with heart shaped lobster ravioli garnished with parsley.

    Lobster Ravioli

    A sliver carving fork and knife next to a pork loin roast and topped with cherries.

    Cherry Balsamic Pork Loin

    A Cinco de Mayo party with frozen margaritas called Coronaritas, guacamole, and chips on a green table.

    CoronaRita Margaritas

    A large white spoon scooping a serving of cowboy baked beans out of a casserole dish.

    Cowboy Beans

    More Delicious Recipes

    PLEASE FOLLOW US!

    • Amazon
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • LinkedIn
    • Pinterest
    • TikTok
    • Twitter
    • YouTube

    Footer

    DELICIOUS TABLE

    • MEET LISA
    • SEE MY WORK! PRESS & DIGITAL MEDIA PUBLICATIONS
    • PRIVACY POLICY
    • ACCESSIBILITY STATEMENT

    POPULAR LINKS

    • EMAIL SIGN-UP newsletters and updates
    • RECIPE INDEX
    • AMAZON STORE As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

    LET'S CONNECT

    • PINTEREST
    • FACEBOOK
    • INSTAGRAM
    • YOUTUBE
    • TIKTOK
    • LINKEDIN
    • X / TWITTER

    2026 COPYRIGHT © ♥︎ DELICIOUS TABLE ®️